Annual Statements Open main menu

EAST WEST BANCORP INC - Annual Report: 2013 (Form 10-K)

Table of Contents

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10-K

 

Mark One

x                               ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013

or

o                                  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from               to              .

 

Commission file number 000-24939

 

EAST WEST BANCORP, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

 

95-4703316
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

135 North Los Robles Ave., 7th Floor, Pasadena, California
(Address of principal executive offices)

 

91101
(Zip Code)

 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:
(626) 768-6000

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

 

 

Title of each class

 

 

 

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

 

 

Common Stock, $0.001 Par Value

 

 

 

NASDAQ “Global Select Market”

 

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

NONE

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes x  No o

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes o  No x

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x  No o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes x  No o

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of the Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. x

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filed, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer, “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer x

 

Accelerated filer o

 

Non-accelerated filer o

 

Smaller reporting company o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes o  No x

 

The aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates was approximately $3,745,654,275 (based on the June 30, 2013 closing price of Common Stock of $27.50 per share).

 

As of January 31, 2014, 143,207,881 shares of East West Bancorp, Inc. Common Stock were outstanding.

 

DOCUMENT INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

 

Definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders – Part III

 

 

 



Table of Contents

 

EAST WEST BANCORP, INC.

2013 ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PART I

 

3

 

Item 1.

Business

4

 

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

19

 

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

26

 

Item 2.

Properties

26

 

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

27

 

Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures

27

PART II

 

27

 

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

27

 

Item 6.

Selected Financial Data

30

 

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

31

 

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

60

 

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

60

 

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

60

 

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

60

 

Item 9B.

Other Information

63

PART III

 

63

 

Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

63

 

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

63

 

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

63

 

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence

64

 

Item 14.

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

64

PART IV

 

65

 

Item 15.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

65

SIGNATURES

140

EXHIBIT INDEX

141

 

2



Table of Contents

 

PART I

 

Certain matters discussed in this Annual Report contain or incorporate statements that we believe are “forward- looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and Rule 175 promulgated thereunder, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and Rule 3b-6 promulgated thereunder. These statements relate to our financial condition, results of operations, plans, objectives, future performance or business. They usually can be identified by the use of forward-looking language, such as “will likely result,” “may,” “are expected to,” “is anticipated,” “estimate,” “forecast,” “projected,” “intends to,” or may include other similar words or phrases, such as “believes,” “plans,” “trend,” “objective,” “continue,” “remain,” or similar expressions, or future or conditional verbs, such as “will,” “would,” “should,” “could,” “might,” “can,” or similar verbs. You should not place undue reliance on these statements, as they are subject to risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to, those described in the documents incorporated by reference. When considering these forward-looking statements, you should keep in mind these risks and uncertainties, as well as any cautionary statements we may make. Moreover, you should treat these statements as speaking only as of the date they are made and based only on information then actually known to us.

 

There are a number of important factors that could cause future results to differ materially from historical performance and these forward-looking statements. Factors that might cause such a difference include, but are not limited to:

 

·

our ability to integrate the former MetroCorp Bancshares, Inc. (“MetroCorp”) operations and to achieve the projected synergies of this acquisition;

·

our ability to manage the loan portfolios acquired from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) assisted acquisitions within the limits of the loss protection provided by the FDIC;

·

changes in our borrowers’ performance on loans;

·

changes in the commercial and consumer real estate markets;

·

changes in our costs of operation, compliance and expansion;

·

changes in the U.S. economy, including inflation;

·

changes in government interest rate policies;

·

changes in laws or the regulatory environment;

·

changes in the economy of and monetary policy in the People’s Republic of China;

·

changes in critical accounting policies and judgments;

·

changes in accounting policies or procedures as may be required by the Financial Accounting Standards Board or other regulatory agencies;

·

changes in the equity and debt securities markets;

·

changes in competitive pressures on financial institutions;

·

effect of additional provision for loan losses;

·

effect of government budget cuts and government shut down;

·

fluctuations of our stock price;

·

success and timing of our business strategies;

·

impact of reputational risk created by these developments on such matters as business generation and retention, funding and liquidity;

·

impact of the European debt crisis;

·

impact of potential federal tax increases and spending cuts;

·

changes in our ability to receive dividends from our subsidiaries; and

·

political developments, wars or other hostilities may disrupt or increase volatility in securities or otherwise affect economic conditions.

 

For a more detailed discussion of some of the factors that might cause such differences, see “ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS” presented elsewhere in this report. The Company does not undertake, and specifically disclaims any obligation to update any forward-looking statements to reflect the occurrence of events or circumstances after the date of such statements, except as required by law.

 

3



Table of Contents

 

ITEM 1.  BUSINESS

 

Organization

 

East West Bancorp, Inc.  East West Bancorp, Inc. (referred to herein on an unconsolidated basis as “East West” and on a consolidated basis as the “Company” or “we”) is a bank holding company incorporated in Delaware on August 26, 1998 and registered under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (“BHCA”). The Company commenced business on December 30, 1998 when, pursuant to a reorganization, it acquired all of the voting stock of East West Bank, or the “Bank”. The Bank is the Company’s principal asset. In addition to the Bank, the Company has 7 other subsidiaries, namely East West Insurance Services, East West Capital Trust IV, East West Capital Trust V, East West Capital Trust VI, East West Capital Trust VII, East West Capital Trust VIII, and East West Capital Trust IX.

 

East West Insurance Services, Inc.  On August 22, 2000, East West completed the acquisition of East West Insurance Services, Inc. (the “Agency”) in a stock exchange transaction. The Agency provides business and consumer insurance services primarily to the Southern California market. The Agency runs its operations autonomously from the operations of the Company. The operations of the Agency are limited and are not deemed material in relation to the overall operations of the Company.

 

Other Subsidiaries of East West Bancorp, Inc.  The Company established 9 other subsidiaries as statutory business trusts, East West Capital Trust I, East West Capital Trust II, East West Capital Statutory Trust III in 2003, East West Capital Trust IV and East West Capital Trust V in 2004, East West Capital Trust VI in 2005, East West Capital Trust VII in 2006, and East West Capital Trusts VIII and East West Capital Trust IX in 2007, collectively referred to as the “Trusts”. In nine separate private placement transactions, the Trusts have issued either fixed or variable rate capital securities representing undivided preferred beneficial interests in the assets of the Trusts. East West is the owner of all the beneficial interests represented by the common securities of the Trusts. The purpose of issuing the capital securities was to provide the Company with a cost-effective means of obtaining Tier I capital for regulatory purposes. However, the Trusts will be phased out as Tier I capital starting in 2013 through 2015. As of December 31, 2013, there were six trusts outstanding including East West Capital Trust IV, East West Capital Trust V, East West Capital Trust VI, East West Capital Trust VII, East West Capital Trusts VIII and East West Capital Trust IX. In accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 810, Consolidation, the Trusts are not consolidated into the accounts of the Company.

 

East West’s principal business is to serve as a holding company for the Bank and other banking or banking-related subsidiaries which East West may establish or acquire. East West has not engaged in any other activities to date. As a legal entity separate and distinct from its subsidiaries, East West’s principal source of funds is, and will continue to be, dividends that may be paid by its subsidiaries. East West’s other sources of funds include proceeds from the issuance of its common stock in connection with stock option and employee stock purchase plans. At December 31, 2013, the Company had $24.73 billion in total consolidated assets, $17.81 billion in net consolidated loans, and $20.41 billion in total consolidated deposits.

 

The principal office of the Company is located at 135 N. Los Robles Ave., 7th Floor, Pasadena, California 91101, and the telephone number is (626) 768-6000.

 

East West Bank.  East West Bank was chartered by the Federal Home Loan Bank Board in June 1972, as the first federally chartered savings institution focused primarily on the Chinese-American community, and opened for business at its first office in the Chinatown district of Los Angeles in January 1973. From 1973 until the early 1990’s, the Bank conducted a traditional savings and loan business by making predominantly long-term, single-family and multifamily residential loans and commercial real estate loans. These loans were made principally within the ethnic Chinese market in Southern California and were funded primarily with retail savings deposits and advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco. The Bank has emphasized commercial lending since its conversion to a state-chartered commercial bank on July 31, 1995. The Bank now also provides commercial business and trade finance loans for companies primarily located in the U.S.

 

At December 31, 2013, the Bank has four wholly owned subsidiaries. The first subsidiary, E-W Services, Inc., is a California corporation organized by the Bank in 1977. E-W Services, Inc. holds property used by the Bank in its operations. The second subsidiary, East-West Investments, Inc., primarily acts as a trustee in connection with real estate secured loans. The remaining subsidiaries are East West Bank (China) Limited and East West Securities Investment Consulting Co., Ltd. (Taiwan).

 

4



Table of Contents

 

On November 6, 2009, the Bank entered into a purchase and assumption agreement (“UCB Purchase and Assumption Agreement”) with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), pursuant to which the Bank acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of the former United Commercial Bank (“UCB”), a California state-chartered bank headquartered in San Francisco, California (the “UCB Acquisition”). The UCB Acquisition included all 63 U.S. branches of United Commercial Bank. It also included the Hong Kong branch of United Commercial Bank and United Commercial Bank (China) Limited, the subsidiary of United Commercial Bank headquartered in Shanghai, China.

 

Under the terms of the UCB Purchase and Assumption Agreement, the Bank acquired certain assets of United Commercial Bank with a fair value of approximately $9.86 billion, including $5.90 billion of loans, $1.56 billion of investment securities, $93.5 million of FHLB stock, $599.0 million of cash and cash equivalents, $147.4 million of securities purchased under sale agreements, $38.0 million of other real estate owned (“OREO”), and $207.6 million of other assets. Liabilities with a fair value of approximately $9.57 billion were also assumed, including $6.53 billion of insured and uninsured deposits, but excluding certain brokered deposits, $1.84 billion of FHLB advances, $858.2 million of securities sold under agreements to repurchase, $90.6 million in other borrowings and $254.2 million of other liabilities.

 

On June 11, 2010 the Bank entered into a purchase and assumption agreement (“WFIB Purchase and Assumption Agreement”) with the FDIC, pursuant to which the Bank acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of the former Washington First International Bank (“WFIB”), a Washington state-chartered bank headquartered in Seattle, Washington. Under the terms of the WFIB Purchase and Assumption Agreement, the Bank acquired certain assets of WFIB with a fair value of approximately $492.6 million, including $313.9 million of loans, $37.5 million of investment securities, $67.2 million of cash and cash equivalents, $23.4 million of other real estate owned, and $50.6 million of other assets. Liabilities with a fair value of approximately $481.3 million were also assumed, including $395.9 million of insured and uninsured deposits, $65.3 million of FHLB advances, $1.9 million of securities sold under agreements to repurchase and $18.1 million of other liabilities.

 

The Bank has also grown through strategic partnerships. On August 30, 2001, the Bank entered into an agreement with 99 Ranch Market to provide retail banking services in their stores throughout California. 99 Ranch Market is the largest Asian-focused chain of supermarkets on the West Coast, with over 30 full-service stores in California, Texas, Washington, and Nevada. Tawa Supermarket Companies (“Tawa”) is the parent company of 99 Ranch Market. Tawa’s property development division owns and operates many of the shopping centers where 99 Ranch Market stores are located. We are currently providing in-store banking services to twelve 99 Ranch Market locations in California.

 

On September 18, 2013 the Bank entered into a definitive agreement with MetroCorp Bancshares, Inc. pursuant to which MetroCorp will merge with and into the Company. MetroCorp is headquartered in Houston, Texas.  As of December 31, 2013, MetroCorp had $1.6 billion in total assets. The acquisition subsequently closed on January 17, 2014, for consideration worth $268.0 million.

 

The Bank continues to develop its international banking capabilities. The Bank has one full-service branch in Hong Kong which commenced operations during the first quarter of 2007. The Hong Kong branch offers a variety of deposit, loan, and international banking products. In addition, the Bank has two full-service branches in mainland China through the Chinese bank subsidiary, which resulted from the UCB acquisition. The subsidiary branches include one branch in Shanghai and one branch in Shantou. The Bank also has three overseas representative offices in China located in Beijing, Guangzhou and Shenzhen and one in Taipei, Taiwan. The first office, located in Beijing, was opened in 2003. The other overseas representative offices located in Guangzhou and Shenzhen resulted from the UCB acquisition.  The representative office in Taipei, Taiwan opened in 2008. In addition to facilitating traditional letters of credit and trade finance to businesses, these representative offices allow the Bank to assist existing clients, as well as develop new business relationships. Through these offices, the Bank is focused on growing its export-import lending volume by aiding U.S. exporters in identifying and developing new sales opportunities to China-based customers as well as capturing additional letters of credit business generated from China-based exports through broader correspondent banking relationships.

 

The Bank continues to explore opportunities to establish other foreign offices, subsidiaries or strategic investments and partnerships to expand its international banking capabilities and to capitalize on the growing international trade business between the United States and Asia.

 

5



Table of Contents

 

Banking Services

 

East West Bank is the fifth largest independent commercial bank headquartered in California as of December 31, 2013 based on total assets. East West Bank is the largest bank in the United States that focuses on the financial services needs of individuals and businesses which operate both in the United States and Greater China, as well as having a strong focus on the Chinese American community. Through its network of 119 banking locations in the United States, China and Hong Kong, the Bank provides a wide range of personal and commercial banking services to small- and medium-sized businesses, business executives, professionals, and other individuals. The Bank offers multilingual services to its customers in English, Cantonese, Mandarin, Vietnamese, and Spanish. The Bank also offers a variety of deposit products which includes the traditional range of personal and business checking and savings accounts, time deposits and individual retirement accounts, travelers’ checks, safe deposit boxes, and MasterCard and Visa merchant deposit services.

 

The Bank’s lending activities include commercial and residential real estate, construction, trade finance, and commercial business, including accounts receivable, small business administration (“SBA”), inventory, and working capital loans. The Bank’s commercial borrowers are engaged in a wide variety of manufacturing, wholesale trade, and service businesses. The Bank generally provides commercial business loans to small- and medium-sized businesses. In addition, the Bank is focused on providing financing to clients needing a financial bridge that facilitates their business transactions between Asia and the United States.

 

The Bank’s three operating segments: Retail Banking, Commercial Banking and Other are based on the Bank’s core strategy. The Retail Banking segment focuses primarily on retail operations through the Bank’s branch network. The Commercial Banking segment, which includes commercial, industrial, and commercial real estate, primarily generates commercial loans through the efforts of the commercial lending offices located in the Bank’s production offices in California, New York, Texas, and the New England region, among others. Furthermore, the Commercial Banking segment also offers a wide variety of international finance and trade services and products. The remaining centralized functions, including the eliminations of intersegment amounts have been aggregated and included in “Other.” For complete discussion and disclosure see Note 24 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements presented elsewhere in this report.

 

Market Area and Competition

 

The Bank has 94 branches located in Northern and Southern California. Additionally, the Bank has six branches in New York, four branches in Georgia, two branches in Massachusetts, one branch in Nevada, one branch in Texas, and four branches in Washington. In Greater China, East West’s presence includes three full-service branches in Hong Kong, in Shanghai, and in Shantou. The Bank operates in China as East West Bank China (Limited), a full-service bank and wholly owned subsidiary of East West Bank. The Bank also has three representative offices in China located in Beijing, Guangzhou and Shenzhen and one in Taipei, Taiwan.

 

The Bank concentrates on marketing its services in the greater Los Angeles metropolitan area and the greater San Francisco Bay area.  California is the eighth largest economy in the world, with a population of over 35 million people. China and other Pacific Rim countries continue to grow as California’s top trading partners.  This provides the Bank with an important competitive advantage to its customers participating in the Asia Pacific marketplace. We believe that our customers benefit from our understanding of Asian markets through our physical presence in Hong Kong, China and Taiwan, our corporate and organizational ties throughout Asia, as well as our international banking products and services. We believe that this approach, combined with the extensive ties of our management and Board of Directors to the growing Asian business opportunities as well as the Chinese-American communities, provides us with an advantage in competing for customers in our market area. The Bank is also committed to expanding its customer base in Asia, the rest of California, New York, Washington and other urban areas in which we operate, including Georgia, Massachusetts, and Texas.

 

The banking and financial services industry in California generally, and in our market areas specifically, is highly competitive. The increasingly competitive environment is a result primarily of changes in laws and regulations, changes in technology and product delivery systems, as well as continuing consolidation among financial services providers.

 

The Bank competes for loans, deposits, and customers with other commercial banks, and other financial services institutions. Some of these competitors are larger in total assets and capitalization, and offer a broader range of financial services than the Bank.

 

Economic Conditions, Government Policies, Legislation and Regulatory Developments

 

Economic Conditions and Government Policies

 

The Company’s profitability, like most financial institutions, is primarily dependent on interest rate differentials. In general, the difference between the interest rates paid by the Bank on interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and other borrowings, and the interest rates received by the Bank on interest-earning assets, such as loans extended to customers and securities held in the investment portfolio, will comprise the major portion of the Company’s earnings. These rates are highly sensitive to many factors that are beyond the control of the Company, such as inflation, recession, and unemployment and the impact which future changes in domestic and foreign economic conditions might have on the Company cannot be predicted.

 

6



Table of Contents

 

The Company’s business is also influenced by the monetary and fiscal policies of the federal government and the policies of regulatory agencies, particularly the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “FRB”). The FRB implements national monetary policies (with objectives such as curbing inflation and combating recession) through its open-market operations in United States Government securities. The FRB adjusts the required level of reserves for depository institutions subject to its reserve requirements, as well as adjusts the target federal funds and discount rates applicable to borrowings by depository institutions. The actions of the FRB in these areas influence the growth of bank loans, investments, and deposits and also affect interest earned on interest-earning assets and paid on interest-bearing liabilities. The nature and impact of any future changes in monetary and fiscal policies on the Company cannot be predicted.

 

The impact on the Bank of the negative credit cycle during recent years has stabilized. However, the overall economic environment remains challenging, with high unemployment rates and reduced general spending.

 

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act

 

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act financial reform legislation (“Dodd-Frank”), significantly revised and expanded the rulemaking, supervisory and enforcement authority of the federal bank regulatory agencies. The Dodd-Frank followed the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 and the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 in response to the economic downturn and financial industry instability. Additional initiatives may be proposed or introduced before Congress, the California Legislature, and other government bodies in the future. Such proposals, if enacted, may further alter the structure, regulation and competitive relationship among financial institutions and may subject us to increased supervision and disclosure and reporting requirements. In addition, the various bank regulatory agencies often adopt new rules and regulations and policies to implement and enforce existing legislation. It cannot be predicted whether, or in what form, any such legislation or regulatory changes in policy may be enacted or the extent to which the business of the Bank would be affected thereby. In addition, the outcome of examinations, any litigation, or any investigations initiated by state or federal authorities may result in necessary changes in our operations and increased compliance costs.

 

Dodd-Frank impacts many aspects of the financial industry and, in many cases, will impact larger and smaller financial institutions and community banks differently over time.  Many of the following key provisions of the Dodd-Frank affecting the financial industry are now either effective or are in the proposed rule or implementation stage:

 

·

the creation of a Financial Services Oversight Counsel to identify emerging systemic risks and improve interagency cooperation;

·

expanded FDIC authority to conduct the orderly liquidation of certain systemically significant non-bank financial companies in addition to depository institutions;

·

the establishment of strengthened capital and liquidity requirements for banks and bank holding companies, including minimum leverage and risk-based capital requirements no less than the strictest requirements in effect for depository institutions as of the date of enactment;

·

the requirement by statute that bank holding companies serve as a source of financial strength for their depository institution subsidiaries;

·

the termination of investments by the U.S. Treasury under the Troubled Asset Relief Program (“TARP”) and Capital Purchase Program (“CPP”);

·

the elimination and phase out of trust preferred securities from Tier 1 capital with certain exceptions;

·

a permanent increase of the previously implemented temporary increase of FDIC deposit insurance to $250,000;

·

authorization for financial institutions to pay interest on business checking accounts;

·

changes in the calculation of FDIC deposit insurance assessments, such that the assessment base will no longer be the institution’s deposit base, but instead, will be its average consolidated total assets less its average tangible equity;

·

the elimination of remaining barriers to de novo interstate branching by banks;

·

expanded restrictions on transactions with affiliates and insiders under Section 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and lending limits for derivative transactions, repurchase agreements, and securities lending and borrowing transactions;

 

7



Table of Contents

 

·

the elimination of the Office of Thrift Supervision and the transfer of oversight of thrift institutions and their holding companies to the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency or the FDIC and Federal Reserve;

·

provisions that affect corporate governance and executive compensation at most United States publicly traded companies, including (i) stockholder advisory votes on executive compensation, (ii) executive compensation “clawback” requirements for companies listed on national securities exchanges in the event of materially inaccurate statements of earnings, revenues, gains or other criteria (iii) enhances independence requirements for compensation committee members, and (iv) giving the SEC authority to adopt proxy access rules which would permit stockholders of publicly traded companies to nominate candidates for election as director and have those nominees included in a company’s proxy statement;

·

the creation of a Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (the “CFPB”), which is authorized to promulgate and enforce consumer protection regulations relating to bank and non-bank financial products and which may examine and enforce its regulations on banks with more than $10 billion in assets; and

 

 

·

the adoption, on December 10, 2013, by five financial regulatory agencies, including our primary federal regulator, the Federal Reserve, of final rules implementing the Volcker Rule embodied in Section 13 of the Bank Holding Company Act, which was added by Section 619 of the Dodd-Frank Act. The final rules prohibit banking entities from, among other things, (1) engaging in short-term proprietary trading for their own accounts, and (2) having certain ownership interests in and relationships with hedge funds or private equity funds. The final rules are intended to provide greater clarity with respect to both the extent of those primary prohibitions and of the related exemptions and exclusions. The final rules also require each regulated entity to establish an internal compliance program that is consistent with the extent to which it engages in activities covered by the Volcker Rule, which must include (for the largest entities) making regular reports about those activities to regulators. The final rules are effective April 1, 2014, but the conformance period has been extended from its statutory end date of July 21, 2014 until July 21, 2015.

 

The numerous rules and regulations that have been promulgated and are yet to be promulgated and finalized under Dodd-Frank are likely to significantly impact our operations and compliance costs. More stringent capital, liquidity and leverage requirements are expected to impact our business as Dodd-Frank is fully implemented.  The federal agencies are in the process of issuing the many rules required to implement provisions of Dodd Frank, some of which will apply directly to larger institutions with either more than $50 billion in assets or more than $10 billion in assets, such as proposed regulations for financial institutions deemed systemically significant, proposed rules requiring capital plans and stress tests, as well as a final rule for the largest banks (over $250 billion assets and internationally active) setting a new minimum risk-based capital floor. These and other requirements and policies imposed on larger institutions, such as expected countercyclical requirements for increased capital in times of economic expansion and a decrease in times of contraction, may subsequently become expected “best practices” for smaller institutions.  Therefore, as a result of the changes required by Dodd-Frank, the profitability of our business activities may be impacted and we may be required to make changes to certain of our business practices.  Such developments and new standards would require us to devote even more management attention and resources to evaluate and make any changes necessary to comply with new statutory and regulatory requirements.

 

Supervision and Regulation

 

General.  The Company and the Bank are extensively regulated under both federal and state laws. Regulation and supervision by the federal and state banking agencies are intended primarily for the protection of depositors and the Deposit Insurance Fund administered by the FDIC and not for the benefit of stockholders. Set forth below is a brief description of key laws and regulations which relate to our operations. These descriptions are qualified in their entirety by reference to the applicable laws and regulations. The federal and state agencies regulating the financial services industry also frequently adopt changes to their regulations.

 

The Company.  As a bank holding company, and pursuant to its election of financial holding company status, the Company is subject to regulation and examination by the FRB under the BHCA. Accordingly, the Company is subject to the FRB’s regulation and its authority to:

 

·

require periodic reports and such additional information as the FRB may require;

·

require the Company to maintain certain levels of capital (see “ITEM 1. BUSINESS — Supervision and Regulation — Capital Requirements”);

 

8



Table of Contents

 

·

require that bank holding companies serve as a source of financial and managerial strength to subsidiary banks and commit resources as necessary to support each subsidiary bank. A bank holding company’s failure to meet its obligations to serve as a source of strength to its subsidiary banks will generally be considered by the FRB to be an unsafe and unsound banking practice or a violation of FRB regulations or both;

·

restrict the receipt and the payment of dividends;

·

terminate an activity or terminate control of or liquidate or divest certain subsidiaries, affiliates or investments if the FRB believes the activity or the control of the subsidiary or affiliate constitutes a significant risk to the financial safety, soundness or stability of any bank subsidiary;

·

regulate provisions of certain bank holding company debt, including the authority to impose interest ceilings and reserve requirements on such debt and require prior approval to purchase or redeem our securities in certain situations;

·

require the prior approval of senior executive officer or director changes and prohibit golden parachute payments, including change in control agreements, or new employment agreements with such payment terms, which are contingent upon termination;

·

approve acquisitions and mergers with banks and consider certain competitive, management, financial and other factors in granting these approvals.

 

Nonbanking and Financial Activities

 

Subject to certain prior notice or FRB approval requirements, bank holding companies may engage in any of, or acquire shares of companies engaged in, those nonbanking activities determined by the FRB to be so closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto. The Company may engage in these nonbanking activities and broader securities, insurance, merchant banking and other activities that are determined to be “financial in nature” or are incidental or complementary to activities that are financial in nature without prior FRB approval pursuant to its election to become a financial holding company. Pursuant to the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (“GLBA”) and Dodd-Frank, in order to elect and retain financial holding company status, both the bank holding company and all depository institution subsidiaries of a bank holding company must be well capitalized and well managed, and, except in limited circumstances, depository subsidiaries must be in satisfactory compliance with the Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”). Failure to sustain compliance with these requirements or correct any noncompliance within a fixed time period could lead to divestiture of subsidiary banks or require all activities to conform to those permissible for a bank holding company.

 

The Company is also a bank holding company within the meaning of the California Financial Code. As such, the Company and its subsidiaries are subject to examination by, and may be required to file reports with, the Department of Business Oversight (“DBO”). DBO approvals may also be required for certain mergers and acquisitions.

 

Securities Laws

 

The Company’s securities are registered with the Securities Exchange Commission (“SEC”) under the Exchange Act and listed on the Nasdaq stock market. As such, the Company is subject to the information, proxy solicitation, insider trading, corporate governance, and other requirements and restrictions of the Exchange Act. These requirements and regulations include the provisions of Dodd-Frank with respect to stockholder nominations of directors and say-on-pay voting and incentive compensation clawbacks and the listing requirements of the Nasdaq stock market.

 

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act

 

The Company is subject to the accounting oversight and corporate governance requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, including:

 

·

required executive certification of financial presentations;

·

increased requirements for board audit committees and their members;

·

enhanced disclosure of controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting;

·

enhanced controls over, and reporting of, insider trading; and

·

increased penalties for financial crimes and forfeiture of executive bonuses in certain circumstances.

 

The Bank.  As a California state-chartered bank, the Bank is subject to primary supervision, periodic examination, and regulation by the CFPB, DBO, and by the FRB, as the Bank’s primary federal regulator. As a member bank, the Bank is a stockholder of the FRB.

 

9



Table of Contents

 

In general, under the California Financial Code, California banks have all the powers of a California corporation, subject to the general limitation of state bank powers under the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act (“FDICIA”) to those permissible for national banks. Specific federal and state laws and regulations which are applicable to banks regulate, among other things, the scope of their business, their investments, their reserves against deposits, the timing of the availability of deposited funds, and the nature and amount of and collateral for certain loans. The regulatory structure also gives the bank regulatory agencies extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory and enforcement activities and examination policies.

 

Permissible Activities and Subsidiaries

 

California law permits state chartered commercial banks to engage in any activity permissible for national banks. Therefore, the Bank may form subsidiaries to engage in the many so-called “closely related to banking” or “nonbanking” activities commonly conducted by national banks in operating subsidiaries, and further, pursuant to GLBA, the Bank may conduct certain “financial” activities in a subsidiary to the same extent as may a national bank, provided the Bank is and remains “well-capitalized,” “well-managed” and in satisfactory compliance with the CRA. Presently, none of the Bank’s subsidiaries are financial subsidiaries.

 

Federal Home Loan Bank System

 

The Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) of San Francisco. Among other benefits, each FHLB serves as a reserve or central bank for its members within its assigned region and makes available loans or advances to its members. Each FHLB is financed primarily from the sale of consolidated obligations of the FHLB system. As an FHLB member, the Bank is required to own a certain amount of capital stock in the FHLB. At December 31, 2013, the Bank was in compliance with the FHLB’s stock ownership requirement and our investment in FHLB capital stock totaled $62.3 million, which includes $3.0 million of the FHLB of Seattle capital stock as a result of the WFIB acquisition.

 

Federal Reserve System

 

The Federal Reserve Board requires all depository institutions to maintain interest-bearing reserves at specified levels against their transaction accounts. At December 31, 2013, the Bank was in compliance with these requirements. As a member bank, the Bank is also required to own capital stock in the FRB. At December 31, 2013, the Bank held an investment of $48.3 million in FRB capital stock.

 

Foreign Operations

 

East West Bank currently has three full-service branches in Greater Asia, which are located in Hong Kong, Shanghai, and Shantou. The Bank operates in China, as a full-service bank under East West Bank China (Limited), a wholly owned subsidiary of East West Bank. The Bank also has three representative offices in China located in Beijing, Guangzhou and Shenzhen and one in Taipei, Taiwan. The Bank’s overseas activities are regulated by the FRB and the DBO and are also regulated by the supervisory authorities of the host countries in which the Bank has offices.

 

Dividends and Other Transfers of Funds

 

Dividends from the Bank constitute the principal source of income to the Company. The Bank is subject to various statutory and regulatory restrictions on its ability to pay dividends. In addition, the banking agencies have the authority to prohibit or limit the Bank from paying dividends, depending upon the Bank’s financial condition, if such payment is deemed to constitute an unsafe or unsound practice. Furthermore, under the federal prompt corrective action regulations, the FRB or FDIC may prohibit a bank holding company from paying any dividends if the holding company’s bank subsidiary is classified as “undercapitalized.” For more information on capitalization, see “Capital Requirements” below.

 

It is FRB policy that bank holding companies should generally pay dividends on common stock only out of income available over the past year, and only if prospective earnings retention is consistent with the organization’s expected future needs and financial condition. It is also FRB policy that bank holding companies should not maintain dividend levels that undermine the company’s ability to be a source of strength to its banking subsidiaries. Additionally, in consideration of the current financial and economic environment, the FRB has stated that bank holding companies should carefully review their dividend policy and has discouraged payment ratios that are at maximum allowable levels unless both asset quality and capital are very strong.

 

10



Table of Contents

 

During the second quarter of 2013, the Company converted approximately $83.0 million of 8% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Convertible Preferred Stock, Series A (“Series A preferred stock”) outstanding shares, which was originally issued in April 2008, into 5.6 million shares of common stock.

 

Capital Requirements

 

Bank holding companies and banks are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by state and federal banking agencies. Increased capital requirements are expected as a result of expanded authority set forth in Dodd-Frank and the Basel III international supervisory developments discussed below. Capital adequacy guidelines and, additionally for banks, prompt corrective action regulations involve quantitative measures of assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by regulators about components, risk weighting, and other factors. At December 31, 2013, the Company’s and the Bank’s capital ratios exceeded the minimum capital adequacy guideline percentage requirements of the federal banking agencies for “well capitalized” institutions. For complete discussion and disclosure see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Risk-Based Capital” and Note 23 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements presented elsewhere in this report.

 

The federal banking agencies have adopted risk-based minimum capital adequacy guidelines for bank holding companies and banks which are intended to provide a measure of capital that reflects the degree of risk associated with a banking organization’s operations for both transactions reported on the balance sheet as assets and transactions which are recorded as off-balance sheet items. The risk-based capital ratio is determined by classifying assets and certain off-balance sheet financial instruments into weighted categories, with higher levels of capital being required for those categories perceived as representing greater risk. Bank holding companies and banks engaged in significant trading activity may also be subject to the market risk capital guidelines and be required to incorporate additional market and interest rate risk components into their risk-based capital standards. Under the capital adequacy guidelines, a banking organization’s total capital is divided into tiers. “Tier I capital” currently includes common equity and trust preferred securities, subject to certain criteria and quantitative limits. Under Dodd-Frank depository institution holding companies, such as the Company, with more than $15 billion in total consolidated assets as of December 31, 2009, will no longer be able to include trust preferred securities as Tier I regulatory capital as of the end of a three-year phase-out period in 2016, and may be obligated to replace any outstanding trust preferred securities issued prior to May 19, 2010, with qualifying Tier I regulatory capital during the phase-out period. “Tier II capital” includes hybrid capital instruments, other qualifying debt instruments, a limited amount of the allowance for loan and lease losses, and a limited amount of unrealized holding gains on equity securities. Following the phase-out period under Dodd-Frank, trust preferred securities will be treated as Tier II capital.  “Tier III capital” consists of qualifying unsecured debt. The sum of Tier II and Tier III capital may not exceed the amount of Tier I capital. The risk-based capital guidelines require a minimum ratio of qualifying total capital to risk-weighted assets of 8.0% and a minimum ratio of Tier I capital to risk-weighted assets of 4.0%. An institution is defined as well capitalized if its total capital to risk-weighted assets ratio is 10.0% or more; its core capital to risk-weighted assets ratio is 6.0% or more; and its core capital to adjusted average assets ratio is 5.0% or more.

 

Bank holding companies and banks are also required to comply with minimum leverage ratio requirements. The leverage ratio is the ratio of a banking organization’s Tier I capital to its total adjusted quarterly average assets (as defined for regulatory purposes). The requirements necessitate a minimum leverage ratio of 3.0% for holding companies and banks that either have the highest supervisory rating or have implemented the appropriate federal regulatory authority’s risk-adjusted measure for market risk. All other holding companies and banks are required to maintain a minimum leverage ratio of 4.0%, unless a different minimum is specified by an appropriate regulatory authority. For a depository institution to be considered “well capitalized” under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, its leverage ratio must be at least 5.0%.

 

Basel Accords

 

The regulatory agencies’ risk-based capital guidelines are based upon the 1988 capital accord (“Basel I”) of the International Basel Committee on Bank Supervision (“Basel Committee”), a committee of central banks and bank supervisors/regulators from the major industrialized countries that develops broad policy guidelines, which each country’s supervisors can use to determine the supervisory policies they apply to their home jurisdiction.  In 2004, the Basel Committee proposed a new capital accord (“Basel II”) to replace Basel I that provided approaches for setting capital standards for credit risk and capital requirements for operational risk and refining the existing capital requirements for market risk exposures.  U.S. banking regulators published a final rule for Basel II implementation requiring banks with over $250 billion in consolidated total assets or on-balance sheet foreign exposure of $10 billion (“core banks”) to adopt the advanced approaches of Basel II while allowing other banks to elect to “opt in.”  The regulatory agencies later issued a proposed rule for larger banks that would give banking organizations that do not use the advanced approaches the option to implement a new risk-based capital framework that would adopt the standardized approach of Basel II for credit risk, the basic indicator approach of Basel II for operational risk and related disclosure requirements. A definitive rule was not issued.

 

11



Table of Contents

 

In December 2010, the Basel Committee released its final framework for strengthening international capital and liquidity regulation, now officially identified as “Basel III.” The Basel III capital framework, among other things:

 

·

introduces as a new capital measure, Common Equity Tier 1 (“CET1”), more commonly known in the United States as “Tier 1 Common,” and defines CET1 narrowly by requiring that most adjustments to regulatory capital measures be made to CET1 and not to the other components of capital, and expands the scope of the adjustments as compared to existing regulations;

 

 

·

when fully phased in, requires covered banks to maintain: (i) a newly adopted international standard, a minimum ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets of at least 4.5%, plus a 2.5% “capital conservation buffer” (which is added to the 4.5% CET1 ratio as that buffer is phased in, effectively resulting in a minimum ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets of at least 7%); (ii) an additional “SIFI buffer” for those large institutions deemed to be systemically important, ranging from 1.0% to 2.5%, and up to 3.5% under certain conditions; (iii) a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 6.0%, plus the capital conservation buffer (which is added to the 6.0% Tier 1 capital ratio as that buffer is phased in, effectively resulting in a minimum Tier 1 capital ratio of 8.5% upon full implementation); (iv) a minimum ratio of total (that is, Tier 1 plus Tier 2) capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 8.0%, plus the capital conservation buffer (which is added to the 8.0% total capital ratio as that buffer is phased in, effectively resulting in a minimum total capital ratio of 10.5% upon full implementation); and (v) as a newly adopted international standard, a minimum leverage ratio of 3%, calculated as the ratio of Tier 1 capital to balance sheet exposures plus certain off-balance sheet exposures (as the average for each quarter of the month-end ratios for the quarter); and

 

 

·

an additional “countercyclical capital buffer,” generally to be imposed when national regulators determine that excess aggregate credit growth becomes associated with a buildup of systemic risk, that would be a CET1 add-on to the capital conservation buffer in the range of 0% to 2.5% when fully implemented.

 

The federal bank regulatory agencies issued joint proposed rules in June 2012 that would revise the risk-based capital requirement and the method for calculating risk-weighted assets to make them consistent with Basel III and provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act.  On July 2, 2013, the Federal Reserve Board approved final rules implementing Basel III and certain changes required by the Dodd Frank Act, effective on January 1, 2015 (subject to a phase-in period). The final rules apply to all depository institutions and top-tier bank holding companies with assets of $500 million or more. As noted above, the final rules establish a new minimum common equity Tier 1 ratio of at least 4.5% of risk-weighted assets and implement a new capital conservation buffer of common equity Tier 1 capital equal to 2.5% of risk-weighted assets, which will be in addition to the 4.5% common equity Tier 1 capital ratio and be phased in over a three-year period beginning January 1, 2016. Also, as noted above, the final rules raise the minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets to 6.0%. The final rules further assign higher risk weighting to exposures that are more than 90 days past due or are on nonaccrual status and certain commercial real estate facilities that finance the acquisition, development or construction of real property. The final rules also require unrealized gains and losses on certain securities holdings to be included in calculating capital ratios. The final rules, including alternative requirements for smaller community financial institutions like the Company, would, when finalized, be phased in through 2019.On July 9, 2013, the OCC adopted the same rules for national banks and federal savings associations, and the FDIC approved the same provisions, as an interim final rule, for state nonmember banks and state savings associations.

 

With respect to East West Bank, the Basel III Capital Rules also revise the “prompt corrective action” regulations pursuant to Section 38 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as discussed below under “Prompt Corrective Action.” The Basel III Capital Rules prescribe a standardized approach for risk weightings that expand the risk-weighting categories from the current four Basel I-derived categories (0%, 20%, 50% and 100%) to a much larger and more risk-sensitive number of categories, depending on the nature of the assets, generally ranging from 0% for U.S. government and agency securities, to 600% for certain equity exposures, and resulting in higher risk weights for a variety of asset categories.

 

12



Table of Contents

 

Liquidity Requirements

 

Historically, the regulation and monitoring of bank and bank holding company liquidity has been addressed as a supervisory matter, without required formulaic measures. The Basel III liquidity framework requires banks and bank holding companies to measure their liquidity against specific liquidity tests that, although similar in some respects to liquidity measures historically applied by banks and regulators for management and supervisory purposes, going forward would be required by regulation. One test, referred to as the liquidity coverage ratio (“LCR”), is designed to ensure that the banking entity maintains an adequate level of unencumbered high-quality liquid assets equal to the entity’s expected net cash outflow for a 30-day time horizon (or, if greater, 25% of its expected total cash outflow) under an acute liquidity stress scenario. The other test, referred to as the net stable funding ratio (“NSFR”), is designed to promote more medium- and long-term funding of the assets and activities of banking entities over a one-year time horizon. These requirements will incent banking entities to increase their holdings of U.S. Treasury securities and other sovereign debt as a component of assets and increase the use of long-term debt as a funding source. In October 2013, the federal banking agencies proposed rules implementing the LCR for advanced approaches banking organizations and a modified version of the LCR for bank holding companies with at least $50 billion in total consolidated assets that are not advanced approach banking organizations, neither of which apply to East West Bank. The federal banking agencies have not yet proposed rules to implement the NSFR.

 

Enforcement Authority

 

The federal and California regulatory structure gives the bank regulatory agencies extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory and enforcement activities and examination policies, including policies with respect to the classification of assets and the establishment of adequate loan loss reserves for regulatory purposes. The regulatory agencies have adopted guidelines to assist in identifying and addressing potential safety and soundness concerns before an institution’s capital becomes impaired. The guidelines establish operational and managerial standards generally relating to: (i) internal controls, information systems, and internal audit systems; (ii) loan documentation; (iii) credit underwriting; (iv) interest-rate exposure; (v) asset growth and asset quality; and (vi) compensation, fees, and benefits. Further, the regulatory agencies have adopted safety and soundness guidelines for asset quality and for evaluating and monitoring earnings to ensure that earnings are sufficient for the maintenance of adequate capital and reserves. If, as a result of an examination, the DBO or the FRB should determine that the financial condition, capital resources, asset quality, earnings prospects, management, liquidity, or other aspects of the Bank’s operations are unsatisfactory or that the Bank or its management is violating or has violated any law or regulation, the DBO and the FRB, and separately the FDIC as insurer of the Bank’s deposits, have residual authority to:

 

·

Require affirmative action to correct any conditions resulting from any violation or practice;

 

 

·

Direct an increase in capital and the maintenance of higher specific minimum capital ratios, which may preclude the Bank from being deemed well capitalized and restrict its ability to accept certain brokered deposits;

 

 

·

Restrict the Bank’s growth geographically, by products and services, or by mergers and acquisitions, including bidding in FDIC receiverships for failed banks;

 

 

·

Enter into or issue informal or formal enforcement actions, including required Board resolutions, memoranda of understanding, written agreements and consent or cease and desist orders or prompt corrective action orders to take corrective action and cease unsafe and unsound practices;

 

 

·

Require prior approval of senior executive officer or director changes; remove officers and directors and assess civil monetary penalties; and

 

 

·

Take possession of and close and liquidate the Bank or appoint the FDIC as receiver.

 

Prompt Corrective Action

 

The Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended (“FDIA”), requires among other things, the federal banking agencies to take “prompt corrective action” in respect of depository institutions that do not meet minimum capital requirements. The FDIA includes the following five capital tiers: “well capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized” and “critically undercapitalized.” A depository institution’s capital tier will depend upon how its capital levels compare with various relevant capital measures and certain other factors, as established by regulation. The relevant capital measures are the total capital ratio, the Tier 1 capital ratio and the leverage ratio.

 

13



Table of Contents

 

A bank will be (i) “well capitalized” if the institution has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.0% or greater, and a leverage ratio of 5.0% or greater, and is not subject to any order or written directive by any such regulatory authority to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital measure; (ii) “adequately capitalized” if the institution has a total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 4.0% or greater, and a leverage ratio of 4.0% or greater and is not “well capitalized” (iii) “undercapitalized” if the institution has a total risk-based capital ratio that is less than 8.0%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 4.0% or a leverage ratio of less than 4.0%; (iv) “significantly undercapitalized” if the institution has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 6.0%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 3.0% or a leverage ratio of less than 3.0%; and (v) “critically undercapitalized” if the institution’s tangible equity is equal to or less than 2.0% of average quarterly tangible assets. An institution may be downgraded to, or deemed to be in, a capital category that is lower than indicated by its capital ratios if it is determined to be in an unsafe or unsound condition or if it receives an unsatisfactory examination rating with respect to certain matters. A bank’s capital category is determined solely for the purpose of applying prompt corrective action regulations, and the capital category may not constitute an accurate representation of the bank’s overall financial condition or prospects for other purposes.

 

The FDIA generally prohibits a depository institution from making any capital distributions (including payment of a dividend) or paying any management fee to its parent holding company if the depository institution would thereafter be “undercapitalized.” “Undercapitalized” institutions are subject to growth limitations and are required to submit a capital restoration plan. The agencies may not accept such a plan without determining, among other things, that the plan is based on realistic assumptions and is likely to succeed in restoring the depository institution’s capital. In addition, for a capital restoration plan to be acceptable, the depository institution’s parent holding company must guarantee that the institution will comply with such capital restoration plan. The bank holding company must also provide appropriate assurances of performance. The aggregate liability of the parent holding company is limited to the lesser of (i) an amount equal to 5.0% of the depository institution’s total assets at the time it became undercapitalized and (ii) the amount which is necessary (or would have been necessary) to bring the institution into compliance with all capital standards applicable with respect to such institution as of the time it fails to comply with the plan. If a depository institution fails to submit an acceptable plan, it is treated as if it is “significantly undercapitalized.”

 

“Significantly undercapitalized” depository institutions may be subject to a number of requirements and restrictions, including orders to sell sufficient voting stock to become “adequately capitalized,” requirements to reduce total assets, and cessation of receipt of deposits from correspondent banks. “Critically undercapitalized” institutions are subject to the appointment of a receiver or conservator.

 

The appropriate federal banking agency may, under certain circumstances, reclassify a well capitalized insured depository institution as adequately capitalized. The FDIA provides that an institution may be reclassified if the appropriate federal banking agency determines (after notice and opportunity for hearing) that the institution is in an unsafe or unsound condition or deems the institution to be engaging in an unsafe or unsound practice.

 

The appropriate agency is also permitted to require an adequately capitalized or undercapitalized institution to comply with the supervisory provisions as if the institution were in the next lower category (but not treat a significantly undercapitalized institution as critically undercapitalized) based on supervisory information other than the capital levels of the institution.

 

The Basel III Capital Rules revise the current prompt corrective action requirements effective January 1, 2015 by (i) introducing a CET1 ratio requirement at each level (other than critically undercapitalized), with the required CET1 ratio being 6.5% for well-capitalized status; (ii) increasing the minimum Tier 1 capital ratio requirement for each category (other than critically undercapitalized), with the minimum Tier 1 capital ratio for well-capitalized status being 8% (as compared to the current 6%); and (iii) eliminating the current provision that provides that a bank with a composite supervisory rating of 1 may have a 3% leverage ratio and still be adequately capitalized. The Basel III Capital Rules do not change the total risk-based capital requirement for any prompt corrective action category.

 

FDIC Deposit Insurance

 

The FDIC insures our customer deposits through the Deposit Insurance Fund of the FDIC up to prescribed limits for each depositor. The FDIC may terminate a depository institution’s deposit insurance upon a finding that the institution’s financial condition is unsafe or unsound or that the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices that pose a risk to the Deposit Insurance Fund or that may prejudice the interest of the bank’s depositors. The termination of deposit insurance for the Bank would also result in the revocation of the Bank’s charter by the DBO.

 

14



Table of Contents

 

All FDIC-insured institutions are also required to pay assessments to the FDIC to fund interest payments on bonds issued by the Financing Corporation (“FICO”), an agency of the Federal government established to recapitalize the predecessor to the Deposit Insurance Fund. The FICO assessment rates are determined quarterly. These assessments will continue until the FICO bonds mature in 2017.

 

Federal Banking Agency Compensation Guidelines

 

 Guidelines adopted by the federal banking agencies pursuant to the Federal Deposit Insurance (“FDI”) Act prohibit excessive compensation as an unsafe and unsound practice and describe compensation as excessive when the amounts paid are unreasonable or disproportionate to the services performed by an executive officer, employee, director or principal stockholder. Such guidance is intended to ensure that the incentive compensation policies of banking organizations do not undermine the safety and soundness of such organizations by encouraging excessive risk-taking. The incentive compensation guidance covers all employees who have the ability to materially affect the risk profile of an organization, either individually or as part of a group.  It is based upon the key principles that a banking organization’s incentive compensation arrangements should (i) provide incentives that do not encourage risk-taking beyond the organization’s ability to effectively identify and manage risks, (ii) be compatible with effective internal controls and risk management, and (iii) be supported by strong corporate governance, including active and effective oversight by the organization’s board of directors. Any deficiencies in compensation practices that are identified may be incorporated into the organization’s supervisory ratings, which can affect its ability to make acquisitions or perform other actions. The incentive compensation guidance provides that enforcement actions may be taken against a banking organization if its incentive compensation arrangements or related risk-management control or governance processes pose a risk to the organization’s safety and soundness and the organization is not taking prompt and effective measures to correct the deficiencies.

 

In 2011, the FRB and federal banking agencies, including the SEC, proposed joint rules to implement Section 956 of Dodd-Frank for banks with $1 billion or more in assets. Section 956 prohibits incentive-based compensation arrangements that encourage inappropriate risk taking by covered financial institutions and are deemed to be excessive, or that may lead to material losses. The proposed rule would move the U.S. closer to aspects of international compensation standards by (i) requiring deferral of a substantial portion of incentive compensation for executive officers of particularly large institutions described above; (ii) prohibiting incentive-based compensation arrangements for covered persons that would encourage inappropriate risks by providing excessive compensation; (iii) prohibiting incentive-based compensation arrangements for covered persons that would expose the institution to inappropriate risks by providing compensation that could lead to a material financial loss; (iv) requiring policies and procedures for incentive-based compensation arrangements that are commensurate with the size and complexity of the institution; and (v) requiring annual reports on incentive compensation structures to the institution’s appropriate Federal regulator.  Final rules are still pending.

 

 The scope, content and application of the U.S. banking regulators’ policies on incentive compensation continue to evolve in the aftermath of the economic downturn. It cannot be determined at this time whether compliance with such policies will adversely affect the ability of the Company and the Bank to hire, retain and motivate key employees.

 

Loans-to-One Borrower Limitations

 

With certain limited exceptions, the maximum amount of obligations, secured or unsecured, that any borrower (including certain related entities) may owe to a United States bank at any one time may not exceed 25% of the sum of stockholders’ equity, allowance for loan losses, capital notes and debentures of the bank. Unsecured obligations may not exceed 15% of the sum of shareholders’ equity, allowance for loan losses, capital notes and debentures of the bank. The Bank has established internal loan limits which are lower than the legal lending limits for United States banks.

 

Extensions of Credit to Insiders and Transactions with Affiliates

 

The Federal Reserve Act and FRB Regulation O place limitations and conditions on loans or extensions of credit to:

 

·

a bank or bank holding company’s executive officers, directors and principal stockholders (i.e., in most cases, those persons who own, control or have power to vote more than 10% of any class of voting securities);

·

any company controlled by any such executive officer, director or stockholder; or

·

any political or campaign committee controlled by such executive officer, director or principal stockholder.

 

15



Table of Contents

 

Such loans and leases:

 

·

must comply with loan-to-one-borrower limits;

·

require prior full board approval when aggregate extensions of credit to the person exceed specified amounts;

·

must be made on substantially the same terms (including interest rates and collateral) and follow credit underwriting procedures no less stringent than those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with non-insiders; and

·

must not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features.

 

In addition, Regulation O provides that the aggregate limit on extensions of credit to all insiders of a bank as a group cannot exceed the bank’s unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus. California has laws and the DBO has regulations which adopt and also apply Regulation O to the Bank.

 

The Bank also is subject to certain restrictions imposed by Federal Reserve Act Sections 23A and 23B and FRB Regulation W on any extensions of credit to, or the issuance of a guarantee or letter of credit on behalf of, any affiliates, the purchase of, or investments in, stock or other securities thereof, the taking of such securities as collateral for loans, and the purchase of assets of any affiliates. Affiliates include parent holding companies, sister banks, sponsored and advised companies, financial subsidiaries and investment companies where the Bank’s affiliate serves as investment advisor. Sections 23A and 23B and Regulation W generally:

 

·

prevent any affiliates from borrowing from the Bank unless the loans are secured by marketable obligations of designated amounts;

·

limit such loans and investments to or in any affiliate individually to 10% of the Bank’s capital and surplus;

·

limit such loans and investments to all affiliates in the aggregate to 20% of the Bank’s capital and surplus;

·

place restrictions on certain asset sales to and from an insider to an institution; and

·

require such loans to and investments in any affiliate to be on terms and under conditions substantially the same or at least as favorable to the Bank as those prevailing for comparable transactions with non-affiliated parties.

 

Additional restrictions on transactions with affiliates may be imposed on the Bank under the FDICIA prompt corrective action provisions and the supervisory authority of the federal and state banking agencies.

 

Securities Activities

 

FRB Regulation R implements exceptions provided in GLBA for securities activities which banks may conduct without registering with the SEC as a securities broker or moving such activities to a broker-dealer affiliate. Regulation R provides exceptions for networking arrangements with third party broker-dealers and authorizes compensation for bank employees who refer and assist retail and high net worth bank customers with their securities, including sweep accounts to money market funds, and with related trust, fiduciary, custodial and safekeeping needs. The current securities activities which the Bank provides customers are conducted in conformance with these rules and regulations.

 

Operations and Consumer Compliance Laws

 

The Bank must comply with numerous federal anti-money laundering and consumer privacy and protection statutes and regulations, including the Consumer Financial Protection Act of 2010, which constitutes part of the Dodd-Frank Act and establishes the CFPB, as described above, the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001, the Bank Secrecy Act, the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, effective in 2013, the CRA, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, as amended by the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act, the Electronic Fund Transfer Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Truth in Lending Act, the Fair Housing Act, the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, the National Flood Insurance Act, the Americans with Disabilities Act and various federal and state privacy protection laws.

 

The CFPB is an independent entity within the Federal Reserve. It has broad rulemaking, supervisory and enforcement authority over consumer financial products and services, including deposit products, residential mortgages, home-equity loans and credit cards, and contains provisions on mortgage-related matters such as steering incentives, determinations as to a borrower’s ability to repay and prepayment penalties. The CFPB’s functions include investigating consumer complaints, conducting market research, rulemaking, supervising and examining banks consumer transactions, and enforcing rules related to consumer financial products and services.

 

16



Table of Contents

 

Under the Dodd-Frank Act, regulators were required to mandate specific underwriting criteria to support a reasonable, good faith determination by lenders of a consumer’s ability to repay a mortgage. The CFPB by amendment to Regulation Z, which implements the Truth in Lending Act and took effect on January 10, 2014, has defined what would be considered a “qualified mortgage.”  Another Dodd-Frank provision requires banks and other mortgage lenders to retain a minimum 5% economic interest in mortgage loans sold through securitizations unless the loans meet a definition of a “qualified residential mortgage” yet to be promulgated.  Banks will have to reevaluate their underwriting standards and the extent and type of their mortgage lending as a result of these regulations implementing Dodd-Frank.

 

These laws and regulations mandate certain disclosure and other requirements and regulate the manner in which financial institutions must deal with customers when taking deposits, making loans, collecting loans, and providing other services.  Failure to comply with these laws and regulations can subject the Bank to various penalties, including but not limited to enforcement actions, injunctions, fines or criminal penalties, punitive damages to consumers, and the loss of certain contractual rights.  The Bank and the Company are also subject to federal and state laws prohibiting unfair or fraudulent business practices, untrue or misleading advertising and unfair competition.

 

Regulation of Subsidiaries/Branches

 

Foreign-based subsidiaries, including East West Bank China (Limited) are subject to applicable foreign laws and regulations, such as those implemented by the China Banking Regulatory Commission. Nonbank subsidiaries are subject to additional or separate regulation and supervision by other state, federal and self-regulatory bodies. East West Insurance Services, Inc. is subject to the licensing and supervisory authority of the California Commissioner of Insurance. The East West Hong Kong branch is subject to applicable foreign laws and regulations, such as those implemented by the Hong Kong Monetary Authority.

 

Employees

 

East West does not have any employees other than officers who are also officers of the Bank. Such employees are not separately compensated for their employment with the Company. As of December 31, 2013, the Bank had a total of 2,434 full-time employees and 92 part-time employees and East West Insurance had a total of 16 full-time employees. None of the employees are represented by a union or collective bargaining group. The managements of the Bank and East West Insurance believe that their employee relations are satisfactory.

 

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

 

For a discussion of recent accounting pronouncements and their expected impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements, see Note 1 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements presented elsewhere in this report.

 

Available Information

 

We file reports with the SEC, including our proxy statements, annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K. These reports and other information on file can be inspected and copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, DC 20549, on official business days during the hours of 10 a.m. to 3 p.m. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The Commission maintains a website that contains the reports, proxy and information statements and other information we file with them. The address of the site is http://www.sec.gov.

 

The Company also maintains an internet website at www.eastwestbank.com. The Company makes its website content available for information purposes only. It should not be relied upon for investment purposes.

 

We make available free of charge through our website our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and proxy statements for our annual stockholders meetings, as well as any amendments to those reports, as soon as reasonably practicable after the Company files such reports with the SEC. The Company’s SEC reports can be accessed through the investor information page of its website. None of the information contained in or hyperlinked from our website is incorporated into this Form 10-K.

 

17



Table of Contents

 

Executive Officers of the Registrant

 

The following table sets forth the executive officers of the Company, their positions, and their ages. Each officer is appointed by the Board of Directors of the Company or the Bank and serves at their pleasure.

 

Name

 

 

Age (1)

 

Position with Company or Bank

Dominic Ng

 

55

 

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and the Bank

Julia S. Gouw

 

54

 

President and Chief Operating Officer of the Company and the Bank

Ming Lin Chen

 

53

 

Executive Vice President and Head of Retail and Banking Operations of the Bank

William H. Fong

 

66

 

Executive Vice President and Head of Northern California Commercial Lending Division of the Bank

Karen Fukumura

 

49

 

Executive Vice President and Head of Change Execution of the Bank

John R. Hall

 

58

 

Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer of the Bank

Douglas P. Krause

 

57

 

Executive Vice President, Chief Risk Officer, General Counsel, and Secretary of the Company and the Bank

Wendy Cai-Lee

 

39

 

Senior Managing Director and Head of U.S. Eastern and Texas Regions

Irene H. Oh

 

36

 

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company and the Bank

Bennett Pozil

 

52

 

Executive Vice President and Head of Corporate Banking of the Bank

James T. Schuler

 

65

 

Executive Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer of the Bank

Andy Yen

 

56

 

Executive Vice President and Head of International Banking and the Business Banking Division of the Bank

 


(1)                                        As of March 3, 2014

 

Dominic Ng serves as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and the Bank. Prior to taking the helm of East West in 1991, Mr. Ng was President and Chief Executive Officer of Seyen Investment, Inc. and before that spent over a decade as a CPA with Deloitte & Touche LLP. Mr. Ng serves on the Board of Directors of Mattel, Inc. and served for six years as a director of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco, Los Angeles Branch.

 

Julia S. Gouw serves as President and Chief Operating Officer of the Company and the Bank and as a member of the Board of Directors. Ms. Gouw served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company and the Bank from 1994 until April 2008. Ms. Gouw retired at the end of 2008 and rejoined the Bank in December 2009 as President and Chief Operating Officer. Prior to joining East West in 1989, Ms. Gouw was a Senior Audit Manager with KPMG LLP. Ms. Gouw serves on the boards of Pacific Mutual Holding Company and Pacific LifeCorp.

 

Ming Lin Chen serves as Executive Vice President and Head of Retail and Banking Operations. Ms. Chen joined East West Bank in 2004 as Senior Vice President and Senior Relationship Manager and was promoted to Executive Vice President in 2009. Prior to joining East West Bank, Ms. Chen was Senior Vice President and Corporate Secretary of General Bank and General Bancorp. She held several management positions including international banking, commercial and SBA lending, marketing and branch operations during her 19 years with General Bank.

 

William H. Fong serves as Executive Vice President and Head of the Bank’s Northern California Commercial Lending Division. Mr. Fong joined East West Bank in April 2006 from United Commercial Bank where he was the Head of Commercial Banking. Prior to this, Mr. Fong spent 23 years with Bank of the West. As Executive Vice President, he was responsible for Pacific Rim Banking’s corporate banking team in Bank of the West. Mr. Fong serves as a director on the boards of Cal-Asia Business Council and Hong Kong Association of Northern California.

 

18



Table of Contents

 

Karen Fukumura serves as Executive Vice President and Head of Change Execution of the Bank. Prior to joining East West Bank in April 2008, Ms. Fukumura was a Senior Vice President with Bank of America and held several transformational leadership roles within the Consumer Bank and Service & Fulfillment Operations. Additionally, Ms. Fukumura has seven years of management and technology consulting experience in Asia, and previously held sales and manufacturing operations roles within Mobil Oil and Xerox Corporation, respectively.

 

John R. Hall serves as Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer of East West Bank. Mr. Hall joined East West Bank in 2010, after serving six years as Regional Vice President/Senior Vice President of Commercial Banking for Wells Fargo Bank in the Los Angeles area. Mr. Hall spent 27 years at Wells Fargo and its predecessor bank, Norwest Bank, in various commercial banking management positions. Mr. Hall has over 35 years experience in the middle market lending and various specialized industry groups within commercial banking. He is an active member of the Board of Governors at Cedars-Sinai Medical Center in Los Angeles.

 

Douglas P. Krause serves as Executive Vice President, Chief Risk Officer, General Counsel, and Corporate Secretary of East West Bancorp, Inc. and East West Bank. Prior to joining East West Bank in 1996, Mr. Krause was General Counsel of Metrobank from 1991 to 1996. Mr. Krause started his career with the law firm of Jones, Day, Reavis and Pogue where he specialized in financial services. Mr. Krause has served as a commissioner on the governing board and as Chairman of the Audit Committee of the Port of Los Angeles. He also served on the governing board of the Alameda Corridor Transportation Authority and on the executive committee and project committee of the I-710 Project.

 

Wendy Cai-Lee serves as Senior Managing Director and Head of U.S. Eastern and Texas Regions, overseeing New England, Greater New York area, Southeast and Texas markets.   Prior to joining East West Bank in 2011, she spent 10 years with Deloitte & Touche as a Managing Director, focusing on U.S. & China cross-border transactions.  Ms. Cai-Lee serves as the Chair of the Board of Americans for United Nation’s Population Fund, on the Board of the Douglass College of Rutgers University, and as Trustee at the Queens Museum of Arts.

 

Irene H. Oh serves as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of East West Bancorp, Inc. and East West Bank. Ms. Oh joined the Bank in 2004. Prior to being promoted to Chief Financial Officer, Ms. Oh served as Senior Vice President and Director of Corporate Finance. A CPA, she began her financial career in 1999 with Deloitte & Touche in Los Angeles and spent two years with Goldman Sachs.

 

Bennett Pozil serves as Executive Vice President and Head of Corporate Banking. Prior to joining East West Bank in April 2011, Mr. Pozil served 11 years as the Managing Director of the Los Angeles office for Natixis. Mr. Pozil is active in the Los Angeles community, serving as the Chairman of the Boards of the Music Center of Los Angeles Leadership Council and is on the Board of the Asia Society’s Southern California Chapter.

 

James T. Schuler serves as Executive Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer of East West Bank. Mr. Schuler joined the Bank in mid 2010, after serving more than 25 years with Avery Dennison where he was instrumental in transforming Avery into an integrated global corporation. Mr. Schuler has a wealth of human resources experience as well as extensive experience working throughout the Asia Pacific Region.

 

Andy Yen serves as Executive Vice President and Head of International Banking and the Business Banking Division. In this capacity, Mr. Yen oversees the Bank’s greater China Region as well as the U.S. Business Banking Division. Mr. Yen joined the Bank in September 2005 through its merger with United National Bank (“UNB”). Before being promoted to President of UNB in 2001, Mr. Yen was the Executive Vice President from 1998 to 2000 and Senior Vice President from 1992 to 1997, overseeing both the operations and lending functions of UNB. Mr. Yen also served as a member of the Board of Directors of UNB from 1992 to 2005. Mr. Yen has over 30 years experience in commercial and real estate lending and also held positions at Tokai Bank of California and Trans National Bank before he joined UNB.

 

ITEM 1A.  RISK FACTORS

 

Risk Factors That May Affect Future Results

 

Together with the other information on the risks we face and our management of risk contained in this Annual Report or in our other SEC filings, the following presents significant risks which may affect us. Events or circumstances arising from one or more of these risks could adversely affect our business, financial condition, operating results, cash flows and prospects, and the value and price of our common stock could decline. The risks identified below are not intended to be a comprehensive list of all risks we face and additional risks that we may currently view as not material may also impair our business operations and results.

 

19



Table of Contents

 

Recent changes in banking regulation may adversely affect our business. Regulation of the financial services industry continues to undergo major changes. Dodd-Frank significantly revises and expands the rulemaking, supervisory and enforcement authority of federal bank regulators. Dodd-Frank addresses many areas which may affect our operations and costs immediately or in the future. Among other provisions, Dodd-Frank:

 

·                    imposes new capital requirements on bank holding companies and eliminates certain trust preferred securities from Tier 1 capital;

 

·                    revises the FDIC’s insurance assessment methodology so that premiums are assessed based upon the average consolidated total assets of a bank less tangible equity capital;

 

·                    expands the FDIC’s authority to raise insurance premiums and permanently raises the current standard deposit insurance limit to $250,000;

 

·                    allows financial institutions to pay interest on business checking accounts;

 

·                    authorizes nationwide interstate branching for banks;

 

·                    limits interchange fees payable on debit card transactions;

 

·                    establishes the CFPB to promulgate and enforce consumer protection regulations relating to financial products that would affect banks and nonbank finance companies;

 

·                    contains provisions that affect corporate governance and executive compensation;

 

·                   restricts proprietary trading by financial institutions, their owning or sponsoring hedge and private equity funds, and regulates the derivatives activities of banks and their affiliates.

 

The CFPB has adopted revisions to Regulation Z, which implements the Truth in Lending Act, pursuant to Dodd-Frank. The revisions went into effect on January 10, 2014 and apply to all consumer mortgages (except home equity lines of credit, timeshare plans, reverse mortgages, or temporary loans).  The revisions mandate specific underwriting criteria for home loans in order for creditors to make a reasonable, good faith determination of a consumer’s ability to repay and establish certain protections from liability under this requirement for “qualified mortgages” meeting certain standards.  This may impact our underwriting of single family residential loans and the resulting unknown effect on potential delinquencies. In particular, the revisions when they take effect will prevent us from making “no documentation” and “low documentation” home loans, because the rules require determining a consumer’s ability to pay based in part on verified and documented information. Low documentation loans represent a substantial portion of our single family residential loan portfolio. Accordingly, these new provisions may adversely affect the growth in the residential loan portfolio.

 

Additionally, on December 10, 2013, five financial regulatory agencies, including our primary federal regulator, the Federal Reserve, adopted final rules implementing the Volcker Rule embodied in Section 13 of the Bank Holding Company Act, which was added by Section 619 of Dodd-Frank. The final rules prohibit banking entities from, among other things, (1) engaging in short-term proprietary trading for their own accounts, and (2) having certain ownership interests in and relationships with hedge funds or private equity funds. The final rules are intended to provide greater clarity with respect to both the extent of those primary prohibitions and of the related exemptions and exclusions. The final rules also require each regulated entity to establish an internal compliance program that is consistent with the extent to which it engages in activities covered by the Volcker Rule, which must include (for the largest entities) making regular reports about those activities to regulators. The final rules are effective April 1, 2014, but the conformance period has been extended from its statutory end date of July 21, 2014 until July 21, 2015.

 

In addition to the enactment of Dodd-Frank, the federal regulatory agencies recently have begun to take stronger supervisory actions against financial institutions that have experienced increased loan losses and other weaknesses as a result of the recent economic crisis. These actions include the entering into of written agreements and cease and desist orders that place certain limitations on their operations. Federal bank regulators recently have also been using with more frequency their ability to impose individual minimal capital requirements on banks, which requirements may be higher than those imposed under Dodd-Frank or which would otherwise qualify the bank as being “well capitalized” under the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency’s prompt corrective action regulations. If we were to become subject to a supervisory agreement or higher individual capital requirements, such action may have a negative impact on our ability to execute our business plans, as well as our ability to grow, pay dividends, repurchase stock or engage in mergers and acquisitions and may result in restrictions in our operations.

 

20



Table of Contents

 

The CFPB may reshape the consumer financial laws through rulemaking and enforcement of the prohibitions against unfair, deceptive and abusive business practices. Compliance with any such change may impact the business operations of depository institutions offering consumer financial products or services, including the Bank. The CFPB has broad rulemaking authority to administer and carry out the provisions of Dodd-Frank with respect to financial institutions that offer covered financial products and services to consumers. The CFPB has also been directed to write rules identifying practices or acts that are unfair, deceptive or abusive in connection with any transaction with a consumer for a consumer financial product or service, or the offering of a consumer financial product or service. The concept of what may be considered to be an “abusive” practice is relatively new under the law. Moreover, the Bank will be supervised and examined by the CFPB for compliance with the CFPB’s regulations and policies. The costs and limitations related to this additional regulatory reporting regimen have yet to be fully determined, although they may be material and the limitations and restrictions that will be placed upon the Bank with respect to its consumer product offering and services may produce significant, material effects on the Bank’s (and the Company’s) profitability.

 

We may be subject to more stringent capital requirements. Dodd-Frank phases out over a prescribed period of time certain trust preferred securities from Tier 1 capital and allows the federal banking agencies to establish minimum leverage and risk-based capital requirements that will apply to both insured banks and their holding companies. In the case of certain trust preferred securities issued prior to May 19, 2010 by bank holding companies with total consolidated assets of $15 billion or more as of December 31, 2009, these “regulatory capital deductions” are being implemented incrementally over a period of three years which commenced in January 2013. Dodd-Frank also requires the federal banking agencies to establish minimum leverage and risk-based capital requirements that will apply to both insured banks and their holding companies.

 

On July 2, 2013, the Federal Reserve Board approved the final rules implementing Basel III, capital adequacy. The rules include a new common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets ratio of 4.5% and a common equity Tier 1 capital conservation buffer of 2.5% of risk-weighted assets. The final rules also raise the minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets to 6.0%.  On July 9, 2013, the OCC adopted the same rules for national banks and federal savings associations, and the FDIC approved the same provisions, as an interim final rule, for state nonmember banks and state savings associations.  The phase-in period for the final rules will begin for us on January 1, 2015, with full compliance with all of the final rule’s requirements phased in over a multi-year schedule. While management is currently evaluating the provisions of the final rules and their expected impact on us, and we anticipate that our capital ratios under Basel III will continue to exceed the well capitalized minimum capital requirements, there can be no assurance that such will be the case. If we are unable to meet or exceed the applicable minimum capital requirements, we may become subject to supervisory actions ranging in severity from losing our financial holding company status, to being precluded from making acquisitions or engaging in new activities or becoming subject to informal or formal regulatory enforcement actions.

 

Difficult economic and market conditions have adversely affected our industry. Since 2007, negative developments in the housing market, including decreased home prices and increased delinquencies and foreclosures by comparison with pre-recession levels, have negatively impacted the credit performance of mortgage and construction loans and have resulted in significant write-downs of assets by many financial institutions, including the Bank. In addition, the values of real estate collateral supporting many loans declined and may continue to decline. The impact on the Bank of the negative credit cycle has shown signs of stabilization. However, the overall economic environment remains problematic with high unemployment rates, reduced general spending, and decreased lending by financial institutions to their customers and to each other. Also, competition among depository institutions for deposits has continued to remain at heightened levels as compared to pre-recession times. Bank and bank holding company stock prices have been negatively affected as has the ability of banks and bank holding companies to raise capital or borrow in the debt markets compared to past years. A worsening of these conditions would likely exacerbate the adverse effects of these difficult market conditions on us and others in the financial institutions industry. In particular, we may face the following risks in connection with these events:

 

·       We face increased regulation of our industry including heightened legal standards and regulatory requirements or expectations imposed in connection with Dodd-Frank. Compliance with such regulation may increase our costs and limit our ability to pursue business opportunities.

 

·       The process we use to estimate losses inherent in our credit exposure requires difficult, subjective and complex judgments, including forecasts of economic conditions and how these economic conditions might impair the ability of our borrowers to repay their loans. The level of uncertainty concerning economic conditions may adversely affect the accuracy of our estimates which may, in turn, impact the reliability of the process.

 

·       The Company’s commercial and residential borrowers may be unable to make timely repayments of their loans, or the decrease in value of real estate collateral securing the payment of such loans could result in significant credit losses, increased delinquencies, foreclosures and customer bankruptcies, any of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s operating results.

 

·       The value of the portfolio of investment securities that we hold may be adversely affected by increasing interest rates and defaults by debtors.

 

21



Table of Contents

 

·                    Future disruptions in the capital markets or other events, including actions by rating agencies and deteriorating investor expectations, may result in an inability to borrow on favorable terms or at all from other financial institutions.

 

·                    Increased competition among financial services companies due to the recent consolidation of certain competing financial institutions and the conversion of certain investment banks to bank holding companies may adversely affect the Company’s ability to market its products and services.

 

Adverse conditions in Asia could adversely affect our business.  A substantial number of our customers have economic and cultural ties to Asia. Additionally, we have three representative offices in China and one in Taipei, Taiwan, and one full-service branch in Hong Kong and two full-service branches in China. As a result, our business and results of operations may be impacted by adverse economic and political conditions in Asia and, in particular, in China. Volatility in the Shanghai and Hong Kong stock exchanges and/or a potential dramatic fall in real estate prices in China, among other things, may negatively impact asset values and the profitability and liquidity of our customers who operate in this region. Pandemics and other public health crises or concerns over the possibility of such crises could create economic and financial disruptions in the region. United States and global economic policies, military tensions, and unfavorable global economic conditions may also adversely impact the Asian economies. Transfer risk may result when an entity is unable to obtain the foreign exchange needed to meet its obligations or to provide liquidity. This may adversely impact the recoverability of investments with or loans made to such entities.

 

Increased deposit insurance costs and changes in deposit regulation may adversely affect our results of operations. As a result of recent economic conditions and the enactment of Dodd-Frank, the FDIC has increased the deposit insurance assessment rates in recent years and thus raised deposit premiums for insured depository institutions. If these increases are insufficient for the Deposit Insurance Fund to meet its funding requirements, further special assessments or increases in deposit insurance premiums may be required which we may be required to pay. We are generally unable to control the amount of premiums that we are required to pay for FDIC insurance. If there are additional bank or financial institution failures, we may be required to pay even higher FDIC premiums than the recently increased levels. Any future additional assessments, increases or required prepayments in FDIC insurance premiums may materially adversely affect our results of operations.

 

United States and international financial markets and economic conditions, particularly in California, could adversely affect our liquidity, results of operations and financial condition.  Although the Company and the Bank remain well capitalized and have not suffered any significant liquidity issues as a result of the recent economic downturn, the cost and availability of funds may be adversely impacted by illiquid credit markets and the demand for our products and services may be impacted as our borrowers and customers continue to experience the impact of the recent economic slowdown and recession. In view of the concentration of our operations and the collateral securing our loan portfolio primarily in Northern and Southern California, we may be particularly susceptible to the adverse economic conditions in the state of California, where our business is concentrated. In addition, the duration of the current economic conditions is unknown and may exacerbate the Company’s exposure to credit risk and adversely affect the ability of borrowers to perform under the terms of their lending arrangements with us. Any turbulence in the United States and international markets and economy may adversely affect our liquidity, financial condition, results of operations and profitability.

 

We may be required to make additional provisions for loan losses and charge off additional loans in the future, which could adversely affect our results of operations.  During the year ended December 31, 2013, we recorded a $18.3 million provision for loan losses on non-covered loans and charged off $15.7 million, gross of $12.1 million in recoveries on non-covered loans. The Bank has a concentration of real estate loans in California, including the areas of Los Angeles, Riverside, San Bernardino and Orange counties. Potential further deterioration in the real estate market generally and residential homes in particular could result in additional loan charge-offs and provisions for loan losses in the future, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition, net income and capital.

 

Our allowance for loan losses may not be adequate to cover actual losses.  A significant source of risk arises from the possibility that we could sustain losses because borrowers, guarantors, and related parties may fail to perform in accordance with the terms of their loans. The underwriting and credit monitoring policies and procedures that we have adopted to address this risk may not prevent unexpected losses that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. We maintain an allowance for loan losses to provide for loan defaults and nonperformance. The allowance is also appropriately increased for new loan growth. While we believe that our allowance for loan losses is adequate to cover current losses, we cannot assure you that we will not increase the allowance for loan losses further.

 

22



Table of Contents

 

Liquidity risk could impair our ability to fund operations and jeopardize our financial condition.  Liquidity is essential to our business. An inability to raise funds through deposits, borrowings, the sale of loans and other sources could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity. Our access to funding sources in amounts adequate to finance our activities could be impaired by factors that affect us specifically or the financial services industry in general. Factors that could detrimentally impact our access to liquidity sources include a decrease in the level of our business activity due to a market downturn or adverse regulatory action against us. Our ability to acquire deposits or borrow could also be impaired by factors that are not specific to us, such as a severe disruption of the financial markets or negative views and expectations about the prospects for the financial services industry as a whole as a result of conditions faced by banking organizations in the domestic and worldwide credit markets.

 

The actions and commercial soundness of other financial institutions could affect the Company’s ability to engage in routine funding transactions.  Financial services institutions are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty or other relationships. The Company has exposure to different industries and counterparties, and executes transactions with various counterparties in the financial industry, including brokers and dealers, commercial banks, investment banks, mutual and hedge funds, and other institutional clients. Defaults by financial services institutions, and even questions about one or more financial services institutions or the financial services industry in general, have led to market wide liquidity problems and could lead to losses or defaults by the Company or by other institutions. Many of these transactions expose the Company to credit risk in the event of default of its counterparty or client. In addition, the Company’s credit risk may increase when the underlying collateral held cannot be realized or is liquidated at prices not sufficient to recover the full amount of the loan or derivative exposure due to the Company. Any such losses could materially and adversely affect the Company’s results of operations.

 

A portion of our loan portfolio is secured by real estate and thus we have a higher degree of risk from a downturn in our real estate markets.  A decline in our real estate markets could hurt our business because many of our loans are secured by real estate. Real estate values and real estate markets are generally affected by changes in national, regional or local economic conditions, fluctuations in interest rates and the availability of loans to potential purchasers, changes in tax laws and other governmental statutes, regulations and policies and acts of nature, such as earthquakes and national disasters particular to California. A significant portion of our real estate collateral is located in California. If real estate values decline, the value of real estate collateral securing our loans could be significantly reduced. Our ability to recover on defaulted loans by foreclosing and selling the real estate collateral would then be diminished and we would be more likely to suffer losses on defaulted loans. Furthermore, a significant portion of our loan portfolio is comprised of commercial real estate. Commercial real estate and multifamily loans typically involve large balances to single borrowers or groups of related borrowers. Since payments on these loans are often dependent on the successful operation or management of the properties, as well as the business and financial condition of the borrower, repayment of such loans may be subject to adverse conditions in the real estate market, adverse economic conditions or changes in applicable government regulations. Borrowers’ inability to repay such loans may have an adverse affect on our business.

 

Our business is subject to interest rate risk and variations in interest rates may negatively affect our financial performance.  A substantial portion of our income is derived from the differential or “spread” between the interest earned on loans, investment securities and other interest-earning assets, and the interest paid on deposits, borrowings and other interest-bearing liabilities. Because of the differences in the maturities and repricing characteristics of our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, changes in interest rates do not produce equivalent changes in interest income earned on interest-earning assets and interest paid on interest-bearing liabilities. Significant fluctuations in market interest rates could materially and adversely affect not only our net interest spread, but also our asset quality and loan origination volume.

 

We are subject to extensive government regulation that could limit or restrict our activities, which, in turn, may hamper our ability to increase our assets and earnings.  Our operations are subject to extensive regulation by federal, state and local governmental authorities and are subject to various laws and judicial and administrative decisions imposing requirements and restrictions on part or all of our operations. Because our business is highly regulated, the laws, rules, regulations and supervisory guidance and policies applicable to us are subject to regular modification and change. From time to time, various laws, rules and regulations are proposed, which, if adopted, could impact our operations by making compliance much more difficult or expensive, restricting our ability to originate or sell loans or further restricting the amount of interest or other charges or fees earned on loans or other products.

 

Failure to manage our growth may adversely affect our performance.  Our financial performance and profitability depend on our ability to manage our possible future growth. Future acquisitions and our continued growth may present operating, integration and other issues that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 

23



Table of Contents

 

We could be liable for breaches of security in our online banking services. Fear of security breaches could limit the growth of our online services. We offer various Internet-based services to our clients, including online banking services. The secure transmission of confidential information over the Internet is essential to maintain our clients’ confidence in our online services. Advances in computer capabilities, new discoveries or other developments could result in a compromise or breach of the technology we use to protect client transaction data.   In addition, individuals may seek to intentionally disrupt our online banking services or compromise the confidentiality of customer information with criminal intent.   Although we have developed systems and processes that are designed to prevent security breaches and periodically test our security, failure to mitigate breaches of security could adversely affect our ability to offer and grow our online services, result in costly litigation and loss of customer relationships and could have an adverse effect on our business.

 

Our controls and procedures could fail or be circumvented. Management regularly reviews and updates our internal controls, disclosure controls and procedures and corporate governance policies and procedures. Any system of controls, however well designed and operated, is based in part on certain assumptions and can provide only reasonable, but not absolute, assurances of the effectiveness of these systems and controls, and that the objectives of these controls have been met. Any failure or circumvention of our controls and procedures, and any failure to comply with regulations related to controls and procedures could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

We face strong competition from financial services companies and other companies that offer banking services.  We conduct the majority of our operations in California. The banking and financial services businesses in California are highly competitive and increased competition in our primary market area may adversely impact the level of our loans and deposits. Ultimately, we may not be able to compete successfully against current and future competitors. These competitors include national banks, regional banks and other community banks. We also face competition from many other types of financial institutions, including savings and loan associations, finance companies, brokerage firms, insurance companies, credit unions, mortgage banks and other financial intermediaries. In particular, our competitors include major financial companies whose greater resources may afford them a marketplace advantage by enabling them to maintain numerous locations and mount extensive promotional and advertising campaigns. Areas of competition include interest rates for loans and deposits, efforts to obtain loan and deposit customers and a range in quality of products and services provided, including new technology-driven products and services. If we are unable to attract and retain banking customers, we may be unable to continue our loan growth and level of deposits.

 

If we cannot attract deposits, our growth may be inhibited.  Our ability to increase our deposit base depends in large part on our ability to attract additional deposits at favorable rates. We seek additional deposits by offering deposit products that are competitive with those offered by other financial institutions in our markets.

 

We rely on communications, information, operating and financial control systems technology from third party service providers, and we may suffer an interruption in those systems.  We rely heavily on third party service providers for much of our communications, information, operating and financial control systems technology, including our online banking services and data processing systems. Any failure or interruption of these services or systems or breaches in security of these systems could result in failures or interruptions in our customer relationship management, general ledger, deposit, servicing, and/or loan origination systems. The occurrence of any failures or interruptions may require us to identify alternative sources of such services, and we cannot assure you that we could negotiate terms that are as favorable to us, or could obtain services with similar functionality as found in our existing systems without the need to expend substantial resources, if at all.

 

We are dependent on key personnel and the loss of one or more of those key personnel may materially and adversely affect our prospects.  Competition for qualified employees and personnel in the banking industry is intense and there is a limited number of qualified persons with knowledge of, and experience in, the regional banking industry, specially the West Coast market. The process of recruiting personnel with the combination of skills and attributes required to carry out our strategies is often lengthy. Our success depends to a significant degree upon our ability to attract and retain qualified management, loan origination, finance, administrative, marketing, and technical personnel, and upon the continued contributions of our management and personnel. In particular, our success has been and continues to be highly dependent upon the abilities of key executives, including our Chief Executive Officer and our President/Chief Operating Officer, and certain other employees.

 

Managing reputational risk is important to attracting and maintaining customers, investors and employees.  Threats to the Company’s reputation can come from many sources, including unethical practices, employee misconduct, failure to deliver minimum standards of service or quality, compliance deficiencies, and questionable or fraudulent activities of our customers. We have policies and procedures in place to protect our reputation and promote ethical conduct, but these policies and procedures may not be fully effective. Negative publicity regarding our business, employees, or customers, with or without merit, may result in the loss of customers, investors and employees, costly litigation, a decline in revenues and increased governmental regulation.

 

24



Table of Contents

 

Laws may restrict our ability to pay dividends.  The ability of the Bank to pay dividends to the Company is limited by California law and the FRB.  The Company’s ability to pay dividends on its outstanding stock is limited by Delaware law. The FRB and the DBO have authority to prohibit the Bank from engaging in business practices which are considered to be unsafe or unsound. Depending upon the financial condition of the Bank and upon other factors, the FRB or DBO could assert that payments of dividends or other payments by the Bank might be such an unsafe or unsound practice. For complete discussion and disclosure see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Liquidity and Capital Resources” presented elsewhere in this report.

 

The price of our common stock may be volatile or may decline.  The trading price of our common stock may fluctuate as a result of a number of factors, many of which are outside our control. In addition, the stock market is subject to fluctuations in the share prices and trading volumes that affect the market prices of the shares of many companies. These broad market fluctuations could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. Among the factors that could affect our stock price are:

 

·                    actual or anticipated quarterly fluctuations in our operating results and financial condition;

 

·                    changes in revenue or earnings estimates or publication of research reports and recommendations by financial analysts;

 

·                    failure to meet analysts’ revenue or earnings estimates;

 

·                    speculation in the press or investment community;

 

·                    strategic actions by us or our competitors, such as acquisitions or restructurings;

 

·                    actions by institutional stockholders;

 

·                    fluctuations in the stock price and operating results of our competitors;

 

·                    general market conditions and, in particular, developments related to market conditions for the financial services industry;

 

·                    proposed or adopted regulatory changes or developments;

 

·                    anticipated or pending investigations, proceedings or litigation that involve or affect us; or

 

·                    domestic and international economic factors unrelated to our performance.

 

The stock market and, in particular, the market for financial institution stocks, has experienced significant volatility during the past couple of years. As a result, the market price of our common stock may be volatile. In addition, the trading volume in our common stock may fluctuate more than usual and cause significant price variations to occur. The trading price of the shares of our common stock and the value of our other securities will depend on many factors, which may change from time to time, including, without limitation, our financial condition, performance, creditworthiness and prospects, and future sales of our equity or equity-related securities. In some cases, the markets have produced downward pressure on stock prices and credit availability for certain issuers without regard to those issuers’ underlying financial strength. A significant decline in our stock price could result in substantial losses for individual stockholders and could lead to costly and disruptive securities litigation.

 

Anti-takeover provisions could negatively impact our stockholders.  Provisions of Delaware law and of our certificate of incorporation, as amended, and bylaws could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire control of us or have the effect of discouraging a third party from attempting to acquire control of us. For example, our certificate of incorporation requires the approval of the holders of at least two-thirds of our outstanding shares of voting stock to approve certain business combinations. We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which would make it more difficult for another party to acquire us without the approval of our Board of Directors. Additionally, our certificate of incorporation, as amended, authorizes our Board of Directors to issue preferred stock and preferred stock could be issued as a defensive measure in response to a takeover proposal. These and other provisions could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us even if an acquisition might be in the best interest of our stockholders.

 

Natural disasters and geopolitical events beyond our control could adversely affect us.  Natural disasters such as earthquakes, wildfires, extreme weather conditions, hurricanes, floods, and other acts of nature and geopolitical events involving terrorism or military conflict could adversely affect our business operations and those of our customers and cause substantial damage and loss to real and personal property. These natural disasters and geopolitical events could impair our borrowers’ ability to service their loans, decrease the level and duration of deposits by customers, erode the value of loan collateral, and result in an increase in the amount of our nonperforming loans and a higher level of nonperforming assets (including real estate owned), net charge-offs, and provision for loan losses, which could adversely affect our earnings.

 

25



Table of Contents

 

Our interest expense may increase following the repeal of the federal prohibition on payment of interest on demand deposits. The federal prohibition on the ability of financial institutions to pay interest on demand deposit accounts was repealed as part of Dodd-Frank. As a result, beginning on July 21, 2011, financial institutions could commence offering interest on demand deposits to compete for clients. Our interest expense will increase and our net interest margin will decrease if the Bank begins offering interest on demand deposits to attract additional customers or maintain current customers, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, net income and results of operations.

 

We have engaged in and may continue to engage in further expansion through acquisitions, which could negatively affect our business and earnings.  There are risks associated with expansion through acquisitions. These risks include, among others, incorrectly assessing the asset quality of a bank acquired in a particular transaction, encountering greater than anticipated costs in integrating acquired businesses, facing resistance from customers or employees, and being unable to profitably deploy assets acquired in the transaction. Additional country- and region-specific risks are associated with transactions outside the United States, including in China. To the extent we issue capital stock in connection with additional transactions, these transactions and related stock issuances may have a dilutive effect on earnings per share and share ownership.

 

We may experience difficulty in managing the loan portfolios acquired through FDIC-assisted acquisitions, which are within the limits of the loss protection provided by the FDIC.  The Bank entered into shared-loss agreements with the FDIC that covered most of UCB’s and all of WFIB’s loans and other real estate owned, respectively. East West Bank shares in the losses, beginning with the first dollar of loss occurred, of the loans (including single-family residential mortgage loans, commercial loans, foreclosed loan collateral and other real estate owned) covered (“covered loans”) under the shared-loss agreements. Pursuant to the terms of the shared-loss agreements, the FDIC is obligated to reimburse East West Bank 80% of eligible losses with respect to covered loans. East West Bank has a corresponding obligation to reimburse the FDIC for 80%, of eligible recoveries with respect to covered loans.

 

The shared-loss agreements for commercial and single-family residential mortgage loans are in effect for 5 years and 10 years, respectively, from the acquisition date and the loss recovery provisions are in effect for 8 years and 10 years, respectively, from the acquisition date. Ten years after acquisition date, East West Bank is required to pay the FDIC 50% of the excess, if any, of specific amounts stated in the original agreements for each acquisition respectively. Although we have substantial expertise in asset resolution, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to adequately manage the loan portfolio within the limits of the loss protection provided by the FDIC. Failure to comply with the requirements of the shared-loss agreements could result in loss of indemnification by the FDIC. Additionally, the Bank is subject to audits by the FDIC, through its designated agent, under the terms of the shared-loss agreements. The required terms of the shared-loss agreements are extensive and failure to comply with any of the guidelines could result in a potential specific asset or group of assets losing indemnification.

 

The number of delinquencies and defaults in residential mortgages have created a backlog in U.S. courts and may lead to an increase in the amount of legislative action that might restrict or delay our ability to foreclose and, therefore, delay the collection of payments for single-family residential loans. Collateral-based loans on which the Bank forecloses could be delayed by an extended foreclosure process, including delays resulting from a court backlog, local or national foreclosure moratoriums or other delays, and these delays could negatively impact our results of operations.  Homeowner protection laws may also delay the initiation or completion of foreclosure proceedings on specified types of residential mortgage loans. Any such limitations are likely to cause delayed or reduced collections.  Significant restrictions on our ability to foreclose on loans, requirements that we forgo a portion of the amount otherwise due on a loan or requirements that we modify a significant number of original loan terms could negatively impact our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.

 

ITEM 1B.  UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

 

None.

 

ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES

 

The Company currently neither owns nor leases any real or personal property. The Company uses the premises, equipment, and furniture of the Bank. The Agency also currently conducts its operations in one of the administrative offices of the Bank. The Company is currently reimbursing the Bank for the Agency’s use of this facility.

 

26



Table of Contents

 

The Bank owns the buildings and land at 32 of its retail branch offices. Four of these retail branch locations are either attached or adjacent to offices that are being used by the Bank to house various administrative departments. All other branch and administrative locations are leased by the Bank, with lease expiration dates ranging from 2014 to 2023, exclusive of renewal options.

 

The Company believes that its existing facilities are adequate for its present purposes. The Company believes that, if necessary, it could secure alternative facilities on similar terms without adversely affecting its operations.

 

At December 31, 2013, the Bank’s consolidated investment in premises and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization, totaled $177.7 million. Total occupancy expense, inclusive of rental payments and furniture and equipment expense, for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $56.6 million. Total annual rental expense (exclusive of operating charges and real property taxes) was approximately $26.2 million during 2013.

 

ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

 

Certain lawsuits and claims arising in the ordinary course of business have been filed or are pending against us or our affiliates. Where appropriate, we establish reserves in accordance with ASC 450, Contingencies. The outcome of litigation and other legal and regulatory matters is inherently uncertain, however, and it is possible that one or more of the legal or regulatory matters currently pending or threatened could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity, consolidated financial position, and/or results of operations.

 

ITEM 4.  MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

 

Not applicable.

 

PART II

 

ITEM 5.        MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

 

Market Information

 

Our common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “EWBC.” The following table sets forth the range of sales prices and dividend information for the Company’s common stock for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

 

 

 

2013

 

 

 

High

 

Low

 

Dividends

 

First quarter

 

 $

25.78

 

 $

22.11

 

$0.15 cash dividend

 

Second quarter

 

27.68

 

22.56

 

$0.15 cash dividend

 

Third quarter

 

31.98

 

27.55

 

$0.15 cash dividend

 

Fourth quarter

 

35.43

 

31.89

 

$0.15 cash dividend

 

 

 

 

2012

 

 

 

High

 

Low

 

Dividends

 

First quarter

 

 $

24.39

 

 $

19.58

 

$0.10 cash dividend

 

Second quarter

 

23.49

 

20.71

 

$0.10 cash dividend

 

Third quarter

 

24.10

 

20.97

 

$0.10 cash dividend

 

Fourth quarter

 

22.16

 

19.68

 

$0.10 cash dividend

 

 

The closing price of our common stock on January 31, 2014 was $33.46 per share, as reported by the NASDAQ Global Select Market.

 

As of January 31, 2014, 143,207,881 shares of the Company’s common stock were held by 2,427 stockholders of record.

 

27



Table of Contents

 

For information on the statutory and regulatory limitations on the ability of the Company to pay dividends to its stockholders and on the Bank to pay dividends to East West, see “Item 1. BUSINESS – Supervision and Regulation—Dividends and Other Transfers of Funds” and “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Liquidity and Cash Flow” presented elsewhere in this report.

 

Stock Performance Graph

 

The following graph shows a comparison of stockholder return on the Company’s common stock based on the market price of the common stock assuming the reinvestment of dividends, with the cumulative total returns for the companies in the Standard & Poor’s 500 Index and the SNL Western Bank Index for the 5-year period beginning on December 31, 2008 through December 31, 2013.  This graph is historical only and may not be indicative of possible future performance of the Company’s common stock.  The information set forth under the heading “Stock Performance Graph” shall not be deemed “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the Commission except to the extent we specifically request that such information be treated as soliciting material or specifically incorporate it by reference into a filing under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Total Return Performance

 

GRAPHIC

 

28



Table of Contents

 

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

 

On January 23, 2013, it was announced that the Company’s Board of Directors authorized a stock repurchase program to buy back up to $200.0 million of the Company’s common stock. The Company completed the authorized repurchase program during the second quarter of 2013, repurchasing 8,026,807 shares at a total cost of $199.9 million.

 

Additionally, on July 17, 2013, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized a stock repurchase program to buy back up to $100.0 million of the Company’s common stock. The Company did not repurchase any shares under this program during 2013.

 

The following summarizes share repurchase activities during the fourth quarter of 2013:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Approximate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Number

 

Dollar Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

of Shares

 

in Millions of

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

Purchased as

 

Shares that May

 

 

 

Number

 

Average

 

Part of Publicly

 

Yet Be Purchased

 

 

 

of Shares

 

Price Paid

 

Announced Plans

 

Under the Plans

 

Period

 

Purchased (1)

 

per Share

 

or Programs

 

   or Programs

 

October 1, 2013 - October 31, 2013

 

 

 $

 

 

 $

100.0

 

November 1, 2013 - November 30, 2013

 

 

 

 

 $

100.0

 

December 1, 2013 - December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 $

100.0

 

Total

 

 

 $

 

 

 $

100.0

 

 


(1)         Excludes  146,343 shares surrendered due to employee tax liability and forfeitures of restricted stock awards, totaling $4.9 million, pursuant to the Company’s 1998 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended.

 

29



Table of Contents

 

ITEM 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

 

The following selected financial data should be read in conjunction with the Company’s consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes presented elsewhere in this report. Certain items in the consolidated balance sheet and the consolidated statements of income were reclassified for prior years to conform to the 2013 presentation. These reclassifications did not affect previously reported net income.

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

Summary of Operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest and dividend income

 

 $

1,068,685

 

 $

1,051,095

 

 $

1,080,448

 

 $

1,095,831

 

 $

722,818

 

Interest expense

 

112,492

 

132,168

 

177,422

 

201,117

 

237,129

 

Net interest income

 

956,193

 

918,927

 

903,026

 

894,714

 

485,689

 

Provision for loan losses, excluding covered loans

 

18,336

 

60,168

 

92,584

 

195,934

 

528,666

 

Provision for loan losses on covered loans

 

4,028

 

5,016

 

2,422

 

4,225

 

 

Net interest income (loss) after provision for loan losses

 

933,829

 

853,743

 

808,020

 

694,555

 

(42,977)

 

Noninterest (loss) income (1)

 

(92,468)

 

(5,618)

 

10,924

 

39,270

 

390,953

 

Noninterest expense

 

415,511

 

422,533

 

435,610

 

477,916

 

243,254

 

Income before provision for income taxes

 

425,850

 

425,592

 

383,334

 

255,909

 

104,722

 

Provision for income taxes

 

130,805

 

143,942

 

138,100

 

91,345

 

22,714

 

Net income before extraordinary item

 

295,045

 

281,650

 

245,234

 

164,564

 

82,008

 

Extraordinary item, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

(5,366)

 

Net income

 

 $

295,045

 

 $

281,650

 

 $

245,234

 

 $

164,564

 

 $

76,642

 

Preferred stock dividends, amortization of preferred stock discount, and inducement of preferred stock conversion

 

3,428

 

6,857

 

6,857

 

43,126

 

49,115

 

Net income available to common stockholders

 

 $

291,617

 

 $

274,793

 

 $

238,377

 

 $

121,438

 

 $

27,527

 

Per Common Share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings per share

 

 $

2.11

 

 $

1.92

 

 $

1.62

 

 $

0.88

 

 $

0.35

 

Diluted earnings per share

 

 $

2.10

 

 $

1.89

 

 $

1.60

 

 $

0.83

 

 $

0.33

 

Common dividends per share

 

 $

0.60

 

 $

0.40

 

 $

0.16

 

 $

0.04

 

 $

0.05

 

Average number of shares outstanding, basic

 

137,342

 

141,457

 

147,093

 

137,478

 

78,770

 

Average number of shares outstanding, diluted

 

139,574

 

147,175

 

153,467

 

147,102

 

84,523

 

At Year End:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

 $

24,730,068

 

 $

22,536,110

 

 $

21,968,667

 

 $

20,700,537

 

 $

20,559,212

 

Loans receivable

 

15,412,715

 

11,710,190

 

10,061,788

 

8,430,199

 

8,218,671

 

Covered loans

 

2,187,898

 

2,935,595

 

3,923,142

 

4,800,876

 

5,598,155

 

Investment securities

 

2,733,797

 

2,607,029

 

3,072,578

 

2,875,941

 

2,564,081

 

Deposits

 

20,412,918

 

18,309,354

 

17,453,002

 

15,641,259

 

14,987,613

 

Securities sold under repurchase agreements

 

995,000

 

995,000

 

1,020,208

 

1,083,545

 

1,026,870

 

Stockholders’ equity

 

2,364,225

 

2,382,122

 

2,311,743

 

2,113,931

 

2,284,659

 

Common shares outstanding

 

137,631

 

140,294

 

149,328

 

148,543

 

109,963

 

Book value per common share

 

 $

17.18

 

 $

16.39

 

 $

14.92

 

 $

13.67

 

 $

14.37

 

Financial Ratios:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Return on average assets

 

1.25%

 

1.29%

 

1.14%

 

0.82%

 

0.55%

 

Return on average total equity

 

12.59

 

12.14

 

10.98

 

7.02

 

4.69

 

Common dividend payout ratio

 

28.57

 

20.96

 

10.02

 

4.57

 

13.03

 

Average stockholders’ equity to average assets

 

9.95

 

10.62

 

10.36

 

11.62

 

11.81

 

Net interest margin

 

4.38

 

4.63

 

4.66

 

5.05

 

3.76

 

Asset Quality Ratios:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net chargeoffs to average non-covered loans

 

0.03%

 

0.38%

 

1.16%

 

2.35%

 

5.69%

 

Nonperforming assets to total assets

 

0.53

 

0.63

 

0.80

 

0.94

 

0.91

 

Allowance for loan losses to total gross non-covered loans

 

1.54

 

1.92

 

2.04

 

2.64

 

2.81

 

 


(1)                                         2012, 2011 and 2010 include other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) charges relating to investment securities of $99 thousand, $633 thousand and $16.7 million, respectively, and pre-tax gain on acquisition of $22.9 million and $471.0 million during 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

30



Table of Contents

 

ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

The following discussion provides information about the results of operations, financial condition, liquidity, and capital resources of East West Bancorp, Inc. and its subsidiaries. This information is intended to facilitate the understanding and assessment of significant changes and trends related to our financial condition and the results of our operations. This discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes presented elsewhere in this report.

 

Critical Accounting Policies

 

Our financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and general practices within the banking industry. The financial information contained within these statements is, to a significant extent, financial information that is based on approximate measures of the financial effects of transactions and events that have already occurred. All of our significant accounting policies are described in Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements presented elsewhere in this report and are essential to understanding Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations. Various elements of our accounting policies, by their nature, are inherently subject to estimation techniques, valuation assumptions and other subjective assessments. In addition, certain accounting policies require significant judgment in applying complex accounting principles to individual transactions to determine the most appropriate treatment. We have established procedures and processes to facilitate making the judgments necessary to prepare financial statements.

 

The following is a summary of the more judgmental and complex accounting estimates and principles. In each area, we have identified the variables most important in the estimation process. We have used the best information available to make the estimations necessary to value the related assets and liabilities. Actual performance that differs from our estimates and future changes in the key variables could change future valuations and impact net income.

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

Fair value is the price that could be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. Based on the observability of the inputs used in the valuation techniques, we classify our financial assets and liabilities measured and disclosed at fair value in accordance with a three-level hierarchy (i.e., Level 1, Level 2 and Level 3). Fair value determination requires that we make a number of significant judgments. In determining the fair value of financial instruments, we use market prices of the same or similar instruments whenever such prices are available. We do not use prices involving distressed sellers in determining fair value. If observable market prices are unavailable or impracticable to obtain, then fair value is estimated using modeling techniques such as discounted cash flow analyses. These modeling techniques incorporate our assessments regarding assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or the liability, including assumptions about the risks inherent in a particular valuation technique and the risk of nonperformance.

 

Fair value is used on a recurring basis for certain assets and liabilities in which fair value is the primary basis of accounting. Additionally, fair value is used on a nonrecurring basis to evaluate assets or liabilities for impairment or for disclosure purposes in accordance with ASC 825, Financial Instruments.

 

Investment Securities

 

The accounting for investment securities are discussed in detail in Note 1 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements presented elsewhere in this report. The fair values of the investment securities are generally determined by independent external pricing service providers who have experience in valuing these securities and by comparison to and/or average of quoted market prices obtained from independent external brokers. In obtaining such valuation information from third parties, the Company has evaluated the methodologies used to develop the resulting fair values. The Company performs a monthly analysis on the broker quotes and pricing service values received from third parties to ensure that the prices represent a reasonable estimate of the fair value. The procedures include, but are not limited to, initial and on-going review of third party pricing methodologies, review of pricing trends, and monitoring of trading volumes. The Company ensures prices received from independent brokers represent a reasonable estimate of fair value through the use of observable market inputs including comparable trades, the yield curve, spreads and, when available, market indices. As a result of this analysis, if the Company determines there is a more appropriate fair value based upon the available market data, the price received from the third party is adjusted accordingly. Prices from third party pricing services are often unavailable for securities that are rarely traded or are traded only in privately negotiated transactions. As a result, certain securities are priced via independent broker quotations which utilize proprietary models that include observable market based inputs. Additionally, the majority of these independent broker quotations are non-binding.

 

31



Table of Contents

 

For broker prices obtained on certain investment securities that we believe are based on forced liquidation or distressed sale values in inactive markets, we individually examine these securities for the appropriate valuation methodology based on a combination of the market approach reflecting current broker prices and a discounted cash flow approach. In calculating the fair value derived from the income approach, the Company makes assumptions using an exit price approach related to the implied rate of return which have been adjusted for general change in market rates, estimated changes in credit risk and liquidity risk premium, specific nonperformance and default experience in the collateral underlying the security. The values resulting from each approach (i.e. market and income approaches) are weighted to derive the final fair value for each security trading in an inactive market.

 

We are obligated to assess, at each reporting date, whether there is an other-than-temporary impairment to our investment securities. If we determine that a decline in fair value is other-than-temporary, a credit-related impairment loss is recognized in current earnings. Noncredit-related impairment losses are charged to other comprehensive income, to the extent we intend and have the ability to hold these securities and it is not more likely than not that we will be required to sell these securities until recovery. The determination of other-than-temporary impairment is a subjective process, requiring the use of judgments and assumptions. We examine all individual securities that are in an unrealized loss position at each reporting date for other-than-temporary impairment. Specific investment-related factors are examined to assess impairment which include the nature of the investments, severity and duration of the loss, the probability that we will be unable to collect all amounts due, an analysis of the issuers of the securities and whether there has been any cause for default on the securities and any change in the rating of the securities by the various rating agencies. Additionally, we evaluate whether the creditworthiness of the issuer calls the realization of contractual cash flows into question. We take into consideration the financial resources, intent and the overall ability of the Company to hold the securities and not be required to sell the securities until their fair values recover. Investment securities are discussed in more detail in Note 5 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements presented elsewhere in this report.

 

The Company considers available information relevant to the collectability of the security, including information about past events, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts, when developing the estimate of future cash flows and making its other-than-temporary impairment assessment for its portfolio of trust preferred securities. The Company considers factors such as remaining payment terms of the security, prepayment speeds, expected defaults, the financial condition of the issuer(s), and the value of any underlying collateral.

 

Acquired Loans

 

Acquired loans are initially recorded as of acquisition date at fair value in accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations. Loans purchased with evidence of credit deterioration since origination for which it is probable that all contractually required payments will not be collected are accounted for under ASC 310-30, Receivables—Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality. Further, the Company elected to account for all loans acquired through FDIC assisted transactions, within the scope of ASC 310-30 using the same methodology.

 

An allowance for loan losses is not carried over or recorded as of the acquisition date. In situations where loans have similar risk characteristics, loans were aggregated into pools to estimate cash flows under ASC 310-30. A pool is accounted for as a single asset with a single interest rate, cumulative loss rate and cash flow expectation. The Company aggregated all of the loans acquired in the FDIC-assisted acquisitions of WFIB and UCB into different pools, based on common risk characteristics.

 

The cash flows expected over the life of the pools are estimated using an internal cash flow model that projects cash flows and calculates the carrying values of the pools, book yields, effective interest income and impairment, if any, based on pool level events. Assumptions as to cumulative loss rates, loss curves and prepayment speeds are utilized to calculate the expected cash flows.

 

Under ASC 310-30, the excess of the expected cash flows at acquisition over the recorded investment is considered to be the accretable yield and is recognized as interest income over the life of the loan or pool. The excess of the contractual cash flows over the expected cash flows is considered to be the nonaccretable difference. Subsequent to the acquisition date, any increases in cash flow over those expected at purchase date in excess of the fair value that are probable are recorded as an adjustment to the accretable difference on a prospective basis. Any subsequent decreases in cash flow over those expected at purchase date that are probable and significant are recognized by recording an allowance for loan losses. Any disposals of loans, including sales of loans, payments in full or foreclosures result in the removal of the loan from the ASC 310-30 portfolio at the carrying amount.

 

32



Table of Contents

 

The majority of the loans acquired in the FDIC-assisted acquisitions of WFIB and UCB are included in the FDIC shared-loss agreements and are referred to as covered loans. Covered loans are reported exclusive of the expected cash flow reimbursements from the FDIC. At the date of acquisition, all covered loans were accounted for under ASC 805 and ASC 310-30.

 

FDIC Indemnification Asset

 

In conjunction with the FDIC-assisted acquisitions of WFIB and UCB, the Bank entered into shared-loss agreements with the FDIC for amounts receivable covered by the shared-loss agreements. At the date of the acquisition the Company elected to account for amounts receivable under the shared-loss agreements as an indemnification asset in accordance with ASC 805. Subsequent to the acquisition the indemnification asset is tied to the loss in the covered loans and is not being accounted for under fair value. The FDIC indemnification asset is accounted for on the same basis as the related covered loans and is the present value of the cash flows the Company expects to collect from the FDIC under the shared-loss agreements. The difference between the present value and the undiscounted cash flow the Company expects to collect from the FDIC is accreted into noninterest income over the life of the FDIC indemnification asset. The FDIC indemnification asset is adjusted for any changes in expected cash flows based on the loan performance. Any increases in cash flow of the loans over those expected will reduce the FDIC indemnification asset and any decreases in cash flow of the loans over those expected will increase the FDIC indemnification asset. Over the life of the FDIC indemnification asset, increases and decreases are recorded as adjustments to noninterest income. During the year, the Bank lowered the credit discount on the UCB covered loan portfolio as the credit quality was performing better than originally estimated. By lowering the credit discount, interest income will increase over the life of the loans. Correspondingly, with the lowered credit discount, the expected reimbursement from the FDIC under the loss sharing agreement will decrease, resulting in amortization of the FDIC indemnification asset which is recorded as a charge to noninterest income.

 

Allowance for Loan Losses

 

Our allowance for loan loss methodology incorporates a variety of risk considerations, both quantitative and qualitative, in establishing an allowance for loan loss that management believes is appropriate at each reporting date. Quantitative factors include our historical loss experience, delinquency and charge-off trends, collateral values, changes in nonperforming loans, and other factors. Qualitative considerations include, but are not limited to, prevailing economic or market conditions, relative risk profiles of various loan segments, volume concentrations, growth trends, delinquency and nonaccrual status, problem loan trends, and geographic concentrations.

 

For a detailed discussion of our allowance for loan loss methodology see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Consolidated Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Allowance for Loan Losses” presented elsewhere in this report. As we add new products, increase the complexity of our loan portfolio, and expand our geographic coverage, we continue to enhance our methodology to keep pace with the size and complexity of the loan portfolio and the changing credit environment. Changes in any of the factors cited above could have a significant impact on the loan loss calculation. We believe that our methodologies continue to be appropriate given our size and level of complexity. This discussion should also be read in conjunction with the Company’s consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes presented elsewhere in this report. See Note 8 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

Goodwill Impairment

 

Under ASC 350, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other, goodwill must be allocated to reporting units and tested for impairment. The Company tests goodwill for impairment at least annually or more frequently if events or circumstances, such as adverse changes in the business, indicate that there may be justification for conducting an interim test. Impairment testing is performed at the reporting-unit level (which is the same level as the Company’s major operating segments identified in Note 24 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements presented elsewhere in this report). The first part of the test is a comparison, at the reporting unit level, of the fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying value, including goodwill. In order to determine the fair value of the reporting units, a combined income approach and market approach was used. Under the income approach, the Company provided a net income projection and a terminal growth rate was used to calculate the discounted cash flows and the present value of the reporting units. Under the market approach, the fair value was calculated using the current fair values of comparable peer banks of similar size, geographic footprint and focus. The market capitalizations and multiples of these peer banks were used to calculate the market price of the Company and each reporting unit. The fair value was also subject to a control premium adjustment, which is the cost savings that a purchase of the reporting unit could achieve by eliminating duplicative costs. Under the combined income and market approach, the value from each approach was appropriately weighted to determine the fair value. If the fair value is less than the carrying value, then the second part of the test is needed to measure the amount of goodwill impairment. The implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill is calculated and compared to the actual carrying value of goodwill recorded within the reporting unit. If the carrying value of reporting unit goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, then the Company would recognize an impairment loss for the amount of the difference, which would be recorded as a charge against net income. For complete discussion and disclosure see Note 12 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements presented elsewhere in this report.

 

33



Table of Contents

 

Share-Based Compensation

 

We account for share-based awards to employees, officers, and directors in accordance with the provisions of ASC 505, Equity, and ASC 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation. Share-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date, based on the fair value of the award, and is recognized as expense over the employee’s requisite service period.

 

We grant nonqualified stock options and restricted share awards, which include a service condition for vesting. Additionally, some of our stock awards include a company financial performance requirement for vesting. The stock option awards generally vest in one to four years from the grant date, while the restricted share awards generally vest in one to five years from the date of grant. Compensation expense is amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award, which is generally the maximum vesting period of the award.

 

We use an option-pricing model to determine the grant-date fair value of our stock options which is affected by assumptions regarding a number of complex and subjective variables. We make assumptions regarding expected term, expected volatility, expected dividend yield, and risk-free interest rate in determining the fair value of our stock options. The expected term represents the weighted-average period that stock options are expected to remain outstanding. The expected term assumption is estimated based on the stock options’ vesting terms and remaining contractual life and employees’ historical exercise behavior. The expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of our common stock over a period of time equal to the expected term of the stock options. The dividend yield assumption is based on the Company’s current dividend payout rate on its common stock. The risk-free interest rate assumption is based upon the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant appropriate for the term of the employee stock options.

 

For restricted share awards, the grant-date fair value is measured at the fair value of the Company’s common stock as if the restricted share was vested and issued on the date of grant.

 

As share-based compensation expense is based on awards ultimately expected to vest, it is reduced for estimated forfeitures. Forfeitures are estimated at the time of grant and are reviewed annually for reasonableness. If the estimated forfeitures are revised, a cumulative effect of a change in estimated forfeitures for current and prior periods are recognized in compensation cost in the period of change. Share-based compensation is discussed in more detail in Notes 1 and 20 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements presented elsewhere in this report.

 

Overview

 

2013 marked the fourth consecutive year the Company generated record earnings. For the full year 2013, net income totaled a record $295.0 million, a 5% or $13.4 million increase from $281.7 million in 2012 and earnings per share totaled $2.10 for the full year 2013, an increase of 11% from $1.89 for the full year 2012. Capital levels for the Company remain strong. As of December 31, 2013, the Company’s Tier 1 risk-based capital and total risk-based ratios were 11.9% and 13.5%, respectively, greater than the well capitalized requirements of 6% and 10%, respectively. Total deposits grew to a record $20.41 billion, a 11% or $2.10 billion increase during the full year 2013. Core deposits grew to a record $14.59 billion, an increase of 20% or $2.40 billion year to date.

 

Total loans receivables grew to a record $18.08 billion, an increase of 20% or $3.00 billion during the full year 2013. The growth was due to a 31% or $3.75 billion increase in non-covered loans, partially offset by a decrease in the covered loan portfolio. The continued trend of growth in non-covered loan portfolio was largely due to increases in commercial and industrial loans, single-family real estate loans, consumer loans and commercial real estate loans.

 

Net covered loans totaled $2.19 billion as of December 31, 2013, a decrease of $747.7 million or 25% from December 31, 2012. The decrease in the covered loan portfolio was primarily due to payoffs and paydown activity, as well as charge-offs.

 

The covered loan portfolio is comprised of loans acquired from the FDIC-assisted acquisitions of UCB and WFIB which are covered under loss-share agreements with the FDIC. For the full year 2013, we recorded a net decrease in the FDIC indemnification asset and receivable included in noninterest (loss)/income of ($228.6) million, largely due to continued payoffs and the continuing improved credit performance of the UCB portfolio.

 

34



Table of Contents

 

The Company reported total noninterest loss for the full year 2013 of ($92.5) million, an increased loss from a noninterest loss of ($5.6) million as compared to 2012. The increase in noninterest loss from the prior year was primarily attributable to an increase in the net reduction of the FDIC indemnification asset and FDIC receivable.

 

Noninterest expense totaled $415.5 million for the full year 2013, a decrease of 2% or $7.0 million as compared to 2012. The decrease was mainly due to other real estate owned gain on sale of $1.1 million as compared to other real estate owned expense of $22.3 million in 2012. The decrease was partially offset by increases in amortization of affordable housing partnerships and other investments of 51% or $9.2 million, legal expense of 25% or $6.3 million, compensation and employee benefits of 3% or $4.5 million and other operating expense of 8% or $4.9 million, respectively.

 

As a result of continued credit quality improvement, nonperforming assets, excluding covered assets, as of December 31, 2013, decreased to $130.6 million, a decrease of 7% or $10.5 million from prior year. The provision for loan losses for non-covered loans decreased 70% to $18.3 million for the full year 2013 as compared to the prior year of $60.2 million. Additionally, nonaccrual loans, excluding covered loans, totaled $111.7 million or 0.62% of total loans as of December 31, 2013.

 

For the full year 2013, the Company repurchased 6% or 8.0 million shares of our common stock for a total cost of $200.0 million. Additionally, the Company increased the common stock dividend rate 50% to $0.60 per year.

 

Additionally, on January 17, 2014, the Company announced the closing of the MetroCorp Bancshares, Inc. (“MCBI”) acquisition. As of December 31, 2013, MCBI, headquartered in Houston, Texas, had $1.6 billion in total assets and operated 18 branches under its two subsidiary banks, MetroBank and Metro United Bank.

 

Results of Operations

 

Net income for 2013 totaled $295.0 million, compared with a net income of $281.7 million for 2012 and $245.2 million in 2011.

 

Table 1: Components of Net Income

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

  (In millions)

 

Net interest income

 

 $

 956.2 

 

 $

918.9 

 

 $

903.0 

 

Provision for loan losses, excluding covered loans

 

(18.3)

 

(60.2)

 

(92.6)

 

Provision for loan losses on covered loans

 

(4.0)

 

(5.0)

 

(2.4)

 

Noninterest (loss) income

 

(92.5)

 

(5.6)

 

10.9 

 

Noninterest expense

 

(415.5)

 

(422.5)

 

(435.6)

 

Provision for income taxes

 

(130.8)

 

(143.9)

 

(138.1)

 

Net income

 

 $

 295.0 

 

 $

281.7 

 

 $

245.2 

 

Return on average total assets

 

1.25%

 

1.29%

 

1.14%

 

Return on average total equity

 

12.59%

 

12.14%

 

10.98%

 

 

35



Table of Contents

 

Net Interest Income

 

Our primary source of revenue is net interest income, which is the difference between interest earned on loans, investment securities and other earning assets less the interest expense on deposits, borrowings and other interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest income in 2013 totaled $956.2 million, a 4% increase over net interest income of $918.9 million in 2012. Comparing 2012 to 2011, net interest income increased 2% to $918.9 million, as compared to $903.0 million in 2011.

 

Net interest margin, defined as net interest income divided by average earning assets, decreased 25 basis points to 4.38% during 2013, from 4.63% during 2012. During 2013 and 2012, our net interest margin and yield on interest-earning assets was positively impacted by the interest income from the covered loans accounted for under ASC 310-30. The interest income on covered loan was $395.2 million with a resulting yield of 15.55% for the year ended December 31, 2013. In comparison interest income on covered loans was $430.2 million with a resulting yield of 12.48% for the year ended December 31, 2012. The additional accretion from the covered loans accounted for under ASC 310-30 is the reason for the significant difference between the yields on the covered and the non-covered loans. Over time, as the covered loans payoff, the average covered loan balance will continue to decrease. As such, as the covered loan balances decrease, the interest income from the covered loans accounted for under ASC 310-30 will have less of an impact on our overall net interest margin. Comparing 2012 to 2011 our net interest margin decreased by 3 basis points to 4.63% during 2012, compared to 4.66% during 2011. The decrease in the net interest margin resulted primarily from the low interest rate environment, and the related lower average yield on non-covered loans.

 

The following table presents the interest rate spread, net interest margin, average balances, interest income and expense, and the average yield rates by asset and liability component for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011:

 

Table 2: Summary of Selected Financial Data

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

Average
Balance

 

Interest

 

Average
Yield
Rate

 

Average
Balance

 

Interest

 

Average
Yield
Rate

 

Average
Balance

 

Interest

 

Average
Yield
Rate

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-earning assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due from banks and short-term investments

 

 $

1,184,709

 

 

 $

17,340

 

1.46

%

 

 $

1,457,153

 

 

 $

22,316

 

1.53

%

 

 $

1,018,490

 

 

 $

22,575

 

2.22

%

Securities purchased under resale agreements

 

1,503,014

 

 

 

21,236

 

1.41

%

 

1,267,284

 

 

20,392

 

1.61

%

 

1,023,043

 

 

 

19,216

 

1.88

%

Investment securities (1)(2)

 

2,729,019

 

 

 

43,846

 

1.61

%

 

2,475,489

 

 

58,184

 

2.35

%

 

3,116,671

 

 

 

89,469

 

2.87

%

Loans receivable (1)(3)

 

13,734,759

 

 

 

584,164

 

4.25

%

 

11,023,745

 

 

515,378

 

4.68

%

 

9,668,106

 

 

 

478,724

 

4.95

%

Loans receivable - covered (3)

 

2,541,238

 

 

 

395,230

 

15.55

%

 

3,445,693

 

 

430,152

 

12.48

%

 

4,369,320

 

 

 

467,074

 

10.69

%

FHLB and FRB stock

 

134,918

 

 

 

6,869

 

5.09

%

 

171,816

 

 

4,673

 

2.72

%

 

197,774

 

 

 

3,390

 

1.71

%

Total interest-earning assets

 

 $

21,827,657

 

 

 $

1,068,685

 

4.90

%

 

 $

19,841,180

 

 

 $

1,051,095

 

5.30

%

 

 $

19,393,404

 

 

 $

1,080,448

 

5.57

%

Noninterest-earning assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

306,551

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

255,975

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

271,393

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

(241,049

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(228,355

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(228,160

)

 

 

 

 

 

Other assets

 

1,667,533

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,961,743

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,136,484

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

 $

23,560,692

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 $

21,830,543

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 $

21,573,121

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Checking accounts

 

 $

1,487,844

 

 

 $

3,556

 

0.24

%

 

 $

1,059,517

 

 

 $

3,163

 

0.30

%

 

 $

854,079

 

 

 $

3,009

 

0.35

%

Money market accounts

 

5,217,666

 

 

 

15,019

 

0.29

%

 

4,883,413

 

 

16,984

 

0.35

%

 

4,429,567

 

 

 

20,610

 

0.47

%

Savings deposits

 

1,546,188

 

 

 

2,961

 

0.19

%

 

1,267,059

 

 

2,795

 

0.22

%

 

1,045,546

 

 

 

2,988

 

0.29

%

Time deposits

 

5,964,017

 

 

 

41,960

 

0.70

%

 

6,435,102

 

 

52,953

 

0.82

%

 

7,423,695

 

 

 

80,503

 

1.08

%

Federal funds purchased and other borrowings

 

155

 

 

 

 

 

2,975

 

 

4

 

0.14

%

 

16,684

 

 

 

458

 

2.75

%

FHLB advances

 

315,867

 

 

 

4,173

 

1.32

%

 

385,644

 

 

6,248

 

1.62

%

 

679,630

 

 

 

15,461

 

2.27

%

Securities sold under repurchase agreements

 

995,000

 

 

 

41,381

 

4.16

%

 

997,938

 

 

46,166

 

4.63

%

 

1,051,844

 

 

 

48,561

 

4.62

%

Long-term debt

 

166,690

 

 

 

3,442

 

2.06

%

 

183,285

 

 

3,855

 

2.10

%

 

226,808

 

 

 

5,832

 

2.57

%

Total interest-bearing liabilities

 

 $

15,693,427

 

 

 $

112,492

 

0.72

%

 

 $

15,214,933

 

 

 $

132,168

 

0.87

%

 

 $

15,727,853

 

 

 $

177,422

 

1.13

%

Noninterest-bearing liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Demand deposits

 

5,179,687

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,902,534

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,087,777

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other liabilities

 

343,271

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

393,948

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

523,529

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity

 

2,344,307

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,319,128

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,233,962

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

 $

23,560,692

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 $

21,830,543

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 $

21,573,121

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate spread

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.18

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.43

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.44

%

Net interest income and net interest margin

 

 

 

 

 $

956,193

 

4.38

%

 

 

 

 

 $

918,927

 

4.63

%

 

 

 

 

 $

903,026

 

4.66

%

 


(1)                                        Includes (amortization) of premiums and accretion of discounts on investment securities and loans receivable totaling ($26.4) million, ($8.0) million, and $6.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Also includes the net (amortization) of deferred loan fees and cost totaling ($15.3) million, ($16.2) million, and ($13.1) million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

 

(2)                                        Average balances exclude unrealized gains or losses on available-for-sale securities.

 

(3)                                        Average balances include nonperforming loans.

 

36



Table of Contents

 

Analysis of Changes in Net Interest Income

 

Changes in our net interest income are a function of changes in rates and volumes of both interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. The following table sets forth information regarding changes in interest income and interest expense for the years indicated. The total change for each category of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities is segmented into the change attributable to variations in volume (changes in volume multiplied by old rate) and the change attributable to variations in interest rates (changes in rates multiplied by old volume). Nonaccrual loans are included in average loans used to compute this table.

 

Table 3: Analysis of Changes in Net Interest Income

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2013 vs. 2012

 

 

2012 vs. 2011

 

 

 

Total

 

 

Changes Due to

 

 

Total

 

 

Changes Due to

 

 

 

Change

 

 

Volume (1)

 

 

Rate (1)

 

 

Change

 

 

Volume (1)

 

 

Rate (1)

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

INTEREST-EARNING ASSETS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due from banks and short-term investments

 

$

(4,976

)

 

$

(4,023

)

 

$

(953

)

 

$

(259

)

 

$

7,973

 

 

$

(8,232)

 

Securities purchased under resale agreements

 

844

 

 

3,514

 

 

(2,670

)

 

1,176

 

 

4,177

 

 

(3,001)

 

Investment securities

 

(14,338

)

 

5,498

 

 

(19,836

)

 

(31,285

)

 

(16,633

)

 

(14,652)

 

Loans receivable

 

68,786

 

 

118,376

 

 

(49,590

)

 

36,654

 

 

64,445

 

 

(27,791)

 

Loan receivable — covered

 

(34,922

)

 

(127,243

)

 

92,321

 

 

(36,922

)

 

(107,971

)

 

71,049

 

FHLB and FRB stock

 

2,196

 

 

(1,176

)

 

3,372

 

 

1,283

 

 

(493

)

 

1,776

 

Total interest and dividend income

 

$

17,590

 

 

$

(5,054

)

 

$

22,644

 

 

$

(29,353

)

 

$

(48,502

)

 

$

19,149

 

INTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Checking accounts

 

$

 393

 

 

$

1,108

 

 

$

(715

)

 

$

154

 

 

$

656

 

 

$

(502)

 

Money market accounts

 

(1,965

)

 

1,106

 

 

(3,071

)

 

(3,626

)

 

1,958

 

 

(5,584)

 

Savings deposits

 

166

 

 

565

 

 

(399

)

 

(193

)

 

564

 

 

(757)

 

Time deposits

 

(10,993

)

 

(3,688

)

 

(7,305

)

 

(27,550

)

 

(9,801

)

 

(17,749)

 

Federal funds purchased and other borrowings

 

(4

)

 

(2

)

 

(2

)

 

(454

)

 

(210

)

 

(244)

 

FHLB advances

 

(2,075

)

 

(1,027

)

 

(1,048

)

 

(9,213

)

 

(5,532

)

 

(3,681)

 

Securities sold under repurchase agreements

 

(4,785

)

 

(136

)

 

(4,649

)

 

(2,395

)

 

(2,494

)

 

99

 

Long-term debt

 

(413

)

 

(344

)

 

(69

)

 

(1,977

)

 

(1,015

)

 

(962)

 

Total interest expense

 

$

(19,676

)

 

$

(2,418

)

 

$

(17,258

)

 

$

(45,254

)

 

$

(15,874

)

 

$

(29,380)

 

CHANGE IN NET INTEREST INCOME

 

$

37,266

 

 

$

(2,636

)

 

$

39,902

 

 

$

15,901

 

 

$

(32,628

)

 

$

48,529

 

 


(1)                    Changes in interest income/expense not arising from volume or rate variances are allocated proportionately to rate and volume.

 

Provision for Loan Losses

 

The provision for loan losses on non-covered loans amounted to $18.3 million for 2013, as compared to $60.2 million for 2012 and $92.6 million for 2011. Throughout 2013, the Company continued to proactively manage credit, resulting in improvements in key asset quality metrics. Total non-covered net charge-offs amounted to $3.6 million or 0.03% of the average non-covered loans during 2013. This compares to $42.2 million or 0.38% of the average non-covered loans during 2012. The decrease in non-covered net charge-offs in 2013 was primarily due to the credit quality improvement. However, the non-covered allowance for loan losses on commercial and industrial, residential and consumer portfolio did increase which is commensurate with the increases in these portfolios. We continue to aggressively monitor delinquencies and proactively review the credit risk exposure of our loan portfolio to minimize and mitigate potential losses. Also, during the year we had note sale proceeds of $16.1 million on notes with a carrying value of $15.1 million. No loans were originated to facilitate sales of loans; the remaining difference between the carrying value and the sale amount was recorded against the allowance for loan losses.

 

In 2013, the Company also recorded a net provision for loan losses of $1.8 million on covered loans outside of the scope of ASC 310-30. In comparison, the Company recorded a net provision for loan losses of $5.0 million in 2012 and $2.4 million in 2011, on covered loans outside of the scope of ASC 310-30. Net charge-offs of $1.4 million was recorded on covered loans outside of the scope of ASC 310-30 in 2013. In comparison, the Company recorded net charge-offs of $6.5 million in 2012 and no net charge-offs were recorded in 2011 on covered loans outside of the scope of ASC 310-30.

 

The Company recorded a net provision for loan losses of $2.2 million on covered loans within the scope of ASC 310-30 in 2013. In comparison, no provision for loan losses on covered loans within the scope of ASC 310-30 was recorded in 2012 and 2011. Net charge-offs on covered loans within the scope of ASC 310-30 were not recorded in 2013, 2012 and 2011.

 

37



Table of Contents

 

Provisions for loan losses are charged to income to bring the allowance for credit losses as well as the allowance for unfunded loan commitments, off-balance sheet credit exposures, and recourse provisions to a level deemed appropriate by the Company based on the factors discussed under the “Allowance for Loan Losses” section of this report.

 

Noninterest (Loss) Income

 

Table 4: Components of Noninterest (Loss) Income

 

 

 

2013

 

 

2012

 

 

2011

 

 

 

(In millions)

 

Branch fees

 

$

32.03

 

 

$

30.91

 

 

$

31.51

 

Net gain on sales of loans

 

7.75

 

 

17.04

 

 

20.19

 

Letters of credit fees and commissions

 

22.12

 

 

19.10

 

 

14.00

 

Net gain on sales of investment securities

 

12.09

 

 

0.76

 

 

9.70

 

Foreign exchange income

 

12.66

 

 

7.17

 

 

9.14

 

Ancillary loan fees

 

9.37

 

 

8.83

 

 

8.35

 

Income from life insurance policies

 

3.78

 

 

4.01

 

 

4.03

 

Gain on sale of fixed assets

 

1.52

 

 

4.27

 

 

2.27

 

Other operating income

 

34.80

 

 

24.64

 

 

12.50

 

Fee and Other Operating Income

 

136.12

 

 

116.73

 

 

111.69

 

Impairment writedown on investment securities

 

 

 

(0.10

)

 

(0.63

)

Decrease in FDIC indemnification asset and receivable

 

(228.59

)

 

(122.25

)

 

(100.14

)

Total

 

$

(92.47

)

 

$

(5.62

)

 

$

10.92

 

 

Noninterest (loss) income includes revenues earned from sources other than interest income. These sources include service charges and fees on deposit accounts, fees and commissions generated from trade finance activities and the issuance of letters of credit, ancillary fees on loans, net gains on sales of loans, investment securities available-for-sale, and other assets, impairment write-downs on investment securities and other assets, decrease in the FDIC indemnification asset and receivable, income from life insurance policies and other noninterest-related revenues.

 

Noninterest loss amounted to $92.5 million for 2013 as compared to noninterest loss of $5.6 million for 2012. Total fee and other operating income increased to $136.1 million during 2013, compared with $116.7 million for the corresponding period in 2012. No impairment charges were recorded during 2013. In comparison, $99 thousand of impairment charges were recorded during 2012, which were related to credit-related impairment loss on our trust preferred securities.

 

Branch fees totaled $32.0 million in 2013, compared to $30.9 million earned in 2012. The majority of branch fees are earned from commercial demand deposit analysis services fees, non-sufficient funds fees and wire fee income.

 

The net gain on sales of loans of $7.8 million in 2013 was mainly due to the sale of $109.4 million and $39.2 million of government guaranteed student loans and SBA loans, respectively.

 

Letters of credit fees and commissions, which represent revenues from trade finance operations as well as fees related to the issuance and maintenance of standby letters of credit, increased 16% or $3.0 million to $22.1 million in 2013, from $19.1 million in 2012. The increase in letters of credit fees and commissions was primarily due to the increase in the volume of trade finance loans during 2013 relative to 2012.

 

Net gain on sales of investment securities available-for-sale increased to $12.1 million during 2013 compared with $757 thousand in 2012. In 2013, the Company elected to sell certain securities that were at a gain position.

 

Foreign exchange income increased to $12.7 million during 2013 compared with $7.2 million in 2012. This primarily represents the gain on our foreign exchange transactions.

 

Net gain on sales of fixed assets decreased to $1.5 million in 2013 as compared to $4.3 million in 2012. The decrease was primarily due to minimal sales of fixed assets activities in 2013. In comparison, the Company sold a building for $20.0 million in 2012 which was acquired through the UCB acquisition.

 

38



Table of Contents

 

Other operating income, which includes insurance commissions and insurance related service fees, rental income, and other miscellaneous income, increased to $34.8 million in 2013, compared to $24.6 million in 2012.  The increase was primarily due to the $8.2 million increase in investment advisory and commission fees during 2013.

 

Comparing 2012 to 2011, the recorded noninterest loss was $5.6 million and noninterest income $10.9 million, respectively. Total fee and other operating income increased slightly to $116.7 million during 2012, compared with $111.7 million for the corresponding period in 2011. The $99 thousand and $633 thousand impairment charges recorded during 2012 and 2011, respectively, were related to credit-related impairment loss on our trust preferred securities.

 

Noninterest Expense

 

Table 5: Components of Noninterest Expense

 

 

 

2013

 

 

2012

 

 

2011

 

 

 

(In millions)

 

Compensation and employee benefits

 

$

175.91

 

 

$

171.37

 

 

$

160.09

 

Occupancy and equipment expense

 

56.64

 

 

55.48

 

 

50.08

 

Amortization of investments in affordable housing partnerships and other investments

 

27.27

 

 

18.06

 

 

17.32

 

Amortization of premiums on deposits acquired

 

9.36

 

 

10.91

 

 

12.33

 

Deposit insurance premiums and regulatory assessments

 

16.55

 

 

14.13

 

 

20.53

 

Loan related expense

 

12.52

 

 

14.99

 

 

19.38

 

Other real estate owned (gain on sale) expense

 

(1.13

)

 

22.35

 

 

40.44

 

Legal expense

 

31.72

 

 

25.44

 

 

21.33

 

Prepayment penalty for FHLB advances and other borrowings

 

 

 

6.86

 

 

12.28

 

Data processing

 

9.10

 

 

9.23

 

 

8.60

 

Deposit-related expenses

 

6.54

 

 

6.01

 

 

5.70

 

Consulting expense

 

6.45

 

 

7.98

 

 

7.15

 

Other operating expenses

 

64.58

 

 

59.72

 

 

60.38

 

Total noninterest expense

 

$

415.51

 

 

$

422.53

 

 

$

435.61

 

 

Noninterest expense, which is comprised primarily of compensation and employee benefits, occupancy and other operating expenses decreased 2% or $7.0 million to $415.5 million during 2013, compared to $422.5 million during 2012. Total noninterest expense for 2013 and 2012 included $8.4 million and $27.2 million, respectively, which is reimbursable by the FDIC within the loss share agreements. 80% of these amounts are included in noninterest income, resulting in a net impact to income of 20%.

 

Compensation and employee benefits increased 3% or $4.5 million to $175.9 million in 2013, compared to $171.4 million in 2012. The increase is primarily due to the overall increase in the cost of compensation. Occupancy and equipment expenses increased 2% or $1.2 million to $56.6 million during 2013, compared with $55.5 million during 2012.

 

The amortization of affordable housing partnerships investments and other investments increased to $27.3 million in 2013, from $18.1 million in 2012.  The total of these investments as of December 31, 2013 was $234.9 million, an increase from $231.5 million at December 31, 2012. The increase in the amortization of investments in affordable housing partnerships and other investments was primarily due to two investments made during the fourth quarter of 2013 where the associated tax credit was largely for the 2013 tax year.

 

The amortization of premiums on deposits acquired decreased 14% to $9.4 million during 2013, compared with $10.9 million in 2012. The decrease is primarily due to the full amortization of specific core deposit premiums during 2012 that were acquired through previous acquisitions.

 

Deposit insurance premiums and regulatory assessments increased to $16.6 million during 2013, compared with $14.1 million in 2012. The increase in deposit insurance premiums and regulatory assessments during 2013 is primarily due to an increase in the assessment base partially offset by the decrease in the assessment rate.

 

39



Table of Contents

 

Loan-related expenses decreased to $12.5 million in 2013, compared to $15.0 million in 2012. The $12.5 million in loan-related expenses in 2013 includes $3.0 million of expenses that are covered under the FDIC shared-loss agreements.

 

We recorded net OREO gains of $1.1 million during 2013, compared with OREO expenses of $22.4 million during 2012. As of December 31, 2013, total net non-covered OREO amounted to $18.9 million, compared to $32.9 million as of December 31, 2012. The $1.1 million in total OREO gains during 2013 is comprised of $3.2 million in various operating and maintenance expenses related to our OREO properties, $3.9 million in valuation losses, and $8.2 million in net OREO gains from the sale of 81 OREO properties consummated in 2013. Net covered OREO amounted to $21.4 million and $26.8 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

Deposit-related expenses increased 9% to $6.5 million during 2013, compared with $6.0 million during 2012. Deposit-related expenses represent various business-related expenses paid by the Bank on behalf of certain commercial deposit account customers.

 

Other operating expenses include advertising and public relations, telephone and postage, stationery and supplies, bank and item processing charges, insurance expenses, other professional fees, and charitable contributions. Other operating expenses increased 8% to $64.6 million in 2013, compared with $59.7 million in 2012.

 

Comparing 2012 to 2011, noninterest expense decreased $13.1 million, or 3%, to $422.5 million. The decrease is comprised primarily of the following: (1) OREO expenses, net of OREO revenues and gains, totaling $22.4 million during 2012, compared with $40.4 million during 2011. The $22.4 million in total OREO expenses incurred during 2012 is comprised of $12.0 million in various operating and maintenance expenses related to our OREO properties, $16.0 million in valuation losses, and $5.7 million in net OREO gain from the sale of 146 OREO properties consummated in 2012; (2) a decrease in deposit insurance premiums and regulatory assessments expense of $6.4 million or 31%; (3) a decrease in loan related expense of $4.4 million or 23%; (4) an increase in compensation and employee benefits of $11.3 million or 7%; and (5) an increase in occupancy and equipment expense of $5.4 million or 11%.

 

Income Taxes

 

The provision for income taxes was $130.8 million in 2013, representing an effective tax rate of 30.7%, compared to $143.9 million, representing an effective tax rate of 33.8%, and $138.1 million, representing an effective tax rate of 36.0% for 2012 and 2011, respectively. The lower effective tax rate is mainly due to the additional tax benefit from affordable housing investments and solar tax credits as well as the California enterprise zone net interest deduction.  Included in the income tax recognized during 2013 is $35.0 million in tax credits generated from our investments in affordable housing partnerships and other investments and other federal tax credits. In comparison, included in the income tax recognized during 2012 and 2011 are $18.7 million and $11.1 million, respectively, in tax credits generated from our investments in affordable housing partnerships and other investments.

 

Management regularly reviews the Company’s tax positions and deferred tax assets. Factors considered in this analysis include future reversals of existing temporary differences, future taxable income exclusive of reversing differences, taxable income in prior carryback years, and tax planning strategies. The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability approach, the objective of which is to establish deferred tax assets and liabilities for the temporary differences between the financial reporting basis and the tax basis of the Company’s assets and liabilities at enacted rates expected to be in effect when such amounts are realized and settled. Based on the available evidence, Management has concluded that it is more likely than not that all of the benefit of the deferred tax assets will be realized, with the exception of the deferred tax assets related to certain state net operating loss carryforwards and losses from certain foreign subsidiaries. Accordingly, a valuation allowance has been recorded for these amounts.

 

As of December 31, 2013, the Company had a net deferred tax asset of $255.5 million.

 

Operating Segment Results

 

We define our operating segments based on our core strategy and we have three operating segments: Retail Banking, Commercial Banking and Other.

 

The Retail Banking segment focuses primarily on retail operations through the Bank’s branch network. The Commercial Banking segment, which includes commercial, industrial, and commercial real estate, primarily generates commercial loans through the efforts of the commercial lending offices located in the Bank’s production offices in California, New York, Texas, and the New England region, among others. Furthermore, the Commercial Banking segment also offers a wide variety of international finance and trade services and products. The remaining centralized functions, including the eliminations of intersegment amounts have been aggregated and included in “Other.”

 

40



Table of Contents

 

Changes in our management structure or reporting methodologies may result in changes in the measurement of operating segment results. Results for prior periods are generally restated for comparability for changes in management structure or reporting methodologies unless it is not deemed practicable to do so.

 

Our transfer pricing process is formulated with the goal of incenting loan and deposit growth that is consistent with the Company’s overall growth objectives as well as to provide a reasonable and consistent basis for measurement of our business segments and product net interest margins. Our transfer pricing assumptions and methodologies are reviewed at least annually to ensure that our process is reflective of current market conditions.

 

For more information about our segments, including information about the underlying accounting and reporting process, see Note 24 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements presented elsewhere in this report.

 

Retail Banking

 

The Retail Banking segment reported a pretax income of $123.9 million during 2013, compared to a pretax income of $74.8 million for 2012. The increased earnings for this segment is due to higher net interest income and lower provision for loan losses, partially offset by higher noninterest expense and loss in noninterest income.

 

Net interest income for this segment increased $70.4 million, or 20%, from $343.7 million in 2012 to $414.2 million in 2013. The higher net interest income was attributed to growth from single family and consumer loans and lower cost deposits.

 

Noninterest loss for this segment declined $35.6 million compared to income of $17.7 million in 2012. The decrease was primarily due to a larger reduction of FDIC indemnification asset and receivable and lower gains on the sale of government guaranteed student loans, partially offset by an increase in wealth management fee income.

 

Noninterest expense for this segment increased $4.0 million, or 2%, from $189.0 million in 2012 to $193.0 million in 2013. The increase in noninterest expense was primarily from higher compensation and employee benefits and legal expenses, partially offset by lower OREO and occupancy related expenses.

 

Comparing 2012 to 2011, the Retail Banking segment reported a pre-tax profit of $74.8 million, down from a pre-tax loss of $102.2 million in 2011.  Earnings declined from the prior year mainly due to a decrease in net interest income, partially offset by a reduction in noninterest expense. The $37.8 million decrease in net interest income for 2012 was attributable to a combination of an extended lower interest rate environment and a flattening yield curve. Noninterest income decreased $0.8 million to $17.7 million primarily due to reductions in branch and loan related fees and income from secondary market activities, offset by a lower reduction of FDIC indemnification asset and receivable. Noninterest expense from this segment decreased $14.9 million to $189.0 million in 2012. The decline was primarily due to decreases in FDIC deposit insurance premiums, amortization of intangibles, and promotion and advertising expenses, offset by an increase in OREO related expenses.

 

Commercial Banking

 

The Commercial Banking segment reported pre-tax income of $272.4 million for 2013 compared to $266.2 million for 2012. The increase was due to an increase in net interest income and reductions in provision for loan losses and noninterest expense, offset by a larger noninterest loss.

 

Net interest income for this segment increased $36.8 million, or 8%, to $525.0 million for 2013, compared to $488.3 million in 2012. The increase in net interest income, despite lower interest yields, was primarily due to growth on commercial loans combined with higher discount accretion into interest income from the covered loan portfolio, and lowered cost of deposits.

 

Noninterest loss for this segment totaled $98.9 million, compared to a loss of $34.3 million for 2012. The increase in loss for this segment is primarily due to a larger net reduction of the FDIC indemnification asset and FDIC receivables, partially offset by increases in loan related fee income.

 

41



Table of Contents

 

Noninterest expense for this segment decreased $5.9 million, or 4%, to $126.7 million in 2013, compared to $132.6 million for 2012. The decrease in noninterest expense was largely attributed to declines in OREO  and loan related expenses, offset by increases in compensation and employee benefits, and occupancy expenses.

 

Comparing 2012 to 2011, the Commercial Banking segment reported a pre-tax income of $266.2 million, up from $227.8 million for 2011.  The increase in profit was due to an increase in net interest income, a reduction in provision for loan losses, and noninterest expense, partially offset by a larger noninterest loss. The increase in net interest income was primarily impacted by the disposal activity on the covered loan portfolio and was adversely impacted by extended low interest rate environment. The increase in noninterest loss was due to larger decrease in the FDIC indemnification asset and receivable, partially offset by increases in loan-related fee income and swap income. The decrease in noninterest expense in 2012 was attributed to declines in OREO-related expenses and loan related expenses, offset by increases in compensation and employee benefits, legal, and occupancy expenses.

 

Other

 

The Other segment reported pre-tax income of $29.6 million for 2013 compared to $84.6 million in the prior year, a reduction of $55.0 million, or 65%. The decline was due to lower net interest income partially offset by an increase in noninterest income and a reduction in noninterest expense.

 

Net interest income decreased $69.9 million, or 80%, to $17.0 million for 2013 compared to $86.9 million for 2012. The Other segment includes activities of the treasury function. The treasury function is responsible for the liquidity and interest rate risk management of the bank. It also bears the cost of adverse movements in interest rates affecting our net interest margin and it supports the Retail Banking and Commercial Banking segments through funds transfer pricing which is the primary cause of the decrease in net interest income.

 

Noninterest income totaled $24.3 million for 2013, a $13.3 million, or 121%, improvement compared to $11.0 million recorded in 2012. The improvement of noninterest income was primarily driven by higher gains from sales of investment securities, rental income, and partially offset by lower gains from disposal of fixed assets.

 

Noninterest expense for this segment decreased $5.1 million, or 5%, to $95.8 million in 2013 compared to $100.9 million in 2012. The decrease was primarily due to lower compensation and employee benefits and no prepayment penalties on FHLB advances compared to prior year, net of increases from amortization of investments in affordable housing partnerships and legal expense.

 

Comparing 2012 to 2011, the Other segment reported a pre-tax income of $84.6 million compared to an income of $53.4 million in the prior year, an increase of $31.2 million or 59%. This was primarily due to an increase in net interest income, partially offset by decreases in noninterest income and noninterest expense. Net interest income for 2012 increased to $25.5 million compared to $61.4 million in 2011. Reduction in noninterest income of $3.3 million was primarily due to a lower net gain on sales of investments, partially offset by a larger net gain on sales of fixed assets. Noninterest expense increased $3.0 million primarily due to higher compensation and employee benefits and occupancy expenses, partially offset by reductions in legal expenses and prepayment penalties on FHLB advances.

 

Balance Sheet Analysis

 

Total assets increased $2.19 billion, or 10%, to $24.73 billion as of December 31, 2013. The increase is comprised primary of increases in net non-covered loans receivable of $3.70 billion and investment securities available-for-sale of $126.8 million offset by decreases in net covered loans receivable of $747.7 million, cash and cash equivalents of $427.3 million, FDIC indemnification asset and receivable of $241.6 million, securities purchased under resale agreements of $150.0 million and short-term investments of $108.9 million. The increase in total assets was funded primarily through increases in deposits of $2.10 billion.

 

Investment Securities

 

Income from investing activities provides a significant portion of our total income. We aim to maintain an investment portfolio with an appropriate mix of fixed-rate and adjustable-rate securities with relatively short maturities to minimize overall interest rate risk. Our investment securities portfolio primarily consists of U.S. Treasury securities, U.S. Government agency securities, U.S. Government sponsored enterprise debt securities, U.S. Government sponsored enterprise and other mortgage-backed securities, municipal securities, and corporate debt securities. Investments classified as available-for-sale are carried at their estimated fair values with the corresponding changes in fair values recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income or loss, as a component of stockholders’ equity. All investment securities have been classified as available-for-sale as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012.

 

42



Table of Contents

 

Total investment securities available-for-sale increased 5% to $2.73 billion as of December 31, 2013, compared with $2.61 billion at December 31, 2012. As of December 31, 2013, the investment portfolio had a net unrealized loss of $52.7 million as compared to a net unrealized gain of $8.0 million as of December 31, 2012. Within the portfolio, all categories by security type were in a net unrealized loss position except for other commercial mortgage-backed securities. During 2013, total repayments/maturities and proceeds from sales of investment securities amounted to $444.1 million and $663.6 million, respectively. Proceeds from repayments, maturities, sales, and redemptions were applied towards additional investment securities purchases totaling $1.32 billion. We recorded net gains totaling $12.1 million and $757 thousand on sales of investment securities during 2013 and 2012, respectively. At December 31, 2013, investment securities available-for-sale with a par value of $1.97 billion were pledged to secure public deposits, FHLB advances, repurchase agreements, FRB discount window, and for other purposes required or permitted by law.

 

We perform regular impairment analyses on the investment securities. If we determine that a decline in fair value is other-than-temporary, the credit-related impairment loss is recognized in current earnings. The noncredit-related impairment losses are charged to other comprehensive income which is the portion of the loss attributed to market rates or other factors non-credit related.  Other-than-temporary declines in fair value are assessed based on factors including the duration the security has been in a continuous unrealized loss position, the severity of the decline in value, the rating of the security, the probability that we will be unable to collect all amounts due, and our ability and intent to not sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis. For securities that are determined to not have other-than-temporary declines in value, we have both the ability and the intent to hold these securities and it is not more likely than not that we will be required to sell these securities before recovery of their amortized cost basis.

 

The fair values of the investment securities are generally determined by independent external pricing service providers who have experience in valuing these securities and by comparison to and/or average of quoted market prices obtained from independent external brokers. The Company performs a monthly analysis on the pricing service quotes and the broker quotes received from third parties to ensure that the prices represent a reasonable estimate of the fair value. The procedures include, but are not limited to, initial and ongoing review of third party pricing methodologies, review of pricing trends, and monitoring of trading volumes. The Company assesses whether prices received from independent brokers represent a reasonable estimate of fair value through the use of observable market inputs including comparable trades, the yield curve, spreads and, when available, market indices. As a result of this analysis, if the Company determines there is a more appropriate fair value based upon available market data, the price received from third parties is adjusted accordingly.

 

Prices from third party pricing services are often unavailable for securities that are rarely traded or are traded only in privately negotiated transactions. As a result, certain securities are priced via independent broker quotations that utilize inputs that may be difficult to corroborate with observable market based data. Additionally, the majority of these independent broker quotations are non-binding.

 

As a result of the ongoing financial crisis in the U.S. and global markets, the market for the pooled trust preferred securities has been distressed since mid-2007. It is the Company’s view that current broker prices (which are typically non-binding) on these securities are based on forced liquidation or distressed sale values in very inactive markets that are not representative of the fair value of these securities. As such, the Company considered what weight, if any, to place on transactions that are not orderly when estimating fair value.

 

As of December 31, 2013, there were 65 individual securities that have been in a continuous unrealized loss position for twelve months or more. The majority of the $19.7 million unrealized loss were composed of 32 municipal securities with unrealized losses of $6.8 million, 5 positions in trust preferred securities with unrealized losses of $5.6 million, and 21 residential agency mortgage-backed securities with unrealized losses of $4.4 million. The remaining 7 securities or $2.9 million in unrealized losses were comprised of investment grade corporate debt and commercial agency mortgage-backed securities.

 

For complete discussion and disclosure see Note 5 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements presented elsewhere in this report.

 

The following table sets forth certain information regarding the fair value of our investment securities available-for-sale, as well as the weighted average yields, and contractual maturity distribution, excluding periodic principal payments, of our available-for-sale portfolio at December 31, 2013.

 

43



Table of Contents

 

Table 6: Yields and Maturities of Investment Securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

After One

 

After Five

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Within

 

But Within

 

But Within

 

After

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

One Year

 

Five Years

 

Ten Years

 

Ten Years

 

Total

 

 

 

Amount

 

Yield

 

Amount

 

Yield

 

Amount

 

Yield

 

Amount

 

Yield

 

Amount

 

Yield

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

As of December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available-for-sale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury securities

 

$

20,500

 

0.29%

 

$

471,132

 

0.68%

 

$

 

—%

 

$

 

—%

 

$

491,632

 

0.66%

 

U.S. Government agency and U.S. Government sponsored enterprise debt securities

 

352,913

 

1.61%

 

16,694

 

2.37%

 

24,716

 

3.71%

 

 

—%

 

$

394,323

 

1.77%

 

U.S. Government agency and U.S. Government sponsored enterprise mortgage-backed securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

531

 

2.57%

 

2,102

 

3.93%

 

144,363

 

3.47%

 

31,874

 

3.79%

 

$

178,870

 

3.53%

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

 

 

—%

 

 

—%

 

13,816

 

1.35%

 

871,421

 

1.85%

 

$

885,237

 

1.84%

 

Municipal securities

 

6,124

 

1.90%

 

25,915

 

2.66%

 

235,030

 

2.53%

 

13,910

 

3.73%

 

$

280,979

 

2.59%

 

Other residential mortgage-backed securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment grade

 

 

—%

 

 

—%

 

 

—%

 

46,327

 

3.29%

 

$

46,327

 

3.29%

 

Other commercial mortgage-backed securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment grade

 

 

—%

 

 

—%

 

51,617

 

2.50%

 

 

—%

 

$

51,617

 

2.50%

 

Corporate debt securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment grade

 

1,171

 

3.35%

 

26,450

 

1.91%

 

203,204

 

2.06%

 

79,170

 

1.60%

 

$

309,995

 

1.94%

 

Non-investment grade

 

10,811

 

1.88%

 

 

—%

 

 

—%

 

4,290

 

3.89%

 

$

15,101

 

2.49%

 

Other securities

 

9,920

 

2.33%

 

 

—%

 

59,658

 

6.05%

 

10,138

 

6.31%

 

79,716

 

5.61%

 

Total investment securities available-for-sale

 

$

401,970

 

 

 

$

542,293

 

 

 

$

732,404

 

 

 

$

1,057,130

 

 

 

$

2,733,797

 

 

 

 

Covered Assets

 

Covered assets consist of loans receivable and OREO that were acquired in the WFIB Acquisition on June 11, 2010 and in the UCB Acquisition on November 6, 2009 for which the Company entered into shared-loss agreements with the FDIC. The shared-loss agreements covered over 99% of the loans originated by WFIB and all of the loans originated by UCB, excluding the loans originated by UCB in China under its United Commercial Bank China (Limited) subsidiary. The Company shares in the losses, which began with the first dollar of loss incurred, on the loan pools (including single-family residential mortgage loans, commercial loans, foreclosed loan collateral and other real estate owned) covered (“covered assets”) under the shared-loss agreements.

 

Pursuant to the terms of the shared-loss agreements, the FDIC is obligated to reimburse the Company 80% of eligible losses for both WFIB and UCB with respect to covered assets. For the UCB covered assets, the FDIC will reimburse the Company for 95% of eligible losses in excess of $2.05 billion with respect to covered assets. The Company has a corresponding obligation to reimburse the FDIC for 80% or 95%, as applicable, of eligible recoveries with respect to covered assets. For both acquisitions the shared-loss agreements for commercial and single-family residential mortgage loans are in effect for 5 years and 10 years, respectively, from the acquisition date and the loss recovery provisions are in effect for 8 years and 10 years, respectively, from the acquisition date.

 

The following table sets forth the composition of the covered loan portfolio as of the dates indicated:

 

44



Table of Contents

 

Table 7: Composition of Covered Loan Portfolio

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

 

Amount

 

 

Percent

 

Amount

 

 

Percent

 

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

Real estate loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential single-family

 

$

290,095

 

 

11.8%

 

$

362,345

 

 

10.5%

 

 

Residential multifamily

 

403,508

 

 

16.4%

 

647,440

 

 

18.8%

 

 

Commercial and industrial real estate

 

1,103,530

 

 

44.8%

 

1,348,556

 

 

39.1%

 

 

Construction and land

 

163,833

 

 

6.7%

 

417,631

 

 

12.1%

 

 

Total real estate loans

 

$

1,960,966

 

 

79.7%

 

$

2,775,972

 

 

80.5%

 

 

Other loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial business

 

$

426,621

 

 

17.3%

 

$

587,333

 

 

17.0%

 

 

Other consumer

 

73,973

 

 

3.0%

 

87,651

 

 

2.5%

 

 

Total other loans

 

$

500,594

 

 

20.3%

 

$

674,984

 

 

19.5%

 

 

Total principal balance

 

$

2,461,560

 

 

100.0%

 

$

3,450,956

 

 

100.0%

 

 

Covered discount

 

(265,917)

 

 

 

 

(510,208)

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance on covered loans

 

(7,745)

 

 

 

 

(5,153)

 

 

 

 

 

Total covered loans, net

 

$

2,187,898

 

 

 

 

$

2,935,595

 

 

 

 

 

 

FDIC Indemnification Asset

 

The FDIC indemnification asset represents the present value of the amounts the Company expects to receive from the FDIC under the shared-loss agreements. The difference between the present value of undiscounted cash flow the Company expects to collect from the FDIC is accreted/(amortized) into noninterest income over the life of the FDIC indemnification asset. The FDIC indemnification asset was $74.7 million as of December 31, 2013, compared to $316.3 million as of December 31, 2012. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company recorded $99.1 million and $33.8 million, respectively, of amortization in line with the improved accretable yield as discussed in Note 7 presented elsewhere in this report. The Company also recorded a $95.5 million and a $144.0 million reduction for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, to the FDIC indemnification asset and recorded the adjustment to noninterest income (loss).  The reduction in both years is primarily the result of covered loan payoffs.  As these covered loans are removed from their respective pools, due to payoffs and charge-offs, the Company records a proportional amount of accretable yield into interest income. Correspondingly, the Company removes the indemnification asset associated with those removed loans and the adjustments are recorded into noninterest income.  Additionally, during 2013 and 2012, respectively, $47.0 million and $17.0 million were recorded as the increase in the estimate of liability owed to the FDIC at the completion of the FDIC loss share agreements.

 

FDIC Receivable

 

As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the FDIC loss-sharing receivable was $30.3 million and $73.1 million, respectively. This receivable represents 80% of reimbursable amounts from the FDIC, under the loss-sharing agreements that have not yet been received. These reimbursable amounts include net charge-offs, loan-related expenses and OREO-related expenses. 100% of the loan-related and OREO expenses are recorded as noninterest expense, 80% of any reimbursable expense is recorded as noninterest income, netting to the 20% of actual expense paid by the Company. The FDIC also shares in 80% of recoveries received. Thus, the FDIC receivable is reduced when we receive payment from the FDIC as well as when recoveries occur. The FDIC loss-sharing receivable is included in other assets on the consolidated balance sheet.

 

For complete discussion and disclosure of covered assets, FDIC indemnification asset and FDIC receivable see Note 7 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements presented elsewhere in this report.

 

Non-Covered Loans

 

We offer a broad range of products designed to meet the credit needs of our borrowers. Our lending activities consist of residential single-family loans, residential multifamily loans, income producing commercial real estate loans, land loans, construction loans, commercial business loans, trade finance loans, student loans, and other consumer loans. Net non-covered loans receivable increased $3.73 billion, or 31%, to $15.62 billion at December 31, 2013.

 

45



Table of Contents

 

The following table sets forth the composition of the loan portfolio as of the dates indicated:

 

Table 8: Composition of Loan Portfolio

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Single-family

 

$

3,192,875

 

 

20%

 

 

$

2,187,323

 

18%

 

 

$

1,796,635

 

17%

 

$

1,119,024

 

13%

 

 

$

930,392

 

11%

 

 

Multifamily

 

992,434

 

 

6%

 

 

900,708

 

 

8%

 

 

933,168

 

 

9%

 

 

974,745

 

 

11%

 

 

1,022,383

 

 

12%

 

 

Total residential

 

$

4,185,309

 

 

26%

 

 

$

3,088,031

 

 

26%

 

 

$

2,729,803

 

 

26%

 

 

$

2,093,769

 

 

24%

 

 

$

1,952,775

 

 

23%

 

 

Commercial Real Estate (“CRE”):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income producing

 

$

4,301,030

 

 

27%

 

 

$

3,644,035

 

 

30%

 

 

$

3,487,866

 

 

34%

 

 

$

3,392,984

 

 

39%

 

 

$

3,606,178

 

 

43%

 

 

Construction

 

140,186

 

 

1%

 

 

121,589

 

 

1%

 

 

171,410

 

 

2%

 

 

278,047

 

 

3%

 

 

455,142

 

 

5%

 

 

Land

 

143,861

 

 

1%

 

 

129,071

 

 

1%

 

 

173,089

 

 

2%

 

 

235,707

 

 

3%

 

 

358,444

 

 

4%

 

 

Total CRE

 

$

4,585,077

 

 

29%

 

 

$

3,894,695

 

 

32%

 

 

$

3,832,365

 

 

38%

 

 

$

3,906,738

 

 

45%

 

 

$

4,419,764

 

 

52%

 

 

Commercial and Industrial (“C&I”):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial business

 

$

4,637,056

 

 

30%

 

 

$

3,569,388

 

 

30%

 

 

$

2,655,917

 

 

26%

 

 

$

1,674,698

 

 

19%

 

 

$

1,283,182

 

 

15%

 

 

Trade finance

 

723,137

 

 

5%

 

 

661,877

 

 

6%

 

 

486,555

 

 

4%

 

 

308,657

 

 

3%

 

 

220,528

 

 

3%

 

 

Total C&I

 

$

5,360,193

 

 

35%

 

 

$

4,231,265

 

 

36%

 

 

$

3,142,472

 

 

30%

 

 

$

1,983,355

 

 

22%

 

 

$

1,503,710

 

 

18%

 

 

Consumer:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Student loans

 

$

679,220

 

 

4%

 

 

$

475,799

 

 

4%

 

 

$

306,325

 

 

3%

 

 

$

490,314

 

 

6%

 

 

$

395,151

 

 

5%

 

 

Other consumer

 

868,518

 

 

6%

 

 

269,083

 

 

2%

 

 

277,461

 

 

3%

 

 

243,212

 

 

3%

 

 

229,633

 

 

3%

 

 

Total consumer

 

$

1,547,738

 

 

10%

 

 

$

744,882

 

 

6%

 

 

$

583,786

 

 

6%

 

 

$

733,526

 

 

9%

 

 

$

624,784

 

 

7%

 

 

Total gross loans

 

$

15,678,317

 

 

100%

 

 

$

11,958,873

 

 

100%

 

 

$

10,288,426

 

 

100%

 

 

$

8,717,388

 

 

100%

 

 

$

8,501,033

 

 

100%

 

 

Unearned fees, premiums, and discounts, net

 

(23,672)

 

 

 

 

 

(19,301)

 

 

 

 

 

(16,762)

 

 

 

 

 

(56,781)

 

 

 

 

 

(43,529)

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

(241,930)

 

 

 

 

 

(229,382)

 

 

 

 

 

(209,876)

 

 

 

 

 

(230,408)

 

 

 

 

 

(238,833)

 

 

 

 

 

Loans held for sale

 

204,970

 

 

 

 

 

174,317

 

 

 

 

 

278,603

 

 

 

 

 

220,055

 

 

 

 

 

28,014

 

 

 

 

 

Loans receivable, net

 

$

15,617,685

 

 

 

 

 

$

11,884,507

 

 

 

 

 

$

10,340,391

 

 

 

 

 

$

8,650,254

 

 

 

 

 

$

8,246,685

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential Loans. The residential loan segment includes both single-family and multifamily loans. At December 31, 2013, $4.19 billion or 26% of the loan portfolio was residential real estate properties, compared to $3.09 billion or 26% at December 31, 2012.

 

The Bank offers adjustable rate (“ARM”) first mortgage loans secured by one-to-four unit residential properties located in its primary lending areas. The Bank originated $1.62 billion and $735.3 million in new residential single-family loans during 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

The Bank also offers ARM residential multifamily loan programs. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Bank originated $247.1 million and $128.4 million, respectively, in multifamily residential loans. The Bank primarily offers ARM multifamily loan programs that have six-month, three-year, or five-year initial fixed periods and ARM single-family loan programs that have one-year or three-year initial fixed periods. The Bank originates single-family residential loans where the underwriting criteria are heavily based on a maximum loan to value ratio (generally of 60%) and no or limited verification or documentation of the borrower’s assets is obtained. The Bank considers all of the single-family and multifamily loans originated to be prime loans and the underwriting criteria include maximum loan-to-value ratios and minimum debt coverage ratios, as applicable. The Bank has single-family loans with interest-only features which represents approximately less than 1% of total single-family loans at both December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012. Additionally, the Bank owns residential loans that were purchased several years ago that permit different repayment options. For these loans, there is the potential for negative amortization if the borrower so chooses. These residential loans that permit different repayment options represent approximately less than 1% of total residential loans at both December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012. None of these loans were negatively amortizing as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012.

 

The Bank offered in 2013 and prior years a low loan documentation program for single family residential loans. These loans require a large down payment and a low loan to value “LTV”. These loans have historically experienced low delinquency and default rates. A majority of the 2013 single family residential loan originations were originated under this program. In 2014, this program was modified to be a non-qualified mortgage product also requiring a large down payment but requiring additional income or asset information to determine ability to repay.

 

Commercial Real Estate Loans.  The commercial real estate loan segment includes income producing real estate loans, construction loans and land loans. We continue to originate commercial real estate loans that are advantageous opportunities for the Bank. Although real estate lending activities are collateralized by real property, these transactions are subject to similar credit evaluation, underwriting and monitoring standards as those applied to commercial business loans. Commercial real estate loans accounted for $4.59 billion or 29%, and $3.89 billion or 33%, of our non-covered loan portfolio at December 31, 2013, and 2012, respectively.

 

Since a significant portion of our real estate loans are secured by properties located in California, declines in the California economy and in real estate values could have a significant effect on the collectability of our loans and on the level of allowance for loan losses required.

 

46



Table of Contents

 

Commercial and Industrial Loans. The commercial and industrial loan segment includes commercial business and trade finance loans. We finance small and middle-market businesses in a wide spectrum of industries throughout California. Included in commercial business loans are loans for working capital, accounts receivable lines, inventory lines, small business administration loans and lease financing. Included in our trade finance loans are a variety of international trade services and products, including letters of credit, revolving lines of credit, import loans, bankers’ acceptances, working capital lines, domestic purchase financing and pre-export financing. At December 31, 2013, the commercial and industrial loans segment accounted for a total of $5.36 billion or 35% of our loan portfolio, compared to $4.23 billion or 35% at December 31, 2012. The increase in this loan segment is due to a focus during 2013 and going forward of growing the commercial and industrial loan portfolio while reducing our exposure to non income producing commercial real estate loans.

 

Most of our trade finance activities are related to trade with Asian countries. However, a majority of our loans are made to companies domiciled in the United States. A substantial portion of this business involves California based customers engaged in import and export activities. We also offer export-import financing to various domestic and foreign customers. Certain trade finance loans may be guaranteed by the Export-Import Bank of the United States or the Export-Import Bank of China. Our trade finance portfolio as of December 31, 2013 primarily represents loans made to borrowers that import goods into the U.S as well as some export of goods to China. These financings are generally made through letters of credit ranging from $100 thousand to $1 million. At December 31, 2013, total unfunded commitments related to trade finance loans decreased 5% to $660.9 million, compared to $697.2 million at December 31, 2012.

 

Consumer Loans. The consumer loans segment includes student loans and other consumer loans. Consumer loans increased from $744.9 million at December 31, 2012 to $1.55 billion at December 31, 2013, an increase of 108%. A majority of our student loans are 100% guaranteed by the U.S Department of Education. The other consumer loan portfolio is mainly comprised of home equity lines of credit, consumer insurance premium financing loans and auto loans.

 

Loans Held for Sale.  At December 31, 2013, loans held for sale are mainly comprised of the student loans segment. Loans held for sale totaled $205.0 million and $174.3 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. During 2013, in total, loans receivable of $97.1 million were reclassified to loans held for sale. These loans were purchased by the Company with the intent to be held for investment; however, subsequent to the loan’s purchase, the Company’s intent for these loans changed and they were consequently reclassified to loans held for sale. Proceeds from sales of loans held for sale were $117.3 million in 2013, resulting in net gains on sales of $4.0 million. Proceeds from sales of loans held for sale were $351.9 million and $652.7 million in 2012 and 2011, respectively. Net gains on sales were $14.6 million in 2012 compared to $14.5 million in 2011.

 

Foreign Loans — At December 31, 2013 $384.9 million of loans were held in our overseas offices, including our Hong Kong branch and our subsidiary bank in China. These loans represent 2% of total consolidated assets. These loans are included in the Composition of Loan Portfolio table above.

 

47



Table of Contents

 

Table 9: Maturity of Loan Portfolio

 

 

 

 

 

After One

 

 

 

 

 

 

Within

 

But Within

 

More Than

 

 

 

 

One Year

 

Five Years

 

Five Years

 

Total

 

 

(In thousands)

Residential

 

  $

73,202

 

  $

173,010

 

  $

3,939,097

 

  $

4,185,309

Commercial Real Estate

 

544,419

 

2,056,942

 

1,983,716

 

4,585,077

Commercial and Industrial

 

3,439,960

 

1,232,288

 

687,945

 

5,360,193

Consumer

 

11,738

 

20,847

 

1,515,153

 

1,547,738

Total

 

  $

4,069,319

 

  $

3,483,087

 

  $

8,125,911

 

  $

15,678,317

 

As of December 31, 2013, outstanding loans, including projected prepayments, scheduled to be repriced within one year, after one but within five years, and in more than five years, excluding nonaccrual loans, are as follows:

 

Table 10: Loans Scheduled to be Repriced

 

 

 

 

 

After One

 

 

 

 

 

 

Within

 

But Within

 

More Than

 

 

 

 

One Year

 

Five Years

 

Five Years

 

Total

 

 

(In thousands)

Total fixed rate

 

  $

635,801

 

  $

323,000

 

  $

882,410

 

  $

1,841,211

Total variable rate

 

7,069,247

 

4,680,849

 

2,087,010

 

13,837,106

Total

 

  $

7,705,048

 

  $

5,003,849

 

  $

2,969,420

 

  $

15,678,317

 

Non-covered Nonperforming Assets

 

Generally, the Company’s policy is to place a loan on nonaccrual status if principal or interest payments are past due in excess of 90 days or the full collection of principal or interest becomes uncertain, regardless of the length of past due status. When a loan reaches nonaccrual status, any interest accrued on the loan is reversed and charged against current income. In general, subsequent payments received are applied to the outstanding principal balance of the loan. Nonaccrual loans that demonstrate a satisfactory payment trend for several months are returned to full accrual status subject to management’s assessment of the full collectability of the loan.

 

Non-covered nonperforming assets are comprised of nonaccrual loans, accruing loans past due 90 days or more, and non-covered other real estate owned, net. Non-covered nonperforming assets totaled $130.6 million, or 0.53% of total assets at December 31, 2013, and $141.0 million, or 0.63% of total assets, at December 31, 2012. Nonaccrual loans totaled $111.7 million and $108.1 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. During 2013, we took actions to reduce our exposure to problem assets. In conjunction with these efforts, we sold $22.1 million in non-covered OREO properties during 2013. Also during 2013, we sold notes with a carrying value of $15.1 million for proceeds of $16.1 million and no loans were issued to facilitate sale of loans. Net charge-offs for non-covered nonperforming loans were $3.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. For non-covered OREO properties, write-downs of $1.4 million were recorded for the year ended December 31, 2013.

 

All $15.1 million of our problem loan sales during 2013 were all-cash transactions. Problem loans are sold on a servicing released basis and the shortfall between the loan balance and any new note is charged-off. If the sale of a problem  loan is financed, a substantial down payment, typically 20% or greater, is received from the new borrower purchasing the problem loan. The underlying sales agreements provide for full recourse to the new borrower and require that periodic updated financial information be provided to demonstrate their ability to service the new loan. The Company maintains no effective control over any sold loans.

 

Loans totaling $202.9 million were placed on nonaccrual status during 2013. Loans totaling $40.5 million which were not 90 days past due as of December 31, 2013 were included in nonaccrual loans as of December 31, 2013. Additions to nonaccrual loans during 2013 were offset by $16.3 million in gross charge-offs, $135.7 million in payoffs and principal paydowns, $9.4 million in loans that were transferred to other real estate owned, $2.0 million in loan sales and $35.9 million in loans brought current. Additions to nonaccrual loans during the year ended December 31, 2013 were comprised of $95.1 million in commercial real estate loans, $55.3 million in residential loans, $46.9 million in commercial and industrial loans and $5.6 million in consumer loans.

 

48



Table of Contents

 

The Company had $71.8 million and $94.6 million in total performing troubled debt restructured loans as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Nonperforming TDR loans were $11.1 million and $10.0 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and are included in nonaccrual loans. Included in the total restructured loans as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 were $4.3 million and $34.8 million in performing A/B notes, respectively. In A/B note restructurings, the original note is bifurcated into two notes where the A note represents the portion of the original loan which allows for acceptable loan-to-value and debt coverage on the collateral and is expected to be collected in full and the B note represents the portion of the original loan where there is a shortfall in value and is fully charged-off. The A/B note is comprised of A note balances only. A notes are not disclosed as TDRs in years after the restructuring if the restructuring agreement specifies an interest rate equal to or greater than the rate that the Bank was willing to accept at the time of the restructuring for a new loan with comparable risk and the loan is performing based on the terms specified by the restructuring agreement. As of December 31, 2013, restructured loans were comprised of $21.0 million in residential loans, $41.0 million in commercial real estate loans, $20.2 million in commercial and industrial loans, and $747 thousand in consumer loans.

 

Non-covered other real estate owned includes properties acquired through foreclosure or through full or partial satisfaction of loans. As of December 31, 2013, the Company had OREO properties with a combined carrying value of $18.9 million. Approximately 30% and 68% of the carrying value of OREO properties as of December 31, 2013 were located in California and Nevada, respectively. During 2013, the Company foreclosed on properties with an aggregate carrying value of $9.4 million as of the foreclosure date. Additionally, the Company recorded $1.4 million in write-downs. During this period, the Company also sold 35 OREO properties for total proceeds of $25.5 million resulting in a total net gain on sale of $3.5 million. As of December 31, 2012, the Company had OREO properties with a carrying value of $32.9 million. During 2012, the Company foreclosed on properties with an aggregate carrying value of $40.6 million as of the foreclosure date. Additionally, the Company recorded $5.1 million in write-downs. During this period, the Company also sold 47 OREO properties for total proceeds of $34.1 million resulting in a total net gain on sale of $232 thousand and recoveries totaling $2.0 million. During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company sold 51 OREO properties for total proceeds of $26.6 million for a net loss on sale of $151 thousand and charges against the allowance for loan losses totaling $780 thousand.

 

The following table sets forth information regarding nonaccrual loans, loans 90 or more days past due but not on nonaccrual, restructured loans and non-covered other real estate owned as of the dates indicated:

 

Table 11: Nonperforming Assets

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

Nonaccrual loans

 

  $

111,651

 

  $

108,109

 

  $

145,632

 

  $

172,929

 

  $

173,180

Loans 90 or more days past due but not on

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

nonaccrual

 

 

 

 

 

Total nonperforming loans

 

  $

111,651

 

  $

108,109

 

  $

145,632

 

  $

172,929

 

  $

173,180

Non-covered other real estate owned, net

 

18,900

 

32,911

 

29,350

 

21,865

 

13,832

Total nonperforming assets

 

  $

130,551

 

  $

141,020

 

  $

174,982

 

  $

194,794

 

  $

187,012

Performing restructured loans

 

  $

71,826

 

  $

94,580

 

  $

99,603

 

  $

122,139

 

  $

114,800

Total nonperforming assets to total assets

 

0.53%

 

0.63%

 

0.80%

 

0.94%

 

0.91%

Allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans

 

216.68%

 

212.18%

 

144.11%

 

133.24%

 

137.91%

Nonperforming loans to total gross non-covered loans

 

0.70%

 

0.89%

 

1.38%

 

1.93%

 

2.04%

 

Covered nonperforming assets totaled $148.3 million, representing less than 1% of total assets at December 31, 2013. These covered nonperforming assets are subject to the shared-loss agreements with the FDIC.

 

We evaluate loan impairment according to the provisions of ASC 310-10-35, Receivables – Overall – Subsequent Measurement. Under ASC 310-10-35, loans are considered impaired when it is probable that we will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement, including scheduled interest payments. Impaired loans are measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or, as an expedient, at the loan’s observable market price or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent, less costs to sell. If the measure of the impaired loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan and the loan is classified as nonperforming and uncollectible, the deficiency will be charged off against the allowance for loan losses. Also, in accordance with ASC 310-10-35, loans that are considered impaired are specifically excluded from the quarterly migration analysis when determining the amount of the general valuation allowance for loan losses required for the period.

 

49



Table of Contents

 

For collateral dependent loans, an appraisal or evaluation is normally obtained to ensure the loan value is charged down to the fair value of the collateral. Appraisals are obtained from third party appraisers and reviewed by management. Evaluations are obtained from third-parties or prepared internally and are also reviewed by management. Updated appraisals and evaluations are obtained on a regular basis or at least annually, for impaired loans and other real estate owned. Further, on a quarterly basis, all appraisals and evaluations of nonperforming assets are reviewed to assess the current carrying value and to ensure that the current carrying value is appropriate. In calculating the discount to be applied to an appraisal or evaluation, if necessary, the Company would consider the location of collateral, the property type, and third party comparable sales. If it is assessed by management that the current value is not appropriate adjustments to the carrying value will be calculated and a charge-off may be taken to reduce the loan or the other real estate owned to the appropriate adjusted carrying value.

 

At December 31, 2013, the Company’s total recorded investment in impaired loans was $183.5 million, compared with $200.5 million at December 31, 2012. The decrease in impaired loans is largely due to a decrease in nonperforming loans. All nonaccrual and doubtful loans held for investment are included in impaired loans. Impaired loans at December 31, 2013 are comprised of income producing commercial real estate loans totaling $65.3 million, multifamily loans totaling $41.1 million, commercial business loans totaling $39.5 million, single-family loans totaling $15.2 million, CRE land loans totaling $12.3 million, CRE construction loans totaling $6.9 million and other consumer loans totaling $3.2 million. As of December 31, 2013, the allowance for loan losses included $24.1 million for impaired loans with a total recorded balance of $73.5 million. As of December 31, 2012, the allowance for loan losses included $11.5 million for impaired loans with a total recorded balance of $33.3 million.

 

Our average recorded investment in impaired loans during 2013 and 2012 totaled $185.4 million and $214.0 million, respectively. During 2013 and 2012, gross interest income that would have been recorded on nonaccrual loans, had they performed in accordance with their original terms, totaled $7.4 million and $7.2 million, respectively. Of this amount, actual interest recognized on nonaccrual loans, on a cash basis, was $2.3 million and $2.3 million, respectively.

 

Allowance for Loan Losses

 

We are committed to maintaining the allowance for loan losses at a level that is commensurate with the estimated inherent loss in the loan portfolio. In addition to regular quarterly reviews of the allowance for loan losses, we perform an ongoing assessment of the risks inherent in the loan portfolio. The allowance for loan losses is increased by the provision for loan losses which is charged against current period operating results, and is increased or decreased by the amount of net recoveries or charge-offs, respectively, during the period. While we believe that the allowance for loan losses is appropriate at December 31, 2013, future additions to the allowance will be subject to a continuing evaluation of inherent risks in the loan portfolio.

 

Non-covered Loans

 

At December 31, 2013, the allowance for loan losses on non-covered loans amounted to $241.9 million, or 1.54% of total non-covered loans receivable, compared with $229.4 million or 1.92% of total non-covered loans receivable at December 31, 2012. The $12.5 million increase in the allowance for loan losses on non-covered loans at December 31, 2013, from year-end 2012, is primarily related to loan growth partially offset by the continued improvement in credit quality of the loan portfolio.

 

Credit quality remains stable as nonaccrual loans increased slightly as compared to 2012. Net charge-offs on non-covered loans also decreased compared to 2012. However, the allowance for loan losses on non-covered loans continues to increase due to the new originations. As of December 31, 2013, allowance related to residential, commercial and industrial, and consumer loans increased as compared to December 31, 2012, commensurate with the growth in these portfolios. The allowance related to commercial real estate loans decreased as of December 31, 2013, as compared to December 31, 2012, due to ongoing improvements in credit quality in this loan category.

 

The allowance for unfunded loan commitments, off-balance sheet credit exposures, and recourse provisions is included in accrued expenses and other liabilities and amounted to $11.3 million and $9.4 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Net adjustments to the allowance for unfunded loan commitments, off-balance sheet credit exposures and recourse provisions are included in the provision for loan losses.

 

50



Table of Contents

 

We recorded $18.3 million in loan loss provisions on non-covered loans during 2013. In comparison, we recorded $60.2 million in loan loss provisions on non-covered loans during 2012. During 2013, we recorded $3.6 million in net charge-offs on non-covered loans representing 0.03% of average non-covered loans outstanding during the year. In comparison, we recorded net charge-offs totaling $42.2 million, or 0.38% of average non-covered loans outstanding in 2012.

 

Covered Loans

 

At December 31, 2013, included in covered loans are $320.2 million of additional advances under the shared-loss agreements which are not accounted for under ASC 310-30, and are subject to the allowance for loan losses on covered loans. The Bank has considered these additional advances on commitments covered under the shared-loss agreements in the allowance for loan losses calculation. These additional advances are within our loan segments as follows: $230.6 million of commercial and industrial loans, $46.7 million of commercial real estate loans, $30.9 million of consumer loans and $12.0 million of residential loans. In comparison, at December 31, 2012, included in covered loans were $431.7 million of additional advances under the shared-loss agreements which were not accounted for under ASC 310-30, and are subject to the allowance for loan losses on covered loans. These additional advances were within our loan segments as follows: $302.3 million of commercial and industrial loans, $83.4 million of commercial real estate loans, $34.5 million of consumer loans and $11.5 million of residential loans.

 

At December 31, 2013, the total allowance for loan losses on covered loans amounted to $7.7 million, compared with $5.2 million at December 31, 2012. The increase in the allowance for loan losses on covered loans at December 31, 2013, compared to the year ended 2012, primarily reflects $4.0 million in additional loan loss provisions, less $1.4 million in net charge-offs recorded during 2013, specifically during the second quarter of 2013. Within the $7.7 million in total allowance for loan losses on covered loans at December 31, 2013 is $5.5 million related to covered loans outside of scope of ASC 310-30, which is allocated within our loan segments as follows: $3.2 million for commercial and industrial loans, $1.8 million for commercial real estate loans, $341 thousand for consumer loans and $176 thousand for residential loans. The remaining $2.2 million of allowance for loans losses on covered loans under ASC 310-30 is allocated mainly to the portfolio’s commercial real estate segment.

 

We recorded $4.0 million of loan loss provisions on covered loans including $1.8 million outside the scope of ASC 310-30 and $2.2 million under ASC 310-30 during the full year of 2013. In comparison, we recorded loan loss provisions of $5.0 million on covered loans outside the scope of ASC 310-30 and no provision for loan losses on covered loans under ASC 310-30 was recorded, during the full year of 2012. There were $1.4 million in net charge-offs recorded on covered loans outside the scope of ASC 310-30, for the full year of 2013. In comparison, the Company recorded a net charge-offs of $6.5 million on these loans for the full year of 2012. There were no charge-offs recorded in either full year of 2013 or 2012 for the covered loans under ASC 310-30 that were beyond the loan pools associated discount.

 

The following table summarizes activity in the allowance for loan losses for the periods indicated:

 

51



Table of Contents

 

Table 12.1: Allowance for Loan Losses 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

NON-COVERED LOANS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for non-covered loans, beginning of year

 

  $

229,382

 

  $

209,876

 

  $

230,408

 

  $

238,833

Allowance for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit

 

(2,157)

 

1,563

 

(1,048)

 

(1,833)

Provision for loan losses, excluding covered loans

 

18,336

 

60,168

 

92,584

 

195,934

Gross charge-offs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential

 

3,197

 

7,700

 

13,323

 

49,685

Commercial real estate

 

3,357

 

27,060

 

78,803

 

137,460

Commercial and industrial

 

7,405

 

21,818

 

30,606

 

35,479

Consumer

 

2,385

 

1,824

 

1,959

 

2,579

Total gross charge-offs

 

16,344

 

58,402

 

124,691

 

225,203

Gross recoveries:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential

 

2,647

 

1,614

 

596

 

1,626

Commercial real estate

 

4,793

 

9,482

 

4,691

 

10,073

Commercial and industrial

 

4,392

 

4,970

 

7,041

 

10,116

Consumer

 

881

 

111

 

295

 

862

Total gross recoveries

 

12,713

 

16,177

 

12,623

 

22,677

Net charge-offs

 

3,631

 

42,225

 

112,068

 

202,526

Allowance balance for non-covered loans, end of year

 

  $

241,930

 

  $

229,382

 

  $

209,876

 

  $

230,408

COVERED LOANS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for covered loans not accounted under ASC 310-30, beginning of period (1)

 

  $

5,153

 

  $

6,647

 

  $

4,225

 

  $

Provision for loan losses on covered loans not accounted under ASC 310-30

 

1,759

 

5,016

 

2,422

 

4,225

Gross chargeoffs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

 

380

 

1,535

 

 

Commercial and industrial

 

1,055

 

4,974

 

 

Consumer

 

1

 

1

 

 

Total gross charge-offs

 

1,436

 

6,510

 

 

Allowance for covered loans not accounted under ASC 310-30, end of period (1)

 

  $

5,476

 

  $

5,153

 

  $

6,647

 

  $

4,225

Allowance for covered loans accounted under ASC 310-30, beginning of period (2)

 

  $

 

  $

 

  $

 

  $

Provision for loan losses on covered loans accounted under ASC 310-30

 

2,269

 

 

 

Allowance for covered loans accounted under ASC 310-30, end of period (2)

 

2,269

 

 

 

Allowance balance for covered loans, end of year

 

  $

7,745

 

  $

5,153

 

  $

6,647

 

  $

4,225

Average non-covered loans outstanding

 

  $

13,734,759

 

  $

11,023,745

 

  $

9,668,106

 

  $

8,634,283

Total gross non-covered loans outstanding, end of year

 

  $

15,678,317

 

  $

11,958,873

 

  $

10,288,426

 

  $

8,717,388

Net chargeoffs on non-covered loans to average non-covered loans

 

0.03%

 

0.38%

 

1.16%

 

2.35%

Allowance for non-covered loan losses to total gross non-covered loans held for investment at end of year

 

1.54%

 

1.92%

 

2.04%

 

2.64%

 

 

 

 

 

(1)    This allowance is related to drawdowns on commitments that were in existence as of the acquisition dates of WFIB and UCB, and therefore, are covered under the shared-loss agreements with the FDIC but are not accounted for under ASC 310-30. Part of allowance on these subsequent drawdowns is accounted for as the allowance for loan losses.

 

(2)    This allowance is related to loans covered under share-loss agreement with the FDIC, accounted for under ASC 310-30.

 

52



Table of Contents

 

Table 12.2: Allowance for Loan Losses 2009

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

December 31, 2009 (1)

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Allowance balance, beginning of year

 

$

178,027

 

Allowance for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit

 

(1,778)

 

Provision for loan losses

 

528,666

 

Impact of desecuritization

 

9,262

 

Gross chargeoffs:

 

 

 

Residential single-family

 

33,778

 

Multifamily real estate

 

20,153

 

Commercial and industrial real estate

 

159,969

 

Construction

 

206,732

 

Commercial business

 

53,152

 

Trade finance

 

6,868

 

Automobile

 

85

 

Other consumer

 

4,519

 

Total gross chargeoffs

 

485,256

 

Gross recoveries:

 

 

 

Residential single-family

 

771

 

Residential multifamily

 

617

 

Commercial and industrial real estate

 

2,213

 

Construction

 

3,312

 

Commercial business

 

2,684

 

Trade finance

 

237

 

Automobile

 

50

 

Other consumer

 

28

 

Total gross recoveries

 

9,912

 

Net chargeoffs

 

475,344

 

Allowance balance, end of year

 

$

238,833

 

Average loans outstanding

 

$

8,355,825

 

Total gross loans outstanding, end of year

 

$

8,501,033

 

Net chargeoffs to average loans

 

5.69%

 

Allowance for loan losses to total gross loans at end of year

 

2.81%

 

 

 


(1)                                        There was no allowance for covered loans as of December 31, 2009.

 

 

Our methodology to determine the allowance is based on a loss migration model and qualitative considerations. The migration analysis looks at pools of loans having similar characteristics and analyzes their loss rates over a historical period. We utilize historical loss factors derived from trends and losses associated with each pool over a specified period of time. Based on this process, we assign loss factors to each loan grade within each pool of loans. Loss rates derived by the migration model are based predominantly on historical loss trends that may not be indicative of the actual or inherent loss potential. As such, we utilize qualitative and environmental factors as adjusting mechanisms to supplement the historical results of the classification migration model. Qualitative considerations include, but are not limited to, prevailing economic or market conditions, relative risk profiles of various loan segments, volume concentrations, growth trends, delinquency and nonaccrual status, problem loan trends, and geographic concentrations. Qualitative and environmental factors are reflected as percent adjustments and are added to the historical loss rates derived from the classified asset migration model to determine the appropriate allowance amount for each loan pool.

 

53



Table of Contents

 

The following table reflects the Company’s allocation of the allowance for loan losses by loan segment and the ratio of each loan segment to total loans as of the dates indicated.

 

Table 13.1: Allowance for Loan Losses by Loan Segment 2013 and 2012

 

 

 

At December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Residential

 

$

50,717

 

26%

 

$

49,349

 

26%

 

Commercial Real Estate

 

64,677

 

29%

 

69,856

 

33%

 

Commercial and Industrial

 

115,184

 

35%

 

105,376

 

35%

 

Consumer

 

11,352

 

10%

 

4,801

 

6%

 

Covered loans subject to general reserves

 

7,745

 

—%

 

5,153

 

—%

 

Total

 

$

249,675

 

100%

 

$

234,535

 

100%

 

 

The increase of $15.1 million in the allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2013, relative to year-end 2012, was primarily due to increases in the allowance for loan losses on commercial and industrial and consumer loans, commensurate with the increase in these portfolios.

 

Deposits

 

We offer a wide variety of deposit account products to both consumer and commercial customers. Total deposits increased $2.10 billion to $20.41 billion at December 31, 2013, as compared to $18.31 billion at December 31, 2012. The increase in total deposits was due to increases of $1.29 billion in noninterest-bearing demand deposits, $519.1 million in interest-bearing checking accounts, $383.4 million in money market accounts, and $212.2 million in savings deposits. The increase was partially offset by a decrease of $297.3 million, or 5%, in time deposits. During 2013, we grew deposits from our retail network and commercial customers by $2.45 billion and decreased brokered deposits by $343.4 million. At December 31, 2013, $840.8 million or 4% of total deposits were held in our overseas offices, including our Hong Kong branch and our subsidiary bank in China.

 

As of December 31, 2013, time deposits within the Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Service (“CDARS”) program decreased to $203.3 million, compared to $260.5 million at December 31, 2012. The CDARS program allows customers with deposits in excess of FDIC-insured limits to obtain full coverage on time deposits through a network of banks within the CDARS program. Additionally, we partner with another financial institution to offer a retail sweep product for non-time deposit accounts to provide added deposit insurance coverage for deposits in excess of FDIC-insured limits. Deposits gathered through these programs are considered brokered deposits under current regulatory reporting guidelines.

 

Public deposits increased 10% to $1.20 billion at December 31, 2013, from $1.09 billion at December 31, 2012. A large portion of these public funds are comprised of deposits from the State of California.

 

Time deposits greater than $100 thousand were $4.15 billion, representing 20% of the deposit portfolio at December 31, 2013. These accounts, consisting primarily of deposits by consumers, had a weighted average interest rate of 0.88% at December 31, 2013. The following table provides the remaining maturities at December 31, 2013 of time deposits greater than $100 thousand:

 

Table 14: Time Deposits $100,000 or Greater

 

 

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

3 months or less

 

$

1,410,102

 

Over 3 months through 6 months

 

755,116

 

Over 6 months through 12 months

 

1,013,251

 

Over 12 months

 

967,029

 

Total

 

$

4,145,498

 

 

54



Table of Contents

 

Borrowings

 

We utilize a combination of short-term and long-term borrowings to manage our liquidity position. FHLB advances increased 1% to $315.1 million as of December 31, 2013, compared to $313.0 million at December 31, 2012. The increase in FHLB advances does not represent additional advances but rather is the accretion adjustment for the discount associated with these advances. During 2013, the Company did not prepay or modify any FHLB advances. In comparison, long-term FHLB advances totaling $93.0 million were prepaid, with prepayment penalties of $6.8 million during 2012. Also in 2012, the Company modified $300.0 million and $75.0 million of fixed rate FHLB advances into adjustable rate, reducing the effective interest rate on these borrowings by 91 basis points and 86 basis points, respectively. The remainder of the decrease in FHLB advances is due to a $48.2 million modification cost incurred by the Company during 2012 that has been deferred and treated as a discount on the corresponding debt.

 

In addition to FHLB advances, we also utilize securities sold under repurchase agreements (“repurchase agreements”) to manage our liquidity position. Repurchase agreements totaled $995.0 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012. No short-term repurchase agreements were outstanding as of December 31, 2013 and 2012. The interest rates for the long-term repurchase agreements are largely fixed ranging from 2.49% to 5.01% as of December 31, 2013. The counterparties have the right to a quarterly call for many of the repurchase agreements. Repurchase agreements are accounted for as collateralized financing transactions and recorded at the amounts at which the securities were sold. The collateral for these agreements consist of U.S. Government agency and U.S. Government sponsored enterprise debt and mortgage-backed securities.

 

Long-Term Debt

 

Long-term debt comprised of junior subordinated debt and a term loan increased $89.7 million or 65% to $226.9 million as of December 31, 2013, compared to $137.2 million as of December 31, 2012.  The increase of $89.7 million was primarily due to the $100.0 million advance from a three-year term loan agreement the Company entered into during 2013,  partially offset by $10.3 million of higher cost junior subordinated debt that was called during 2013. The remaining long-term debt of $126.9 million is comprised of junior subordinated debt, issued in connection with our various pooled trust preferred securities offerings, which qualifies as Tier I and Tier II capital, for regulatory purposes, as applicable due to the phase-out. Under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, bank holding companies with more than $15 billion in total consolidated assets will no longer be able to include trust preferred securities as Tier I regulatory capital which began in 2013 with complete phase-out by 2016.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Aggregate Contractual Obligations

 

In the course of our business, we may enter into or be a party to transactions that are not recorded on the balance sheet and are considered to be off-balance sheet arrangements. Off-balance sheet arrangements are any contractual arrangements whereby an unconsolidated entity is a party, under which we have: (1) any obligation under a guarantee contract; (2) a retained or contingent interest in assets transferred to an unconsolidated entity or similar arrangement that serves as credit, liquidity or market risk support to that entity for such assets; (3) any obligation under certain derivative instruments; or (4) any obligation under a material variable interest held by us in an unconsolidated entity that provides financing, liquidity, market risk or credit risk support to us, or engages in leasing, hedging or research and development services with us.

 

Commitments

 

As a financial services provider, we routinely enter into commitments to extend credit to customers, such as loan commitments, commercial letters of credit for foreign and domestic trade, standby letters of credit, and financial guarantees. Many of these commitments to extend credit may expire without being drawn upon. The same credit policies are used in extending these commitments as in extending loan facilities to customers. Under some of these contractual agreements, the Company may also have liabilities contingent upon the occurrence of certain events. A schedule of significant commitments to extend credit to customers as of December 31, 2013 is as follows:

 

55



Table of Contents

 

Table 15: Significant Commitments

 

 

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Undisbursed loan commitments

 

$

4,021,140

 

Standby letters of credit

 

1,090,721

 

Commercial letters of credit

 

67,961

 

 

A discussion of significant contractual arrangements under which the Company may be held contingently liable is included in Note 19 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements presented elsewhere in this report. In addition, the Company has commitments and obligations under post-retirement benefit plans as described in Note 21 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements presented elsewhere in this report.

 

Contractual Obligations

 

The following table presents, as of December 31, 2013, the Company’s significant fixed and determinable contractual obligations, within the categories and payment dates described below. With the exception of operating lease obligations, these contractual obligations are included in the consolidated balance sheets. The payment amounts represent the amounts and interest contractually due to the recipient.

 

Table 16: Contractual Obligations

 

 

 

Payment Due by Period

 

 

 

Less than

 

 

 

 

 

After

 

Indeterminate

 

 

 

 

 

1 year

 

1-3 years

 

3-5 years

 

5 years

 

Maturity

 

Total

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Contractual Obligations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

$

4,609,926

 

$

715,873

 

$

441,238

 

$

127,434

 

$14,679,494

 

$20,573,965

 

FHLB advances

 

1,998

 

3,995

 

3,995

 

337,564

 

 

347,552

 

Securities sold under repurchase agreements

 

40,360

 

561,570

 

81,085

 

501,031

 

 

1,184,046

 

Affordable housing/CRA investment commitments

 

 

 

 

 

73,116

 

73,116

 

Long-term debt obligations

 

4,171

 

107,470

 

4,843

 

168,986

 

 

285,470

 

Operating lease obligations

 

23,356

 

34,058

 

18,987

 

21,400

 

 

97,801

 

Unrecognized tax liabilities

 

 

3,127

 

3,172

 

 

 

6,299

 

Postretirement benefit obligations

 

284

 

609

 

1,007

 

13,823

 

 

15,723

 

Total contractual obligations

 

$

4,680,095

 

$

1,426,702

 

$

554,327

 

$

1,170,238

 

$14,752,610

 

$22,583,972

 

 

Capital Resources

 

At December 31, 2013, stockholders’ equity totaled $2.36 billion, a 1% decrease from the year-end 2012 balance of $2.38 billion. The decrease is comprised of the following: (1) repurchase of treasury stock pursuant to the stock repurchase program totaling $200.0 million, representing 8,026,807 treasury stock shares; (2) accrual and payment of cash dividends on common and preferred stock totaling $86.7 million; (3) other comprehensive loss of $35.1 million; and (4) purchase of treasury shares related to restricted stock surrendered due to employee tax liability of $13.8 million, representing 508,518 shares. These transactions were offset by: (1) net income of $295.0 million; (2) stock compensation amounting to $13.6 million related to grants of restricted stock units; (3) tax benefits of $5.5 million from various stock plans; (4) issuance of common stock totaling $3.1 million, representing 323,737 shares, pursuant to various stock plans and agreements; and (5) issuance of shares pursuant to Director retainer fees of $630 thousand, representing 19,998 shares.

 

Historically, our primary source of capital has been the retention of operating earnings. In order to ensure adequate levels of capital, we conduct an ongoing assessment of projected sources, needs, and uses of capital in conjunction with projected increases in assets and the level of risk. As part of this ongoing assessment, the Board of Directors reviews the various components of capital and the adequacy of capital. As a result of the recently adopted federal regulatory changes to capital requirements, our Board of Directors, in consultation with management, will continue to assess the adequacy and components of our capital to ensure that we meet all required regulatory standards.

 

56



Table of Contents

 

Series A Preferred Stock Offering

 

In April 2008, the Company issued 200,000 shares of 8% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Convertible Preferred Stock, Series A (“Series A”), with a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share. The Company received $194.1 million of additional Tier 1 qualifying capital, after deducting stock issuance costs. The proceeds from this offering were used to augment the Company’s liquidity and capital positions and reduce its borrowings. See Note 22 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information. On May 1, 2013, the Company exercised its mandatory conversion right related to all the outstanding shares of its Series A preferred stock. At the conversion date, the remaining 85,710 shares of outstanding Series A Preferred Stock were converted to 5,594,080 shares of common stock.

 

Risk-Based Capital

 

We are committed to maintaining capital at a level sufficient to assure our shareholders, our customers and our regulators that our company and our bank subsidiary are financially sound. We are subject to risk-based capital regulations and capital adequacy guidelines adopted by the federal banking regulators. These guidelines are used to evaluate capital adequacy and are based on an institution’s asset risk profile and off-balance sheet exposures. According to these guidelines, institutions whose Tier I and total capital ratios meet or exceed 6.0% and 10.0%, respectively, may be deemed “well-capitalized.” At December 31, 2013, the Bank’s Tier I and total capital ratios were 11.6% and 12.9%, respectively, compared to 14.3% and 15.6%, respectively, at December 31, 2012.

 

The following table compares East West Bancorp, Inc.’s and East West Bank’s actual capital ratios at December 31, 2013, to those required by regulatory agencies for capital adequacy and well-capitalized classification purposes:

 

Table 17: Regulatory Required Ratios

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Minimum

 

Well

 

 

 

East West

 

East West

 

Regulatory

 

Capitalized

 

 

 

Bancorp

 

Bank

 

Requirements

 

Requirements

 

Total Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)

 

13.5%

 

12.9%

 

8.0%

 

10.0%

 

Tier 1 Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)

 

11.9%

 

11.6%

 

4.0%

 

6.0%

 

Tier 1 Capital (to Average Assets)

 

8.6%

 

8.4%

 

4.0%

 

5.0%

 

 

ASSET LIABILITY AND MARKET RISK MANAGEMENT

 

Liquidity

 

Liquidity management involves our ability to meet cash flow requirements arising from fluctuations in deposit levels and demands of daily operations, which include funding of securities purchases, providing for customers’ credit needs and ongoing repayment of borrowings. Our liquidity is actively managed on a daily basis and reviewed periodically by the Asset/Liability Committee and the Board of Directors. This process is intended to ensure the maintenance of sufficient funds to meet the needs of the Bank, including adequate cash flow for off-balance sheet instruments.

 

Our primary sources of liquidity are derived from financing activities which include the acceptance of customer and brokered deposits, federal funds facilities, repurchase agreement facilities, advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco, and issuances of long-term debt. These funding sources are augmented by payments of principal and interest on loans and securities. Primary uses of funds include withdrawal of and interest payments on deposits, originations and purchases of loans, purchases of investment securities, and payment of operating expenses.

 

During the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, we experienced net cash inflows from operating activities of $425.8 million, $287.5 million and $255.3 million, respectively. Net cash inflows from operating activities were primarily due to net income earned during the year.

 

Net cash outflows from investing activities totaled $2.73 billion, $758.9 million and $1.07 billion during 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively. Net cash outflow from investing activities for 2013 were primarily due to loans and investment securities available-for-sale. Net cash outflow from investing activities for 2012 and 2011 were primarily due to investment securities available-for-sale and purchases of securities purchased under resale agreements.

 

57



Table of Contents

 

During the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, we experienced net cash inflows from financing activities of $1.88 billion, $364.2 million and $914.2 million, respectively. Net cash inflows from financing activities for 2013, 2012 and 2011 were primarily due to the increase in deposits.

 

As a means of augmenting our liquidity, we have available a combination of borrowing sources comprised of the Federal Reserve Bank’s discount window, FHLB advances, federal funds lines with various correspondent banks, and several master repurchase agreements with major brokerage companies. We believe our liquidity sources to be stable and adequate to meet our day-to-day cash flow requirements. At December 31, 2013, we are not aware of any trends, events or uncertainties that had or were reasonably likely to have a material effect on our liquidity position. As of December 31, 2013, we are not aware of any material commitments for capital expenditures in the foreseeable future.

 

The liquidity of East West Bancorp, Inc. has historically been dependent on the payment of cash dividends by its subsidiary, East West Bank, subject to applicable statutes, regulations and special approval. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, total dividends paid by the Bank to East West Bancorp, Inc. amounted to $319.0 million and $324.0 million, respectively.  In January 2014, $112.5 million in dividends were upstreamed to East West Bancorp. On January 22, 2014, the Board of Directors declared first quarter dividends on the Company’s common stock and authorized common stock dividends of $0.18 per share for the first quarter of 2014.

 

Interest Rate Sensitivity Management

 

Our success is largely dependent upon our ability to manage interest rate risk, which is the impact of adverse fluctuations in interest rates on our net interest income and net portfolio value.

 

The fundamental objective of the asset liability management process is to manage our exposure to interest rate fluctuations while maintaining adequate levels of liquidity and capital. Our strategy is formulated by the Asset/Liability Committee, which coordinates with the Board of Directors to monitor our overall asset and liability composition. The Committee meets regularly to evaluate, among other things, the sensitivity of our assets and liabilities to interest rate changes, the book and market values of assets and liabilities, unrealized gains and losses on the available-for-sale portfolio (including those attributable to hedging transactions, if any), purchase and securitization activity, and maturities of investments and borrowings.

 

Our overall strategy is to minimize the adverse impact of immediate incremental changes in market interest rates (rate shock) on net interest income and net portfolio value. Net portfolio value is defined as the present value of assets, minus the present value of liabilities and off-balance sheet instruments. The attainment of this goal requires a balance between profitability, liquidity and interest rate risk exposure. To minimize the adverse impact of changes in market interest rates, we simulate the effect of instantaneous interest rate changes on net interest income and net portfolio value on a quarterly basis. The table below shows the estimated impact of changes in interest rates on net interest income and market value of equity as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, assuming a non-parallel shift of 100 and 200 basis points in both directions:

 

Table 18: Rate Shock Table

 

 

 

Net Interest Income

 

Net Portfolio Value

 

 

Volatility (1)

 

Volatility (2)

Change in Interest Rates

 

December 31,

 

December 31,

 

December 31,

 

December 31,

(Basis Points)

 

2013

 

2012

 

2013

 

2012

+200

 

11.1 %

 

9.0 %

 

13.4 %

 

6.3 %

+100

 

4.9 %

 

4.0 %

 

6.1 %

 

2.4 %

-100

 

(0.5)%

 

(0.5)%

 

(1.8)%

 

(3.7)%

-200

 

(0.6)%

 

(0.8)%

 

(3.4)%

 

(6.8)%

 


(1)                                        The percentage change represents net interest income for twelve months in a stable interest rate environment versus net interest income in the various rate scenarios.

 

(2)                                        The percentage change represents net portfolio value of the Bank in a stable rate environment versus net portfolio value in the various rate scenarios.

 

58



Table of Contents

 

All interest-earning assets, interest-bearing liabilities and related derivative contracts are included in the interest rate sensitivity analysis at December 31, 2013 and 2012. In a declining rate environment, the interest rate floors on these loans contribute to the favorable impact on our net interest income. However, in a rising rate environment, these interest rate floors also serve to lessen the full benefit of higher interest rates. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, our estimated changes in net interest income and net portfolio value were within the ranges established by the Board of Directors.

 

Our primary analytical tool to gauge interest rate sensitivity is a simulation model used by many major banks and bank regulators, and is based on the actual maturity and repricing characteristics of interest-rate sensitive assets and liabilities. The model attempts to predict changes in the yields earned on assets and the rates paid on liabilities in relation to changes in market interest rates. As an enhancement to the primary simulation model, prepayment assumptions and market rates of interest provided by independent broker/dealer quotations, an independent pricing model and other available public sources are incorporated into the model. Adjustments are made to reflect the shift in the Treasury and other appropriate yield curves. The model also factors in projections of anticipated activity levels by product line and takes into account our increased ability to control rates offered on deposit products in comparison to our ability to control rates on adjustable-rate loans tied to the published indices.

 

The following table provides the outstanding principal balances and the weighted average interest rates of our financial instruments as of December 31, 2013. The information presented below is based on the repricing date for variable rate instruments and the expected maturity date for fixed rate instruments.

 

Table 19: Expected Maturity for Financial Instruments

 

 

Expected Maturity or Repricing Date by Year

 

Year 1

 

Year 2

 

Year 3

 

Year 4

 

Year 5

 

Thereafter

 

Total

 

(Dollars in thousands)

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CD investments

$       359,301

 

$                —

 

$                —

 

$                —

 

$                —

 

$              —

 

$       359,301

Average yield (fixed rate)

3.76%

 

—%

 

—%

 

—%

 

—%

 

—%

 

3.76%

Short-term investments

$       381,574

 

$                —

 

$                —

 

$                —

 

$                —

 

$              —

 

$       381,574

Weighted average rate

0.54%

 

—%

 

—%

 

—%

 

—%

 

—%

 

0.54%

Securities purchased under resale agreements

$    1,000,000

 

$         50,000

 

$         50,000

 

$                —

 

$       200,000

 

$     100,000

 

$    1,400,000

Weighted average rate

1.34%

 

1.21%

 

4.00%

 

—%

 

2.88%

 

3.38%

 

1.80%

Investment securities

$       920,783

 

$       255,115

 

$       300,255

 

$       256,484

 

$       291,153

 

$       710,007

 

$    2,733,797

Weighted average rate

2.07%

 

2.44%

 

2.35%

 

2.34%

 

2.02%

 

3.41%

 

2.50%

Total covered gross loans

$    2,064,928

 

$       110,329

 

$         88,633

 

$         95,718

 

$         58,041

 

$         43,911

 

$    2,461,560

Weighted average rate

4.38%

 

5.49%

 

5.22%

 

4.98%

 

5.10%

 

5.89%

 

4.53%

Total non-covered gross loans

$  12,499,620

 

$       992,660

 

$    1,045,704

 

$       463,388

 

$       439,757

 

$       442,158

 

$  15,883,287

Weighted average rate

3.88%

 

4.94%

 

4.93%

 

5.16%

 

4.99%

 

5.75%

 

4.14%

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Checking accounts

$    1,471,284

 

$                —

 

$                —

 

$                —

 

$                —

 

$                —

 

$    1,471,284

Weighted average rate

0.24%

 

—%

 

—%

 

—%

 

—%

 

—%

 

0.24%

Money market accounts

$    5,383,759

 

$                —

 

$                —

 

$                —

 

$                —

 

$                —

 

$    5,383,759

Weighted average rate

0.25%

 

—%

 

—%

 

—%

 

—%

 

—%

 

0.25%

Savings deposits

$    1,633,433

 

$                —

 

$                —

 

$                —

 

$                —

 

$                —

 

$    1,633,433

Weighted average rate

0.17%

 

—%

 

—%

 

—%

 

—%

 

—%

 

0.17%

Time deposits

$    4,578,526

 

$       544,857

 

$       151,583

 

$       220,090

 

$       196,015

 

$       133,277

 

$    5,824,348

Weighted average rate

0.57%

 

0.80%

 

1.29%

 

1.27%

 

1.28%

 

-0.29%

 

0.64%

FHLB advances

$       332,000

 

$                —

 

$                —

 

$                —

 

$                —

 

$                —

 

$       332,000

Weighted average rate

0.58%

 

—%

 

—%

 

—%

 

—%

 

—%

 

0.58%

Securities sold under repurchase agreements (fixed rate)

$                —

 

$       245,000

 

$       250,000

 

$                —

 

$                —

 

$       200,000

 

$       695,000

Weighted average rate

—%

 

4.49%

 

5.01%

 

—%

 

—%

 

4.27%

 

4.61%

Securities sold under repurchase agreements (variable rate)

$       300,000

 

$                —

 

$                —

 

$                —

 

$                —

 

$                —

 

$       300,000

Weighted average rate

2.77%

 

—%

 

—%

 

—%

 

—%

 

—%

 

2.77%

Junior subordinated debt (variable rate)

$       126,868

 

$                —

 

$                —

 

$                —

 

$                —

 

$                —

 

$       126,868

Weighted average rate

1.91%

 

—%

 

—%

 

—%

 

—%

 

—%

 

1.91%

Other long-term borrowing (variable rate)

$       100,000

 

$                —

 

$                —

 

$                —

 

$                —

 

$                —

 

$       100,000

Weighted average rate

1.75%

 

—%

 

—%

 

—%

 

—%

 

—%

 

1.75%

 

Expected maturities of assets are contractual maturities adjusted for projected payment based on contractual amortization and unscheduled prepayments of principal as well as repricing frequency. Expected maturities for deposits are based on contractual maturities adjusted for projected rollover rates for deposits with no stated maturity dates. We utilize assumptions supported by documented analyses for the expected maturities of our loans and repricing of our deposits. We also use prepayment projections for amortizing securities. The actual maturities of these instruments could vary significantly if future prepayments and repricing frequencies differ from our expectations based on historical experience.

 

The fair values of interest-bearing deposits in other banks are based on the discounted cash flow approach. The discount rate is derived from the Bank’s time deposit rate curve. The fair values of short-term investments generally approximate their book values due to their short maturities. For securities purchased under resale agreements, fair values are calculated by discounting future cash flows based on expected maturities or repricing dates utilizing estimated market discount rates and taking into consideration the call features of each instrument. The fair values of the investment securities are generally determined by independent external pricing service providers who have experience in valuing these securities and by comparison to and/or average of quoted market prices obtained from independent external brokers. In obtaining such valuation information from third parties, the Company has reviewed the methodologies used to develop the resulting fair values. For the pooled trust preferred securities, the fair value was derived based on discounted cash flow analyses. The discount rate is derived from assumptions using an exit pricing approach related to the implied rate of return which have been adjusted for general changes in market rates, estimated changes in credit quality and liquidity risk premiums, and specific nonperformance and default experience in the collateral underlying the securities.

 

59



Table of Contents

 

The fair value of deposits is determined based on the discounted cash flow approach. The discount rate is derived from the associated yield curve, plus spread, if any. For core deposits, the cash outflows are projected by the decay rate based on the Bank’s core deposit premium study. Cash flows for all non-time deposits are discounted using the LIBOR yield curve. For time deposits, the cash flows are based on the contractual runoff and are discounted by the Bank’s current offering rates, plus spread. For federal funds purchased, fair value approximates book value due to their short maturities. The fair value of FHLB term advances is estimated by discounting the cash flows through maturity or the next repricing date based on current rates offered by the FHLB for borrowings with similar maturities. Customer repurchase agreements, which have maturities ranging from one to three days, are presumed to have equal book and fair values because the interests rates paid on these instruments are based on prevailing market rates. The fair values of securities sold under repurchase agreements are calculated by discounting future cash flows based on expected maturities or repricing dates, utilizing estimated market discount rates and taking into consideration the call features of each instrument. For junior subordinated debt instruments, fair values are estimated by discounting cash flows through maturity based on current market rates the Bank would pay for new issuances.

 

The Asset/Liability Committee is authorized to utilize a wide variety of off-balance sheet financial techniques to assist in the management of interest rate risk. We may elect to use derivative financial instruments as part of our asset and liability management strategy, with the overall goal of minimizing the impact of interest rate fluctuations on our net interest margin and stockholders’ equity. Currently, derivative instruments do not have a material effect on our operating results or financial position.

 

ITEM 7A.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

 

For quantitative and qualitative disclosures regarding market risk in our portfolio, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Consolidated Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Asset Liability and Market Risk Management” presented elsewhere in this report.

 

ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

 

The financial statements of the Company, including the “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm,” are included in this report immediately following Part IV.

 

ITEM 9.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

 

None.

 

ITEM 9A.  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

 

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

As of December 31, 2013, we carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e). Based upon that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective as of December 31, 2013.

 

Our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Our disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

 

60



Table of Contents

 

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

Management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance to the Company’s management and Board of Directors regarding the preparation and fair presentation of published financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation.

 

Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth in Internal Control – Integrated Framework 1992 issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on our assessment, we concluded, as of December 31, 2013, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective based on those criteria.

 

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 2012, that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect our internal control over financial reporting.

 

Audit Report of the Company’s Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

The independent registered public accounting firm of KPMG LLP, as auditors of East West Bancorp’s consolidated financial statements, has issued an audit report on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework 1992, issued by COSO, which is presented on the following page.

 

61



Table of Contents

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

East West Bancorp, Inc.:

 

We have audited East West Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries’ (the Company) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in the Internal Control—Integrated Framework 1992 issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

In our opinion, the Company, maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in the Internal Control—Integrated Framework 1992 issued by COSO.

 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2013, and our report dated March 3, 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

 

/s/KPMG LLP

 

Los Angeles, California

March 3, 2014

 

62



Table of Contents

 

ITEM 9B.  OTHER INFORMATION

 

None.

 

PART III

 

ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

 

Information concerning directors and executive officers of the Company, to the extent not included under Item 1 under the heading “Executive Officers of the Registrant” appearing at the end of Part I of this report, will appear in the Company’s definitive proxy statement for the 2014 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (the “2014 Proxy Statement”), and such information either shall be (i) deemed to be incorporated herein by reference from the section entitled “ELECTION OF DIRECTORS,” if filed with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A not later than 120 days after the end of the Company’s most recently completed fiscal year, or (ii) included in an amendment to this report filed with the SEC on Form 10-K/A not later than the end of such 120 day period. Additionally, information on compensation arrangements for the Board of Directors of the Company is set forth as Exhibit 10.12 “Director Compensation.”

 

Code of Ethics

 

The Company has adopted a code of ethics that applies to its principal executive officer, principal financial and accounting officer, controller, and persons performing similar functions. The code of ethics is posted on our internet website at www.eastwestbank.com.

 

Audit Committee Financial Experts

 

The Company has determined that all members of the Audit Committee, namely Directors Iris Chan, Clarence Kwan and Keith Renken are “Audit Committee Financial Experts” as defined under Section 407 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules promulgated by the SEC in furtherance of Section 407. All members of the Audit Committee are independent of management.

 

ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

Information concerning executive compensation of the Company’s named executives will appear in the 2014 Proxy Statement, and such information either shall be (i) deemed to be incorporated herein by reference from the sections entitled “DIRECTOR COMPENSATION,” “COMPENSATION OF EXECUTIVE OFFICERS,” “COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS,” and “REPORT BY THE COMPENSATION COMMITTEE,” if filed with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A not later than 120 days after the end of the Company’s most recently completed fiscal year, or (ii) included in an amendment to this report filed with the SEC on Form 10-K/A not later than the end of such 120 day period.

 

ITEM 12.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

 

Information concerning security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management will appear in the 2014 Proxy Statement, and such information either shall be (i) deemed to be incorporated herein by reference from the sections entitled “BENEFICIAL STOCK OWNERSHIP OF PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS AND MANAGEMENT” if filed with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A not later than 120 days after the end of the Company’s most recently completed fiscal year, or (ii) included in an amendment to this report filed with the SEC on Form 10-K/A not later than the end of such 120 day period.

 

63



Table of Contents

 

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

 

The following table provides information as of December 31, 2013 regarding equity compensation plans under which equity securities of the Company were authorized for issuance.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

remaining available for

 

 

Number of securities

 

Weighted average

 

future issuance under

 

 

to be issued upon exercise

 

exercise price of

 

equity compensation plans

 

 

of outstanding options,

 

outstanding options,

 

excluding securities

 

 

warrants and rights

 

warrants and rights

 

reflected in Column (a)

 

 

(a)

 

(b)

 

(c)

Plan Category

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

 

406,731

 

$

26.72

 

4,160,200

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

 

 

 

Total

 

406,731

 

$

26.72

 

4,160,200

 

ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

 

Information concerning certain relationships and related transactions will appear in the 2014 Proxy Statement, and such information either shall be (i) deemed to be incorporated herein by reference from the section entitled “CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS” and “DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE/FINANCIAL EXPERTS,”  if filed with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A not later than 120 days after the end of the Company’s most recently completed fiscal year, or (ii) included in an amendment to this report filed with the SEC on Form 10-K/A not later than the end of such 120 day period.

 

ITEM 14.  PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

 

Information concerning principal accountant fees and services will appear in the 2014 Proxy Statement, and such information either shall be (i) deemed to be incorporated herein by reference from the section entitled “INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM,” if filed with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A not later than 120 days after the end of the Company’s most recently completed fiscal year, or (ii) included in an amendment to this report filed with the SEC on Form 10-K/A not later than the end of such 120 day period.

 

64



Table of Contents

 

PART IV

 

ITEM 15.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

 

(a)(1) Financial Statements

 

The following financial statements included in the registrant’s 2013 Annual Report to Shareholders are included. Page number references are to the 2013 Annual Report to Shareholders.

 

 

Page

East West Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries:

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

67

Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2013 and 2012

68

Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

69

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

70

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

71

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

72

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

73

 

 (a)(2) Financial Statement Schedules

 

Schedules have been omitted because they are not applicable, not material or because the information is included in the consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto.

 

(a)(3) Exhibits

 

Exhibit No.

 

Exhibit Description

3.1

 

Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant [Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on September 17, 1998 (File No. 333-63605).]

3.2

 

Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant [Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002 filed with the Commission on March 28, 2003.]

3.3

 

Amendment to the Certification of Incorporation of the Registrant [Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed with the Commission on April 15, 2005.]

3.4

 

Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant [Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Exhibit A of the Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed with the Commission on April 24, 2008.]

3.5

 

Bylaws of the Registrant [Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on September 17, 1998 (File No. 333-63605).]

3.7

 

Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant dated January 29, 2013 [Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Commission on January 29, 2013.]

3.8

 

Certificate of Designations of 8.00% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Convertible Preferred Stock, Series A, including Form of Series A Preferred Stock Certificate [Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Commission on April 30, 2008.]

4.1

 

Specimen Common Stock Certificate of Registrant [Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on September 17, 1998 (File No. 333-63605).]

4.2

 

Form of Certificate of the Registrant’s 8.00% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Convertible Preferred Stock, Series A [Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Current report on Form 8-K, filed with the Commission on April 30, 2008.]

10.1

 

Form of Amendment to Employment Agreement- Mr. Ng+ [Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on April 10, 2012.]

10.2

 

Form of July 2011 Executive Compensation Agreement- Julia Gouw+ [Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on July 29, 2011.]

10.3

 

Form of Agreement Regarding Grants of Incentive Shares and Clawbacks - Mr. Ng+ [Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on April 10, 2012.]

 

65



Table of Contents

 

10.3.1

 

Form of Agreement Regarding Grants of Incentive Shares and Clawbacks – Ms. Gouw+ [Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on April 10, 2012.]

10.3.2

 

Form of Agreement Regarding Grants of Incentive Shares and Clawbacks – Mr. Krause+ [Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on April 10, 2012.]

10.3.3

 

Form of Agreement Regarding Grants of Incentive Shares and Clawbacks – Ms. Oh+ [Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on April 10, 2012.]

10.3.4

 

Form of Agreement Regarding Grants of Incentive Shares and Clawbacks – Mr. Schuler+ [Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on April 10, 2012.]

10.5

 

Form of Amendment to Employment Agreement- Mr. Krause+ [Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on April 10, 2012.]

10.6.1

 

East West Bancorp, Inc. 1998 Stock Incentive Plan and Forms of Agreements+ [Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on November 13, 1998 (File No. 333-63605).]

10.6.2

 

Amended East West Bancorp, Inc. 1998 Stock Incentive Plan+ [Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement – Exhibit A filed with the Commission on April 14, 2011.]

10.6.3

 

1998 NonQualified Stock Option Program for Employees and Independent Contractors+ [Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on March 9, 2005.]

10.6.4

 

Amended Performance-Based Bonus Plan+ [Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement – Exhibit A filed with the Commission on April 20, 2012.]

10.6.5

 

1999 Spirit of Ownership Restricted Stock Program+ [Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on March 9, 2005.]

10.6.6

 

2003 Directors’ Restricted Stock Program+ [Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on March 9, 2005.]

10.7

 

East West Bancorp, Inc. 1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan+ [Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on November 13, 1998 (File No. 333-63605).]

10.9.1

 

Form of Amendment to Employment Agreement- Mr. Schuler+ [Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on April 10, 2012.]

10.10

 

Amended Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans+ [Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005 filed with the Commission on March 11, 2005.]

10.12

 

Director Compensation%+

10.16

 

Purchase and Assumption Agreement – Whole Bank – All Deposits, among the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Receiver of United Commercial Bank, San Francisco, California, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and East West Bank, dated as of November 6, 2009 [Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Commission on November 12, 2009.]

10.17

 

Purchase and Assumption Agreement – Whole Bank – All Deposits, among the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Receiver of Washington First International Bank, Seattle, Washington, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and East West Bank, dated as of June 11, 2010 [Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K/A, filed with the Commission on August 27, 2010.]

12.1

 

Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges%

21.1

 

Subsidiaries of the Registrant%

23.1

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm KPMG LLP%

31.1

 

Chief Executive Officer Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002%

31.2

 

Chief Financial Officer Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002%

32.1

 

Chief Executive Officer Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, As Adopted Pursuant To Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002%

32.2

 

Chief Financial Officer Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, As Adopted Pursuant To Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002%

99.1

 

Agreement and Plan of Merger by and between East West Bancorp, Inc. and MetroCorp Bancshares, Inc. dated September 18, 2013 [Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Commission on September 18, 2013.]

101.INS

 

XBRL Instance Document

101.SCH

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema

101.CAL

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase

101.LAB

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase

101.PRE

 

XBRL Extension Presentation Linkbase

101.DEF

 

XBRL Extension Definition Linkbase

 


Forms 8-K, 10-Q and 10-K identified in the exhibit index have SEC file number 000-24939.

 

+                                         Denotes management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

 

%                                     A copy of this exhibit is being filed with this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

66



Table of Contents

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

The Board of Directors and Stockholders
East West Bancorp, Inc.:

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of East West Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2013. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2013, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in the Internal Control-Integrated Framework 1992 issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated March 3, 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

/s/ KPMG LLP

 

Los Angeles, California
March 3, 2014

 

67



Table of Contents

 

EAST WEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except share data)

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

2013

 

2012

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

895,820

 

 

$

1,323,106

 

Short-term investments

 

257,473

 

 

366,378

 

Securities purchased under resale agreements

 

1,300,000

 

 

1,450,000

 

Investment securities available-for-sale, at fair value (with amortized cost of $2,786,490 at December 31, 2013 and $2,599,018 at December 31, 2012)

 

2,733,797

 

 

2,607,029

 

Loans held for sale

 

204,970

 

 

174,317

 

Loans receivable, excluding covered loans (net of allowance for loan losses of $241,930 at December 31, 2013 and $229,382 at December 31, 2012)

 

15,412,715

 

 

11,710,190

 

Covered loans (net of allowance for loan losses of $7,745 at December 31, 2013 and $5,153 at December 31, 2012)

 

2,187,898

 

 

2,935,595

 

Total loans receivable, net

 

17,600,613

 

 

14,645,785

 

FDIC indemnification asset

 

74,708

 

 

316,313

 

Other real estate owned, net

 

18,900

 

 

32,911

 

Other real estate owned covered, net

 

21,373

 

 

26,808

 

Total other real estate owned

 

40,273

 

 

59,719

 

Investment in Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost

 

62,330

 

 

107,275

 

Investment in Federal Reserve Bank stock, at cost

 

48,333

 

 

48,003

 

Investment in affordable housing partnerships

 

165,724

 

 

185,645

 

Premises and equipment, net

 

177,710

 

 

107,517

 

Accrued interest receivable

 

116,314

 

 

94,837

 

Due from customers on acceptances

 

21,236

 

 

28,612

 

Premiums on deposits acquired, net

 

46,920

 

 

56,285

 

Goodwill

 

337,438

 

 

337,438

 

Cash surrender value of life insurance policies

 

112,650

 

 

110,133

 

Other assets

 

533,759

 

 

517,718

 

TOTAL

 

$

 

24,730,068

 

 

$

 

22,536,110

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

Customer deposit accounts:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noninterest-bearing

 

$

 

5,821,899

 

 

$

 

4,535,877

 

Interest-bearing

 

14,591,019

 

 

13,773,477

 

Total deposits

 

20,412,918

 

 

18,309,354

 

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

 

315,092

 

 

312,975

 

Securities sold under repurchase agreements

 

995,000

 

 

995,000

 

Other borrowings

 

 

 

20,000

 

Bank acceptances outstanding

 

21,236

 

 

28,612

 

Long-term debt

 

226,868

 

 

137,178

 

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

 

394,729

 

 

350,869

 

Total liabilities

 

22,365,843

 

 

20,153,988

 

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 19)

 

 

 

 

 

 

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 5,000,000 shares authorized; Series A, non-cumulative convertible, 200,000 shares issued; no shares outstanding as of December 31, 2013 and 85,710 shares outstanding in 2012.

 

 

 

83,027

 

Common stock, $0.001 par value, 200,000,000 shares authorized; 163,098,008 and 157,160,193 shares issued in 2013 and 2012, respectively; 137,630,896 and 140,294,092 shares outstanding in 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

163

 

 

157

 

Additional paid in capital

 

1,571,670

 

 

1,464,739

 

Retained earnings

 

1,360,130

 

 

1,151,828

 

Treasury stock, at cost — 25,467,112 shares in 2013 and 16,866,101 shares in 2012.

 

(537,279

)

 

(322,298

)

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax

 

(30,459

)

 

4,669

 

Total stockholders’ equity

 

2,364,225

 

 

2,382,122

 

TOTAL

 

$

 

24,730,068

 

 

$

 

22,536,110

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

68



Table of Contents

 

EAST WEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

INTEREST AND DIVIDEND INCOME

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans receivable, including fees

 

$

979,394

 

 

$

945,530

 

 

$

945,798

 

Investment securities

 

43,846

 

 

58,184

 

 

89,469

 

Securities purchased under resale agreements

 

21,236

 

 

20,392

 

 

19,216

 

Investment in Federal Home Loan Bank stock

 

3,982

 

 

1,808

 

 

550

 

Investment in Federal Reserve Bank stock

 

2,887

 

 

2,865

 

 

2,840

 

Short-term investments

 

17,340

 

 

22,316

 

 

22,575

 

Total interest and dividend income

 

1,068,685

 

 

1,051,095

 

 

1,080,448

 

INTEREST EXPENSE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Customer deposit accounts

 

63,496

 

 

75,895

 

 

107,110

 

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

 

4,173

 

 

6,248

 

 

15,461

 

Securities sold under repurchase agreements

 

41,381

 

 

46,166

 

 

48,561

 

Long-term debt

 

3,442

 

 

3,855

 

 

5,832

 

Other borrowings

 

 

 

4

 

 

458

 

Total interest expense

 

112,492

 

 

132,168

 

 

177,422

 

Net interest income before provision for loan losses

 

956,193

 

 

918,927

 

 

903,026

 

Provision for loan losses, excluding covered loans

 

18,336

 

 

60,168

 

 

92,584

 

Provision for loan losses on covered loans

 

4,028

 

 

5,016

 

 

2,422

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

 

933,829

 

 

853,743

 

 

808,020

 

NONINTEREST (LOSS) INCOME

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impairment loss on investment securities

 

 

 

(5,165

)

 

(5,736

)

Less: Noncredit-related impairment loss recorded in other comprehensive income

 

 

 

5,066

 

 

5,103

 

Net impairment loss on investment securities recognized in earnings

 

 

 

(99

)

 

(633

)

Decrease in FDIC indemnification asset and receivable

 

(228,585

)

 

(122,251

)

 

(100,141

)

Branch fees

 

32,036

 

 

30,906

 

 

31,510

 

Net gain on sales of investment securities

 

12,089

 

 

757

 

 

9,703

 

Letters of credit fees and commissions

 

22,116

 

 

19,104

 

 

13,997

 

Foreign exchange income

 

12,658

 

 

7,166

 

 

9,143

 

Ancillary loan fees

 

9,368

 

 

8,831

 

 

8,350

 

Income from life insurance policies

 

3,778

 

 

4,015

 

 

4,031

 

Net gain on sales of loans

 

7,750

 

 

17,045

 

 

20,185

 

Net gain on sale of fixed assets

 

1,521

 

 

4,275

 

 

2,274

 

Other operating income

 

34,801

 

 

24,633

 

 

12,505

 

Total noninterest (loss) income

 

(92,468

)

 

(5,618

)

 

10,924

 

NONINTEREST EXPENSE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Compensation and employee benefits

 

175,906

 

 

171,374

 

 

160,093

 

Occupancy and equipment expense

 

56,641

 

 

55,475

 

 

50,082

 

Amortization of investments in affordable housing partnerships and other investments

 

27,268

 

 

18,058

 

 

17,324

 

Amortization of premiums on deposits acquired

 

9,365

 

 

10,906

 

 

12,327

 

Deposit insurance premiums and regulatory assessments

 

16,550

 

 

14,130

 

 

20,531

 

Loan related expenses

 

12,520

 

 

14,987

 

 

19,379

 

Other real estate owned (gain on sale) expense

 

(1,128

)

 

22,349

 

 

40,435

 

Legal expense

 

31,718

 

 

25,441

 

 

21,327

 

Prepayment penalty for FHLB advances and other borrowings

 

 

 

6,860

 

 

12,281

 

Data processing

 

9,095

 

 

9,231

 

 

8,598

 

Deposit-related expenses

 

6,536

 

 

6,007

 

 

5,699

 

Consulting expense

 

6,446

 

 

7,984

 

 

7,151

 

Other operating expenses

 

64,594

 

 

59,731

 

 

60,383

 

Total noninterest expense

 

415,511

 

 

422,533

 

 

435,610

 

INCOME BEFORE PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES

 

425,850

 

 

425,592

 

 

383,334

 

PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES

 

130,805

 

 

143,942

 

 

138,100

 

NET INCOME

 

295,045

 

 

281,650

 

 

245,234

 

PREFERRED STOCK DIVIDENDS

 

3,428

 

 

6,857

 

 

6,857

 

NET INCOME AVAILABLE TO COMMON STOCKHOLDERS

 

$

291,617

 

 

$

274,793

 

 

$

238,377

 

EARNINGS PER SHARE AVAILABLE TO COMMON STOCKHOLDERS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BASIC

 

$

2.11

 

 

$

1.92

 

 

$

1.62

 

DILUTED

 

$

2.10

 

 

$

1.89

 

 

$

1.60

 

WEIGHTED AVERAGE NUMBER OF SHARES OUTSTANDING

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BASIC

 

137,342

 

 

141,457

 

 

147,093

 

DILUTED

 

139,574

 

 

147,175

 

 

153,467

 

DIVIDENDS DECLARED PER COMMON SHARE

 

$

0.60

 

 

$

0.40

 

 

$

0.16

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

69



Table of Contents

 

EAST WEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(In thousands)

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

Net income

 

  $

295,045

 

  $

281,650

 

  $

245,234

 

Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized (losses) gains on investment securities available-for-sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized holding (losses) gains arising during period

 

(28,169)

 

42,868

 

(12,333)

 

Reclassification adjustment for net gains included in net income

 

(7,012)

 

(439)

 

(5,628)

 

Noncredit-related impairment loss on securities

 

 

(2,938)

 

(2,960)

 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

 

(900)

 

(764)

 

Unrealized gains on other investments

 

336

 

31

 

194

 

Reclassification adjustment for net gains included in net income

 

(283)

 

(13)

 

(35)

 

Other comprehensive (loss) income

 

(35,128)

 

38,609

 

(21,526)

 

COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

  $

259,917

 

  $

320,259

 

  $

223,708

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

70



Table of Contents

 

EAST WEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(In thousands, except share data)

 

 

 

 

 

Additional

 

 

 

Additional

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Paid In

 

 

 

Paid In

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital

 

 

 

Capital

 

 

 

 

 

Comprehensive

 

Total

 

 

 

Preferred

 

Preferred

 

Common

 

Common

 

Retained

 

Treasury

 

Income (Loss),

 

Stockholders’

 

 

 

Stock

 

Stock

 

Stock

 

Stock

 

Earnings

 

Stock

 

Net of Tax

 

Equity

 

BALANCE, JANUARY 1, 2011

 

  $

 

  $

83,058

 

  $

156

 

  $

1,434,277

 

  $

720,116

 

  $

(111,262)

 

  $

(12,414)

 

  $

2,113,931

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

245,234

 

 

 

 

 

245,234

 

Other comprehensive loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(21,526)

 

(21,526)

 

Stock compensation costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,543

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,543

 

Tax benefit from stock compensation plans, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

717

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

717

 

Issuance of 1,024,925 shares of common stock pursuant to various stock compensation plans and agreements

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

5,205

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,206

 

Conversion of 31 shares of Series A preferred stock into 2,014 shares of common stock

 

 

 

(31)

 

 

 

31

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of 27,831 shares pursuant to Director retainer fee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

520

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

520

 

Cancellation of 240,193 shares of common stock due to forfeitures of issued restricted stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,090

 

 

 

(4,090)

 

 

 

 

29,610 shares of restricted stock surrendered due to employee tax liability

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(649)

 

 

 

(649)

 

Preferred stock dividends

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(6,857)

 

 

 

 

 

(6,857)

 

Common stock dividends

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(23,876)

 

 

 

 

 

(23,876)

 

Repurchase of 1,517,555 common stock warrants

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(14,500)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(14,500)

 

BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 2011

 

  $

 

  $

83,027

 

  $

157

 

  $

1,443,883

 

  $

934,617

 

  $

(116,001)

 

  $

(33,940)

 

  $

2,311,743

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

281,650

 

 

 

 

 

281,650

 

Other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

38,609

 

38,609

 

Stock compensation costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,668

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,668

 

Tax benefit from stock compensation plans, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

462

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

462

 

Issuance of 336,031 shares of common stock pursuant to various stock compensation plans and agreements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,821

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,821

 

Issuance of 26,151 shares pursuant to Director retainer fee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

570

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

570

 

Cancellation of 190,634 shares of common stock due to forfeitures of issued restricted stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,335

 

 

 

(3,335)

 

 

 

 

137,258 shares of restricted stock surrendered due to employee tax liability

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,012)

 

 

 

(3,012)

 

Preferred stock dividends

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(6,857)

 

 

 

 

 

(6,857)

 

Common stock dividends

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(57,582)

 

 

 

 

 

(57,582)

 

Purchase 9,068,105 shares of treasury stock pursuant to the Stock Repurchase Plan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(199,950)

 

 

 

(199,950)

 

BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 2012

 

  $

 

  $

83,027

 

  $

157

 

  $

1,464,739

 

  $

1,151,828

 

  $

(322,298)

 

  $

4,669

 

  $

2,382,122

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

295,045

 

 

 

 

 

295,045

 

Other comprehensive loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(35,128)

 

(35,128)

 

Stock compensation costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,548

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,548

 

Tax benefit from stock compensation plans, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,522

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,522

 

Issuance of 323,737 shares of common stock pursuant to various stock compensation plans and agreements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,054

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,054

 

Issuance of 19,998 shares pursuant to Director retainer fee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

630

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

630

 

Cancellation of 65,686 shares of common stock due to forfeitures of issued restricted stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,156

 

 

 

(1,156)

 

 

 

 

508,518 shares of restricted stock surrendered due to employee tax liability

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(13,833)

 

 

 

(13,833)

 

Preferred stock dividends

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,428)

 

 

 

 

 

(3,428)

 

Common stock dividends

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(83,315)

 

 

 

 

 

(83,315)

 

Conversion of 85,710 shares of Series A preferred stock into 5,594,080 shares of common stock

 

 

 

(83,027)

 

6

 

83,021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase 8,026,807 shares of treasury stock pursuant to the Stock Repurchase Plan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(199,992)

 

 

 

(199,992)

 

BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 2013

 

  $

 

  $

 

  $

163

 

  $

1,571,670

 

  $

1,360,130

 

  $

(537,279)

 

  $

(30,459)

 

  $

2,364,225

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

71



Table of Contents

 

EAST WEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

  $

295,045

 

  $

281,650

 

  $

245,234

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

101,169

 

82,536

 

67,460

 

(Accretion) of discount and amortization of premiums, net

 

(245,665)

 

(233,607)

 

(210,868)

 

Decrease in FDIC indemnification asset and receivable

 

228,585

 

122,251

 

100,141

 

Stock compensation costs

 

14,178

 

13,238

 

13,543

 

Deferred tax (benefit) expenses

 

(45,028)

 

(12,650)

 

189,497

 

Tax benefit from stock plans

 

(5,522)

 

(462)

 

(717)

 

Provision for loan losses

 

22,364

 

65,184

 

95,006

 

Impairment on other real estate owned

 

3,849

 

16,035

 

29,266

 

Net gain on sales of investment securities, loans and other assets

 

(30,224)

 

(28,165)

 

(30,998)

 

Originations and purchases of loans held for sale

 

(99,688)

 

(103,059)

 

(72,761)

 

Proceeds from sales of loans held for sale

 

6,272

 

13,844

 

41,388

 

Prepayment penalty for Federal Home Loan Bank advances and other borrowings, net

 

 

6,860

 

12,281

 

Net proceeds from FDIC shared-loss agreements

 

55,826

 

76,094

 

159,983

 

Net change in accrued interest receivable and other assets

 

58,881

 

(23,393)

 

(146,911)

 

Net change in accrued expenses and other liabilities

 

69,581

 

15,086

 

(233,868)

 

Other net operating activities

 

(3,778)

 

(3,916)

 

(2,359)

 

Total adjustments

 

130,800

 

5,876

 

10,083

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

425,845

 

287,526

 

255,317

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net (increase) decrease in:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans

 

(2,458,694)

 

(337,685)

 

(934,773)

 

Short-term investments

 

108,905

 

(304,544)

 

81,726

 

Purchases of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities purchased under resale agreements

 

(450,000)

 

(1,400,000)

 

(1,292,066)

 

Investment securities available-for-sale

 

(1,316,764)

 

(1,835,823)

 

(2,713,546)

 

Loans receivable

 

(680,821)

 

(461,878)

 

(675,298)

 

Premises and equipment

 

(88,108)

 

(10,280)

 

(10,507)

 

Investments in affordable housing partnerships and other investments

 

(42,149)

 

(57,831)

 

(36,642)

 

Proceeds from sale of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment securities available-for-sale

 

663,569

 

1,230,134

 

702,616

 

Loans receivable

 

259,117

 

76,832

 

188,407

 

Loans held for sale originated for investment

 

111,054

 

338,046

 

611,291

 

Other real estate owned

 

64,312

 

100,547

 

177,015

 

Premises and equipment

 

6,061

 

18,914

 

9,227

 

Investments in affordable housing partnerships and other investments

 

 

 

7,100

 

Other investments

 

 

 

2,454

 

Repayments, maturities and redemptions of investment securities available-for-sale

 

444,057

 

1,119,098

 

1,780,457

 

Paydowns, maturities and termination of securities purchased under resale agreements

 

600,000

 

736,434

 

1,005,632

 

Redemption of Federal Home Loan Bank stock

 

44,945

 

29,622

 

25,908

 

Other net investing activities

 

(330)

 

(491)

 

(227)

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(2,734,846)

 

(758,905)

 

(1,071,226)

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

2,103,564

 

856,352

 

1,812,375

 

Short-term borrowings

 

(20,000)

 

(5,208)

 

(63,337)

 

Proceeds from:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Increase in long-term borrowings

 

100,000

 

 

 

Issuance of common stock pursuant to various stock plans and agreements

 

3,054

 

3,821

 

5,726

 

Payment for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Repayment of FHLB advances

 

 

(100,857)

 

(760,274)

 

Modification of Federal Home Loan Bank advances

 

 

(48,190)

 

 

Repayment of long-term debt

 

(10,310)

 

(75,000)

 

(23,918)

 

Repayment of other borrowings

 

 

 

(11,250)

 

Repurchase of common stock warrants

 

 

 

(14,500)

 

Repurchase of shares of treasury stock pursuant to the Stock Repurchase Plan

 

(199,992)

 

(199,950)

 

 

Repurchase of vested shares due to employee tax liability

 

(13,833)

 

(3,012)

 

(649)

 

Cash dividends

 

(86,290)

 

(64,218)

 

(30,679)

 

Tax benefit from stock compensation plans

 

5,522

 

462

 

717

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

1,881,715

 

364,200

 

914,211

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

 

 

(900)

 

(1,066)

 

NET (DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

(427,286)

 

(108,079)

 

97,236

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF YEAR

 

1,323,106

 

1,431,185

 

1,333,949

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF YEAR

 

  $

895,820

 

  $

1,323,106

 

  $

1,431,185

 

SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid during the year for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest

 

  $

112,169

 

  $

136,760

 

  $

175,772

 

Income tax payments, net of refunds

 

142,980

 

183,398

 

326,725

 

Noncash investing and financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transfers to other real estate owned

 

43,989

 

81,605

 

175,551

 

Conversion of preferred stock to common stock

 

83,027

 

 

31

 

Loans to facilitate sales of other real estate owned

 

139

 

6,380

 

8,882

 

Loans to facilitate sales of loans

 

 

1,018

 

27,149

 

Loans to facilitate sale of premises and equipment

 

 

 

11,100

 

Loans transferred to loans held for sale, net

 

97,065

 

144,131

 

644,915

 

Issuance of common stock to Board of Directors

 

630

 

570

 

520

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

72



Table of Contents

 

EAST WEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 1 SUMMARY OF OPERATIONS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

OPERATIONS SUMMARY

 

East West Bancorp, Inc. (referred to herein on an unconsolidated basis as “East West” and on a consolidated basis as the “Company” or “we”) is a registered bank holding company that offers a full range of banking services to individuals and small to mid-size businesses through its subsidiary bank, East West Bank and its subsidiaries (“East West Bank” or the “Bank”). The Bank is the Company’s principal asset. The Bank operates 94 banking locations throughout California, six branches in New York, four branches in Georgia, two branches in Massachusetts, one branch in Nevada, one branch in Texas, and four branches in Washington. In Greater China, the Bank’s presence includes three full-service branches in Hong Kong, in Shanghai, and in Shantou. The Bank also has three representative offices in China located in Beijing, Guangzhou and Shenzhen and one in Taipei, Taiwan.

 

The Bank focuses on commercial lending, including commercial real estate loans, commercial business loans and trade finance loans. The Bank also provides financing for residential loans including single-family and multifamily loans. To a lesser extent, the Bank also makes construction development and consumer loans. Included in the Bank’s locations are twelve in-store branches located in 99 Ranch Market stores in Southern and Northern California. The Bank’s revenues are derived from providing financing for residential and commercial real estate and business customers, as well as investing activities. Funding for lending and investing activities is obtained through acceptance of customer deposits, Federal Home Loan Bank advances and other borrowing activities.

 

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Basis of Presentation — The consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and general practices within the banking industry. The following is a summary of significant principles used in the preparation of the accompanying financial statements. In preparing the financial statements, management of the Company has made a number of estimates and assumptions pertaining to the reporting of assets and liabilities, including the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, the FDIC indemnification asset, valuation of OREO, the allowance for loan losses, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities and the disclosure of income and expenses for the periods presented in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

Principles of Consolidation — The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of East West Bancorp, Inc., and its wholly owned subsidiaries, East West Bank and East West Insurance Services, Inc. Intercompany transactions and accounts have been eliminated in consolidation. East West also has six wholly owned subsidiaries that are statutory business trusts (the “Trusts”). In accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 810, the Trusts are not consolidated into the accounts of East West Bancorp, Inc.

 

Fair Value — Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date and, in many cases, may require us to make a number of significant judgments. Based on the observability of the inputs used in the valuation techniques, we classify our assets and liabilities measured and disclosed at fair value in accordance with a three-level hierarchy (e.g., Level 1, Level 2 and Level 3) established under ASC 820. In determining the fair value of financial instruments, we use market prices of the same or similar instruments whenever such prices are available. We do not use prices involving distressed sellers in determining fair value. If observable market prices are unavailable or impracticable to obtain, then fair value is estimated using modeling techniques such as discounted cash flow analyses. These modeling techniques incorporate our assessments regarding assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or the liability, including assumptions about the risks inherent in a particular valuation technique and the risk of nonperformance.

 

Securities Purchased Under Resale Agreements (“Resale Agreements”) — The Company purchases securities under resale agreements with terms that range from one day to several years. These agreements are collateralized by mortgage-backed securities and mortgage or commercial loans that are generally held by a third party custodian. The purchases are over-collateralized to ensure against unfavorable market price movements. In the event that the fair value of the securities decreases below the carrying amount of the related repurchase agreement, the counterparty is required to deliver an equivalent value of additional securities. The counterparties to these agreements are nationally recognized investment banking firms that meet credit eligibility criteria and with whom a master repurchase agreement has been duly executed. Resale agreements that are short-term in nature, or have terms of up to 90 days, are included in cash and cash equivalents. Resale agreements with terms greater than 90 days are separately categorized.

 

73



Table of Contents

 

Investment Securities — The Company classifies its investment securities according to their purpose and holding period. Investment securities available-for-sale are reported at estimated fair value, with unrealized gains and losses excluded from operations and reported as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income or loss, net of tax, in stockholders’ equity.

 

The fair values of the investment securities are generally determined by independent external pricing service providers who have experience in valuing these securities and by comparison to and/or average of quoted market prices obtained from independent external brokers. In obtaining such valuation information from third parties, the Company has evaluated the methodologies used to develop the resulting fair values. The Company performs a monthly analysis on the broker quotes and the third party pricing service quotes to ensure that the prices represent a reasonable estimate of the fair value. The procedures include, but are not limited to, initial and ongoing review of third party pricing methodologies, review of pricing trends, and monitoring of trading volumes. The Company considers whether prices received from independent brokers represent a reasonable estimate of fair value through the use of observable market inputs including comparable trades, the yield curve, spreads and, when available, market indices. As a result of this analysis, if the Company determines there is a more appropriate fair value based upon the available market data, the price received from the third party is adjusted accordingly. Prices from third party pricing services are often unavailable for securities that are rarely traded or are traded only in privately negotiated transactions. As a result, certain securities are priced via independent broker quotations which utilize proprietary models that include observable market based inputs. Additionally, the majority of these independent broker quotations are non-binding.

 

The Company applies a modified valuation approach to certain investment securities for which it believes the current broker prices obtained are based on forced liquidation or distressed sale values in inactive markets. The fair value of each of these securities is individually determined based on a combination of the market approach, reflecting current broker prices, and the income approach, which is a discounted cash flow approach. In calculating the fair value derived from the income approach, the Company makes assumptions related to the implied rate of return, general change in market rates, estimated changes in credit quality and liquidity risk premium, specific non-performance and default experience in the collateral underlying the security; additionally, broker discount rates are taken into consideration in determining the discount rate. The values resulting from each approach (i.e. market and income approaches) are weighted to derive the final fair value of each security trading in an inactive market.

 

Amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts on securities are recorded as yield adjustments on such securities using the effective interest method. The specific identification method is used for purposes of determining cost in computing realized gains and losses on investment securities sold.

 

At each reporting date, the Company assesses whether there is an “other-than-temporary” impairment (“OTTI”) in its portfolio of investment securities. If we determine that a decline in fair value is other-than-temporary, an impairment loss is recognized in current earnings. When we have the intent and ability to hold debt securities and it is not more likely than not that we will be required to sell these securities with OTTI for a period necessary to recover the noncredit-related impairment losses, only the credit-related impairment losses are recognized in current earnings. In these instances, the noncredit-related impairment losses are charged to other comprehensive income. The Company examines all individual securities that are in an unrealized loss position at each reporting date for other-than-temporary impairment. Specific investment level factors that are examined to assess impairment include the nature of the investments, the severity and duration of the loss, the probability that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due, an analysis of the issuers of the securities and whether there has been any cause for default on the securities, and any change in the rating of the securities by the various rating agencies. Additionally, management takes into consideration the Company’s financial resources as well as the Company’s overall ability and intent to hold the securities and not be required to sell the securities until their fair values recover.

 

The Company considers all available information relevant to the collectability of the security, including information about past events, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts, when developing the estimate of future cash flows and making its other-than-temporary impairment assessment for its portfolio of trust preferred securities. The Company considers factors such as remaining payment terms of the security, prepayment speeds, expected defaults, the financial condition of the issuer(s), and the value of any underlying collateral.

 

74



Table of Contents

 

Loans Receivable — Loans receivable that the Company has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future, or until maturity, are stated at their outstanding principal, reduced by an allowance for loan losses and net deferred loan fees or costs on originated loans and unamortized premiums or discounts on purchased loans. Nonrefundable fees and direct costs associated with the origination or purchase of loans are deferred and netted against outstanding loan balances. The deferred net loan fees and costs are recognized in interest income as an adjustment to yield over the loan term using the effective interest method. Discounts or premiums on purchased loans are accreted or amortized to interest income using the effective interest method over the remaining period to contractual maturity adjusted for anticipated prepayments. Interest on loans is calculated using the simple-interest method on daily balances of the principal amounts outstanding. Accrual of interest is discontinued on a loan when management believes, after considering economic and business conditions and collection efforts, that the borrower’s financial condition is such that full collection of principal or interest becomes uncertain, regardless of the length of past due status. Generally, loans are placed on nonaccrual status when they become 90 days past due. When interest accrual is discontinued, all unpaid accrued interest is reversed against interest income. In general, subsequent payments received are applied to the outstanding principal balance of the loan. A loan is returned to accrual status when the borrower has demonstrated a satisfactory payment trend subject to management’s assessment of the borrower’s ability to repay the loan.

 

Loans held for sale are carried at the lower of aggregate cost or fair value using the aggregate method. Origination fees on loans held for sale, net of certain costs of processing and closing the loans, are deferred until the time of sale and are included in the computation of the gain or loss from the sale of the related loans. A valuation allowance is established if the fair value of such loans is lower than their cost, with a corresponding charge to noninterest income.

 

Troubled Debt Restructurings (“TDR”) — A loan is identified as a troubled debt restructure when a borrower is experiencing financial difficulties and for economic or legal reasons related to these difficulties the Company grants a concession to the borrower in the restructuring that it would not otherwise consider. The Company has granted a concession when, as a result of the restructuring to a troubled borrower, it does not expect to collect all amounts due, including principal and/or interest accrued at the original terms of the loan. The concessions may be granted in various forms, including a below-market change in the stated interest rate, a reduction in the loan balance or accrued interest, an extension of the maturity date, or a note split with principal forgiveness. A restructuring executed at an interest rate that is at market interest rates is not a TDR. All troubled debt restructurings are reviewed for impairment. For modifications where we forgive principal, the entire amount of such principal forgiveness is immediately charged off. Generally, a nonaccrual loan that is restructured remains on nonaccrual status for a period of six months to demonstrate that the borrower can perform under the restructured terms. However, the borrower’s performance prior to the restructuring, or other significant events at the time of restructuring may be considered in assessing whether the borrower can meet the new terms and may result in the loan remaining on accrual status or being returned to accrual status after a shorter performance period. If the borrower’s performance under the new terms is not reasonably assured, the loan remains classified as a nonaccrual loan. Loans classified as TDRs are reported as impaired loans.

 

Allowance for Loan Losses — The allowance for loan losses is established as management’s estimate of probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio. The allowance is increased by the provision for loan losses and decreased by charge-offs when management believes the uncollectability of a loan is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance. The allowance for loan losses is evaluated on a regular basis by management and is based on management’s periodic review of the collectability of the loans in light of historical experience, the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, the estimated value of any underlying collateral and prevailing economic conditions. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to revision as more information becomes available. Additionally, non-classified loans are also considered in the allowance for loan losses calculation and are factored in based on the historical loss experience adjusted for various qualitative factors.

 

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all scheduled payments of principal or interest due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining and measuring loan impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed. Impairment is measured on a loan-by-loan basis for residential, commercial real estate, and commercial and industrial loans based on the loan’s observable market price or the fair value of the collateral, less costs to sell, if the loan is collateral dependent, or the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate. If the measure of the impaired loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan and the loan is classified as nonperforming and uncollectible, the deficiency is charged off against the allowance for loan losses. In general, consumer loans consist of homogeneous smaller balance loans and are collectively evaluated for impairment.

 

75



Table of Contents

 

Acquired Loans — Acquired loans are valued as of acquisition date in accordance with ASC 805. Loans purchased with evidence of credit deterioration since origination for which it is probable that all contractually required payments will not be collected are accounted for under ASC 310-30.

 

Under ASC 805 and ASC 310-30, loans are recorded at fair value at acquisition date, factoring in credit losses expected to be incurred over the life of the loan. Accordingly, an allowance for loan losses is not carried over or recorded as of the acquisition date. In situations where loans have similar risk characteristics, loans are aggregated into pools to estimate cash flows under ASC 310-30. A pool is accounted for as a single asset with a single interest rate, cumulative loss rate and cash flow expectation.

 

The cash flows expected over the life of the loan or pool are estimated using an internal cash flow model that projects cash flows and calculates the carrying value of the loan or pool, book yield, effective interest income and impairment, if any, based on loan or pool level events, respectively. Assumptions as to default rates, loss severity, loss curves and prepayment speeds are utilized to calculate the expected cash flows.

 

At acquisition, the excess of the cash flows expected to be collected over the recorded investment is considered to be the accretable yield and is recognized as interest income over the life of the loan or pool. The excess of the contractual cash flows over the cash flows expected to be collected is considered to be the nonaccretable difference. Subsequent to the acquisition date, any increases in expected cash flows over those expected at purchase date in excess of fair value that are significant and probable are adjusted through the accretable yield on a prospective basis. Any subsequent decreases in expected cash flows over those expected at purchase date that are probable are recognized by recording an allowance for loan losses. Any disposals of loans, including sales of loans, payments in full or foreclosures result in the removal of the loan from the ASC 310-30 portfolio at the carrying amount.

 

Covered Loans — Loans acquired in an FDIC-assisted acquisition that are subject to an FDIC shared-loss agreement are referred to as covered loans. Covered loans are reported exclusive of the expected cash flow reimbursements we expect to collect from the FDIC. All covered loans are accounted for under ASC 805 and ASC 310-30.

 

FDIC Indemnification Asset — In conjunction with the FDIC-assisted acquisitions of Washington First International Bank and United Commercial Bank, the Bank entered into shared-loss agreements with the FDIC related to covered loans and covered other real estate owned (see “Covered Other Real Estate Owned” below). The FDIC indemnification asset is initially recorded at fair value, based on the discounted value of expected future cash flows under the shared-loss agreement. The Company has elected to account for amounts receivable under the shared-loss agreements as an indemnification asset in accordance with ASC 805. The difference between the present value and the undiscounted cash flows the Company expects to collect from the FDIC is accreted into noninterest income over the life of the FDIC indemnification asset. The FDIC indemnification asset is reviewed quarterly and adjusted for any changes in expected cash flows based on recent performance and expectations for future performance of the covered portfolio. These adjustments are measured on the same basis as the related covered loans and covered other real estate owned. Any increases in cash flow of the covered loans over those expected will reduce the FDIC indemnification asset and any decreases in cash flow of the covered loans over those expected will increase the FDIC indemnification asset. Over the life of the FDIC indemnification asset, increases and decreases are recorded as adjustments to noninterest income. During the year, the bank lowered the credit discount on the UCB covered loan portfolio as the credit quality was performing better than originally estimated. By lowering the credit discount, interest income will increase over the life of the loans. Correspondingly, with the lowered credit discount, the expected reimbursement from the FDIC under the loss sharing agreement will decrease, resulting in amortization of the FDIC indemnification asset which is recorded as a charge to noninterest income.

 

Other Real Estate Owned — Other real estate owned (“OREO”) represents properties acquired through foreclosure or through full or partial satisfaction of loans, is considered held for sale, and is recorded at the lower of cost or estimated fair value at the time of foreclosure. Loan balances in excess of the fair value of the real estate acquired at the date of foreclosure are charged against the allowance for loan losses. After foreclosure, the real estate is carried at the lower of carrying value or fair value less costs to sell. Subsequent declines in the fair value of OREO below the carrying value are recorded through the use of a valuation allowance by charges to noninterest expense. Any subsequent operating expenses or income of such properties are also charged to noninterest expense. If the OREO is sold within three months of foreclosure, the Company substitutes the value received in the sale (net of costs to sell) for the fair value (less costs to sell). Any adjustment made to the loss originally recognized at the time of foreclosure is then charged against or credited to the allowance for loan losses, if deemed material. Otherwise, any declines in value, after foreclosure, are recorded in non-interest expense as gains or losses from the sale or disposition of the real estate. Gain recognition upon disposition of a property is dependent on the sale having met certain criteria relating to the buyer’s initial investment in the property sold.

 

76



Table of Contents

 

Covered Other Real Estate Owned — All other real estate owned acquired in an FDIC-assisted acquisition that are subject to an FDIC shared-loss agreement are referred to as covered other real estate owned. Covered other real estate owned is reported exclusive of the expected cash flow reimbursements we expect to collect from the FDIC. Upon transferring covered loan collateral to covered other real estate owned status, acquisition date fair value discounts on the related loan are also transferred to covered other real estate owned. Fair value adjustments on covered other real estate owned result in a reduction of the covered other real estate carrying amount through expense and a corresponding increase of the FDIC reimbursement for 80% of the adjustment resulting in income.  The net of that expense and income is the non-reimbursed portion or 20% of the estimated loss to the Bank which is the net amount charged against earnings.

 

Investment in Affordable Housing Partnerships — The Company owns limited partnership interests in projects of affordable housing for lower income tenants. The investments in which the Company has a limited partnership interest that exceeds 5% are recorded using the equity method of accounting. The remaining investments are recorded using the cost method and are being amortized over the life of the related tax credits. The tax credits are being recognized in the consolidated financial statements to the extent they are utilized on the Company’s income tax returns. The investments are reviewed for impairment on an annual basis or on an interim basis if an event occurs that would trigger potential impairment.

 

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets — The Company has goodwill, which represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired, as a result of various past acquisitions. Goodwill is not amortized and is reviewed for impairment on an annual basis or on an interim basis if an event occurs or circumstances change that would reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying value. Premiums on deposits, which represent the intangible value of depositor relationships resulting from deposit liabilities assumed in acquisitions, are amortized over the projected useful lives of the deposits, which is typically 7 to 15 years. Core deposit intangibles are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Impairment on goodwill and premiums on deposits is recognized by writing down the asset to the extent that the carrying value exceeds the estimated fair value.

 

Investment in Federal Home Loan Bank Stock — As a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) of San Francisco, the Bank is required to own common stock in the FHLB of San Francisco based upon our balance of residential mortgage loans and outstanding FHLB advances. As a result of the acquisition of WFIB in 2010, the Bank also owns common stock in the FHLB of Seattle. FHLB stock is carried at cost and may be sold back to the FHLB at its carrying value. Cash dividends are accrued and reported as dividend income.

 

Investment in Federal Reserve Bank Stock — As a member of the Federal Reserve Bank (“FRB”) of San Francisco, the Bank is required to maintain stock in the FRB of San Francisco based on a specified ratio relative to our capital. FRB stock is carried at cost and may be sold back to the FRB at its carrying value. Cash dividends are accrued and reported as dividend income.

 

Premises and Equipment — The Company’s premises and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are computed based on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the various classes of assets. The ranges of useful lives for the principal classes of assets are as follows:

 

Buildings and building improvements

25 years

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

3 to 7 years

Leasehold improvements

Term of lease or useful life, whichever is shorter

 

The Company reviews its long-lived assets for impairment annually or when events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of these assets may not be recoverable. An asset is considered impaired when the expected undiscounted cash flows over the remaining useful life is less than the net book value. When impairment is indicated for an asset, the amount of impairment loss is the excess of the net book value over its fair value.

 

Securities Sold Under Repurchase Agreements (“Repurchase Agreements”) — The Company sells securities under repurchase agreements. These transactions are accounted for as collateralized financing transactions and recorded at the amounts at which the securities were sold. The Company may have to provide additional collateral to the counterparty, as necessary.

 

Long-Term Debt — Long-term debt consists of junior subordinated debt and other long-term debt. The Company has six statutory business trusts whereby the Company is the owner of all the beneficial interests represented by the common securities of the Trusts, and third parties hold the fixed and variable rate capital securities of the Trusts. The purpose of issuing the capital securities was to provide the Company with a cost-effective means of obtaining Tier I capital for regulatory reporting purposes. However, these securities will be phased out of the Tier I capital beginning in 2013, fully phased out by 2016.

 

77



Table of Contents

 

The Trusts are not consolidated by the Company. Junior subordinated debt represents liabilities of the Company to the Trusts and is included in long-term debt on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

 

Federal Funds Purchased — The Company utilizes federal funds purchased as part of its short-term financing strategy. Federal funds purchased are generally overnight borrowings and mature within one business day to six months from the transaction date.

 

Income Taxes — Deferred income taxes are recognized for the tax consequences in future years of differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their financial reporting amounts at each year-end, based on enacted tax laws and statutory tax rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income.

 

The Company examines its financial statements, its income tax provision, and its federal and state income tax returns and analyzes its tax positions, including permanent and temporary differences, as well as the major components of income and expense to determine whether a tax benefit is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by tax authorities. In the event a tax position is not more likely than not to be sustained by the tax authorities, a reserve is established by management. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to tax positions as part of its provision for income taxes.

 

Stock-Based Compensation — The Company issues stock-based compensation to certain employees, officers, and directors and accounts for stock options using the fair value method, which generally results in compensation expense recognition.

 

Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities — Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales, when control over the assets has been surrendered. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when (1) the assets have been isolated from the Company; (2) the transferee has the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets; and (3) the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through either (a) an agreement that entitles and obligates the Company to repurchase or redeem them before their maturity or (b) an agreement that provides the Company with both the unilateral ability to cause the holder to return specific assets and a more than trivial benefit attributable to that ability. The difference between the net proceeds received and the carrying amount of the financial assets being sold is recognized as a gain or loss on sale.

 

Earnings Per Share (“EPS”) — The Company applies the two-class method of computing EPS. Under the two-class method, EPS is determined for each class of common stock and participating security according to dividends declared and participation rights in undistributed earnings. The Company’s restricted stock, which receive dividends as declared, qualify as participating securities. Restricted stock units issued by the Company are not considered participating securities, as they do not have dividend distribution rights during the vesting period. Diluted EPS is calculated on the basis of the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period plus potential dilutive shares.

 

Comprehensive Income — The term “comprehensive income” describes the total of all components of comprehensive income, including net income and other comprehensive income. “Other comprehensive income” refers to revenues, expenses, and gains and losses that are included in comprehensive income but are excluded from net income because they have been recorded directly in equity under the provisions of other Financial Accounting Standards Board statements. In accordance with the adoption of ASU 2011-05, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Presentation of Comprehensive Income, the Company presents comprehensive income in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income, which was formerly presented in the consolidated statements of changes in stockholders’ equity.

 

Derivative Financial Instruments — As part of the asset and liability management strategy, the Company uses derivative financial instruments to mitigate exposure to interest rate and foreign currency risks. All derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts, are recognized on the consolidated balance sheet at fair value with the change in fair value reported in earnings. When master netting agreements exist, the Company nets counterparty positions with any cash collateral received or delivered.

 

The Company’s interest rate swaps on certain certificates of deposit qualify for hedge accounting treatment under ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging. The Company documents its hedge relationships, including identification of the hedging instruments and the hedged items, as well as its risk management objectives and strategies for undertaking the hedge transaction at the time the derivative contract is executed. This includes designating the derivative contract as a “fair value hedge” which is a hedge of a recognized asset or liability. All derivatives designated as fair value hedges are linked to specific hedged items or to groups of specific assets and liabilities on the balance sheet. Both at inception and quarterly thereafter, the Company assesses whether the derivatives used in hedging transactions are highly effective (as defined in the guidance) in offsetting changes in the fair value of the hedged item. Retroactive effectiveness is also assessed as well as the continued expectation that the hedge will remain effective prospectively. Any ineffective portion of the changes of fair value hedges is recognized immediately in interest expense in the consolidated statements of income.

 

78



Table of Contents

 

The Company discontinues hedge accounting prospectively when (i) a derivative is no longer highly effective in offsetting changes in the fair value, (ii) a derivative expires or is sold, terminated, or exercised, or (iii) the Company determines that designation of a derivative as a hedge is no longer appropriate. If a fair value hedge derivative instrument is terminated or the hedge designation removed, the previous adjustments to the carrying amount of the hedged liability would be subsequently accounted for in the same manner as other components of the carrying amount of that liability. For interest-bearing liabilities, such adjustments would be amortized into earnings over the remaining life of the respective liability.

 

The Company also offers various derivative products to clients and enters into derivative transactions in due course. These transactions are not linked to specific Company assets or liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets or to forecasted transactions in a hedge relationship and, therefore, do not qualify for hedge accounting. The contracts are marked-to-market each reporting period with changes in fair value recorded in the consolidated statements of income.

 

Reclassifications — Certain items in the consolidated balance sheet and the consolidated statements of income for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 were reclassified to conform to the 2013 and 2012 presentation, respectively. These reclassifications did not affect previously reported net income.

 

RECENT ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

 

In October 2012, the FASB issued ASU 2012-06, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Subsequent Accounting for an Indemnification Asset Recognized at the Acquisition Date as a Result of a Government-Assisted Acquisition of a Financial Institution. ASU 2012-06 clarifies the applicable guidance for subsequently measuring an indemnification asset recognized as a result of a government-assisted acquisition of a financial institution. The standard instructs that when a reporting entity recognizes an indemnification asset, it should subsequently account for the change in the measurement of the indemnification asset on the same basis as the change in the assets subject to indemnification. Any amortization of changes in value should be limited to the contractual term of the indemnification agreement. The amended guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2012. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements, as the Company had applied this methodology prior to the issuance of this ASU.

 

In January 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-01, Balance Sheet (Topic 210): Clarifying the Scope of Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities. ASU 2013-01 clarifies that the scope of ASU 2011-01 applies to derivatives, repurchase agreements, and securities lending transactions to the extent that they are (1) offset in the financial statements or (2) subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement or similar agreement. The amended guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. The Company did include additional disclosure in the notes to the consolidated financial statements to comply with the requirements of the ASU.

 

In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-02, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income. ASU 2013-02 enhances the reporting of reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income by requiring entities to report the effect of significant reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income on the respective line items in net income if the amount being reclassified is required under GAAP to be reclassified in its entirety to net income. For other amounts that are not required under GAAP to be reclassified in their entirety to net income in the same reporting period, an entity is required to cross-reference other disclosures required under GAAP that provide additional detail about those amounts. The amendments do not change the current requirements for reporting net income or other comprehensive income in financial statements. The amendments are effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2012. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. The Company did include additional disclosure in the notes to the consolidated financial statements to comply with the requirements of the ASU.

 

In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-10, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Inclusion of the Fed Funds Effective Swap Rate (or Overnight Index Swap Rate) as a Benchmark Interest Rate for Hedge Accounting Purposes. ASU 2013-10 permits the Fed Funds Effective Swap Rate (or Overnight Index Swap Rate) to be used as a U.S. benchmark interest rate for hedge accounting purposes under Topic 815, in addition to interest rates on direct Treasury obligations of the U.S. government and the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”). ASU 2013-10 is effective prospectively for qualifying new or redesignated hedging relationships entered into on or after July 17, 2013. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

79



Table of Contents

 

In January 2014, the FASB issues ASU 2014-01, Investments—Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323): Accounting for Investments in Qualified Affordable Housing Projects. ASU 2014-10 permits reporting entities to make an accounting policy election to account for their investments in qualified affordable housing projects using the proportional amortization method if certain conditions are met. Under the proportional amortization method, an entity amortizes the initial cost of the investment in proportion to the tax credits and other tax benefits received and recognizes the net investment performance in the income statement as a component of income tax expense (benefit). ASU 2014-10 is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2014 and if elected, should be applied retrospectively to all periods presented. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

NOTE 2 FAIR VALUE

 

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or be paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. In determining fair value, the Company uses various methods including market and income approaches. Based on these approaches, the Company utilizes certain assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. These inputs can be readily observable, market corroborated, or generally unobservable inputs. The Company utilizes valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. Based on the observability of the inputs used in the valuation techniques, the Company is required to provide the following information according to the fair value hierarchy noted below. The hierarchy is based on the quality and reliability of the information used to determine fair values. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to quoted prices available in active markets and the lowest priority to data lacking transparency. Financial assets and liabilities carried at fair value will be classified and disclosed in one of the following three categories:

 

                  Level 1 – Quoted prices for identical instruments that are highly liquid, observable and actively traded in over-the-counter markets. Level 1 financial instruments typically include U.S. Treasury securities.

 

                  Level 2 – Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active; and model-derived valuations whose inputs are observable and can be corroborated by market data. Level 2 financial instruments typically include U.S. Government debt and agency mortgage-backed securities, municipal securities, corporate debt securities, single issuer trust preferred securities, foreign exchange options and interest rate swaps.

 

                  Level 3 – Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. Level 3 assets and liabilities include financial instruments whose value is determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar techniques, as well as instruments for which the determination of fair value is not solely based on observable market inputs and requires management judgment or estimation. This category typically includes pooled trust preferred securities, impaired loans, other real estate owned (“OREO”) and derivatives payable.

 

The Company records investment securities available-for-sale, derivative liabilities, foreign exchange options, interest rate swaps and short-term foreign exchange contracts at fair value on a recurring basis. Certain other assets such as impaired loans, other real estate owned, loans held for sale, goodwill, premiums on acquired deposits and other investments are recorded at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. Nonrecurring fair value measurements typically involve assets that are periodically evaluated for impairment and for which any impairment is recorded in the period in which the remeasurement is performed.

 

In determining the appropriate hierarchy levels, the Company performs a detailed analysis of assets and liabilities that are subject to fair value disclosure. The following tables present both financial and nonfinancial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring and nonrecurring basis. These assets and liabilities are reported on the consolidated balance sheets at their fair values as of December 31, 2013 and 2012. Financial assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to their fair value measurement. For assets measured on a recurring basis, there were no transfers in and out of Levels 1 and 3 or Levels 2 and 3 during 2013 and 2012.

 

80



Table of Contents

 

 

 

Assets (Liabilities) Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

 

 

as of December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

Quoted Prices in

 

Significant

 

 

 

 

Fair Value

 

Active Markets

 

Other

 

Significant

 

 

Measurements

 

for Identical

 

Observable

 

Unobservable

 

 

December 31,

 

Assets

 

Inputs

 

Inputs

 

 

2013

 

(Level 1)

 

(Level 2)

 

(Level 3)

 

 

(In thousands)

Investment securities available-for-sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury securities

 

  $

491,632

 

  $

491,632

 

  $

 

  $

 

U.S. Government agency and U.S. Government sponsored enterprise debt securities

 

394,323

 

 

394,323

 

 

U.S. Government agency and U.S. Government sponsored enterprise mortgage-backed securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

178,870

 

 

178,870

 

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

 

885,237

 

 

885,237

 

 

Municipal securities

 

280,979

 

 

280,979

 

 

Other residential mortgage-backed securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment grade

 

46,327

 

 

46,327

 

 

Other commercial mortgage-backed securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment grade

 

51,617

 

 

51,617

 

 

Corporate debt securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment grade

 

309,995

 

 

309,995

 

 

Non-investment grade

 

15,101

 

 

8,730

 

6,371

 

Other securities

 

79,716

 

 

79,716

 

 

Total investment securities available-for-sale

 

  $

2,733,797

 

  $

491,632

 

  $

2,235,794

 

  $

6,371

 

Foreign exchange options

 

6,290

 

 

6,290

 

 

Interest rate swaps

 

28,078

 

 

28,078

 

 

Foreign exchange contracts

 

6,181

 

 

6,181

 

 

Derivatives liabilities

 

(50,262)

 

 

(46,607)

 

(3,655

)

 

 

 

Assets (Liabilities) Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

 

 

as of December 31, 2012

 

 

 

 

Quoted Prices in

 

Significant

 

 

 

 

Fair Value

 

Active Markets

 

Other

 

Significant

 

 

Measurements

 

for Identical

 

Observable

 

Unobservable

 

 

December 31,

 

Assets

 

Inputs

 

Inputs

 

 

2012

 

(Level 1)

 

(Level 2)

 

(Level 3)

 

 

(In thousands)

Investment securities available-for-sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury securities

 

  $

460,677

 

  $

460,677

 

  $

 

  $

 

U.S. Government agency and U.S. Government sponsored enterprise debt securities

 

197,855

 

 

197,855

 

 

U.S. Government agency and U.S. Government sponsored enterprise mortgage-backed securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

180,665

 

 

180,665

 

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

 

1,144,085

 

 

1,144,085

 

 

Municipal securities

 

167,093

 

 

167,093

 

 

Other commercial mortgage-backed securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment grade

 

17,084

 

 

17,084

 

 

Corporate debt securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment grade

 

411,983

 

 

411,983

 

 

Non-investment grade

 

17,417

 

 

12,617

 

4,800

 

Other securities

 

10,170

 

 

10,170

 

 

Total investment securities available-for-sale

 

  $

2,607,029

 

  $

460,677

 

  $

2,141,552

 

  $

4,800

 

Foreign exchange options

 

  $

5,011

 

  $

 

  $

 5,011

 

  $

 

Interest rate swaps

 

36,943

 

 

36,943

 

 

Short-term foreign exchange contracts

 

896

 

 

896

 

 

Derivatives liabilities

 

(42,060)

 

 

(39,008)

 

(3,052

)

 

81



Table of Contents

 

Assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis using significant unobservable inputs include certain impaired loans and OREO. The inputs and assumptions for nonrecurring Level 3 fair value measurements for impaired loans and OREO include adjustments to external and internal appraisals for change in the market, assumptions by appraiser embedded into appraisals, probability weighting of brokered price opinions, and management’s adjustments for other relevant factors and market trends.

 

 

 

Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis

 

 

for the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

Quoted Prices in

 

Significant

 

 

 

Total Gains

 

 

Fair Value

 

Active Markets

 

Other

 

Significant

 

(Losses) for the

 

 

Measurements

 

for Identical

 

Observable

 

Unobservable

 

Twelve Months Ended

 

 

December 31,

 

Assets

 

Inputs

 

Inputs

 

December 31,

 

 

2013

 

(Level 1)

 

(Level 2)

 

(Level 3)

 

2013

 

 

(In thousands)

Non-covered impaired loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total residential

 

  $

12,791

 

  $

 

  $

 

  $

12,791

 

  $

(1,378

)

Total commercial real estate

 

29,559

 

 

 

29,559

 

(4,250

)

Total commercial and industrial

 

15,120

 

 

 

15,120

 

(13,135

)

Total consumer

 

281

 

 

 

281

 

(112

)

Total non-covered impaired loans

 

  $

57,751

 

  $

 

  $

 

  $

57,751

 

  $

(18,875

)

Non-covered OREO

 

  $

13,031

 

  $

 

  $

 

  $

13,031

 

  $

(1,438

)

Covered OREO (1)

 

  $

17,284

 

  $

 

  $

 

  $

17,284

 

  $

(3,376

)

 

 

 

Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis

 

 

for the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2012

 

 

 

 

Quoted Prices in

 

Significant

 

 

 

Total Gains

 

 

Fair Value

 

Active Markets

 

Other

 

Significant

 

(Losses) for the

 

 

Measurements

 

for Identical

 

Observable

 

Unobservable

 

Twelve Months Ended

 

 

December 31,

 

Assets

 

Inputs

 

Inputs

 

December 31,

 

 

2012

 

(Level 1)

 

(Level 2)

 

(Level 3)

 

2012

 

 

(In thousands)

Non-covered impaired loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total residential

 

  $

23,043

 

  $

 

  $

 

  $

23,043

 

  $

(4,803

)

Total commercial real estate

 

31,737

 

 

 

31,737

 

(8,405

)

Total commercial and industrial

 

12,838

 

 

 

12,838

 

(14,540

)

Total consumer

 

372

 

 

 

372

 

(264

)

Total non-covered impaired loans

 

  $

67,990

 

  $

 

  $

 

  $

67,990

 

  $

(28,012

)

Non-covered OREO

 

  $

2,065

 

  $

 

  $

 

  $

2,065

 

  $

(5,122

)

Covered OREO (1)

 

  $

10,468

 

  $

 

  $

 

  $

10,468

 

  $

(11,183

)

Loans held for sale

 

  $

 

  $

 

  $

 

  $

 

  $

(4,730

)

 


(1)                                     Covered OREO results from the WFIB and UCB FDIC-assisted acquisitions for which the Company entered into shared-loss agreements with the FDIC whereby the FDIC will reimburse the Company for 80% of eligible losses. As such, the Company’s liability for losses is 20% of the $3.4 million in losses, or $675 thousand, and 20% of the $11.2 million in losses, or $2.2 million, for the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

At each reporting period, all assets and liabilities for which the fair value measurement is based on significant unobservable inputs are classified as Level 3. The following tables provide a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances for major asset and liability categories measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012:

 

82



Table of Contents

 

 

 

Investment Securities
Available-for-Sale

 

 

 

 

Corporate Debt

 

 

 

 

Securities

 

 

 

 

Non-Investment Grade

 

Derivatives Payable

 

 

(In thousands)

Beginning balance, January 1, 2013

 

  $

4,800

 

  $

(3,052

)

Total gains or (losses): (1)

 

 

 

 

 

Included in earnings

 

 

(603

)

Included in other comprehensive unrealized gain (2)

 

1,653

 

 

Purchases, issuances, sales, settlements (3)

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases

 

 

 

Issuances

 

 

 

Sales

 

 

 

Settlements

 

(82)

 

 

Transfer from investment grade to non-investment grade

 

 

 

Transfers in and/or out of Level 3

 

 

 

Ending balance, December 31, 2013

 

  $

6,371

 

  $

(3,655

)

Changes in unrealized losses included in earnings relating to assets and liabilities still held at December 31, 2013

 

  $

 

  $

603

 

 

 

 

Investment Securities
Available-for-Sale

 

 

 

 

Corporate Debt

 

 

 

 

Securities

 

 

 

 

Non-Investment Grade

 

Derivatives Payable

 

 

(In thousands)

Beginning balance, January 1, 2012

 

  $

2,235

 

  $

(2,634

)

Total gains or (losses): (1)

 

 

 

 

 

Included in earnings

 

(99)

 

(418

)

Included in other comprehensive unrealized gain (2)

 

2,711

 

 

Purchases, issuances, sales, settlements (3)

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases

 

 

 

Issuances

 

 

 

Sales

 

 

 

Settlements

 

(47)

 

 

Transfer from investment grade to non-investment grade

 

 

 

Transfers in and/or out of Level 3

 

 

 

Ending balance, December 31, 2012

 

  $

4,800

 

  $

(3,052

)

Changes in unrealized losses included in earnings relating to assets and liabilities still held at December 31, 2012

 

  $

99

 

  $

418

 

 


(1)                                     Total gains or losses represent the total realized and unrealized gains and losses recorded for Level 3 assets and liabilities. Realized gains or losses are reported in the consolidated statements of income.

 

(2)                                     Unrealized gains or losses on investment securities are reported in accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

 

(3)                                     Purchases, issuances, sales and settlements represent Level 3 assets and liabilities that were either purchased, issued, sold, or settled during the period. The amounts are recorded at their end of period fair values.

 

Valuation Methodologies

 

Investment Securities Available-for-Sale — The fair values of the investment securities are generally determined by independent external pricing service providers who have experience in valuing these securities and by comparison to and/or average of quoted market prices obtained from independent external brokers. In obtaining such valuation information from third parties, the Company has reviewed the methodologies used to develop the resulting fair values.

 

The Company’s Level 3 available-for-sale securities include four pooled trust preferred securities. The fair values of these investment securities represent less than 1% of the total available-for-sale investment securities. The fair values of the pooled trust preferred securities have traditionally been based on the average of at least two quoted market prices obtained from independent external brokers since broker quotes in an active market are given the highest priority. As a result of the continued illiquidity in the pooled trust preferred securities market, it is the Company’s view that current broker prices (which are typically non-binding) on certain pooled trust preferred securities are based on forced liquidation or distressed sale values in very inactive markets that are not representative of the fair value of these securities. As such, the Company considered what weight, if any, to place on transactions that are not orderly when estimating fair value.

 

83



Table of Contents

 

For the pooled trust preferred securities, the fair value was derived based on discounted cash flow analyses (the income method) prepared by management. In order to determine the appropriate discount rate used in calculating fair values derived from the income method for the pooled trust preferred securities, the Company has made assumptions using an exit price approach related to the implied rate of return which have been adjusted for general changes in market rates, estimated changes in credit risk and liquidity risk premium, specific nonperformance, and default experience in the collateral underlying the securities. Significant increases (decreases) in any of those inputs in isolation would result in a significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement. Generally, a change in the assumption used for the probability of default is accompanied by a directionally similar change in the assumption used for credit risk and liquidity risk. The actual Level 3 unobservable assumption rates used as of December 31, 2013 include: a constant prepayment rate of 0% for year 1-5 and 1% thereafter, a constant default rate of 1.2% for year 1-5 and 0.75% thereafter, and a recovery assumption of 0% for existing deferrals/defaults and 15% for future deferrals with a recovery lag of 60 months. Losses arising during the period, if any, are recognized in noninterest income.

 

Derivative Liabilities — The Company’s derivative liabilities include derivatives payable that fall within Level 3 and all other derivative liabilities which fall within Level 2. The derivatives payable are recorded in conjunction with certain certificates of deposit (“host instrument”). These CDs pay interest based on changes in the Chinese currency Renminbi (“RMB”), and are included in interest-bearing deposits on the consolidated balance sheets. The fair value of these embedded derivatives is based on the income approach. The payable is divided by the portion under FDIC insurance coverage and the non-insured portion. For the FDIC insured portion the Company applied a risk premium comparable to an agency security risk premium. For the non-insured portion, the Company considered its own credit risk in determining the valuation by applying a risk premium based on our institutional credit rating, which resulted in an adjustment of $1.6 million to the valuation of the derivative liabilities for the year ended December 31, 2013. Significant increases (decreases), if any, of those inputs in isolation would result in a significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement. The valuation of the derivatives payable falls within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy since the significant inputs used in deriving the fair value of these derivative contracts are not directly observable. The actual Level 3 unobservable input used as of December 31, 2013 was a credit risk adjustment with a range of 0.68% to 0.73%. The Level 2 derivative liabilities are mostly comprised of the offsetting interest rate swaps with other counterparties. Refer to “Interest Rate Swaps” within this footnote for complete discussion.

 

Foreign Exchange Options — The Company has entered into foreign exchange option contracts with major investment firms. The settlement amount is determined based upon the performance of the Chinese currency RMB relative to the U.S. Dollar (“USD”) over the 5-year term of the contract. The performance amount is computed based on the average quarterly value of the RMB per the USD as compared to the initial value. The fair value of the derivative contract is provided by third parties and is determined based on the change in the RMB and the volatility of the option over the life of the agreement. The option value is derived based on the volatility of the option, interest rate, currency rate and time remaining to maturity. The Company’s consideration of the counterparty’s credit risk resulted in a nominal adjustment to the valuation of the foreign exchange options for the year ended December 31, 2013. The valuation of the option contract falls within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy due to the observable nature of the inputs used in deriving the fair value of this derivative contract.

 

Interest Rate Swaps — The Company has entered into pay-fixed, receive-variable swap contracts with institutional counterparties to hedge against interest rate swap products offered to bank customers. This product allows borrowers to lock in attractive intermediate and long-term interest rates by entering into a pay-fixed, receive-variable swap contract with the Company, resulting in the customer obtaining a synthetic fixed rate loan. The Company has also entered into pay-variable, receive-fixed swap contracts with institutional counterparties to hedge against certificates of deposit issued. This product allows the Company to lock in attractive floating rate funding. The fair value of the interest rate swap contracts is based on a discounted cash flow approach. The Company’s consideration of the counterparty’s credit risk resulted in a $272 thousand adjustment to the valuation of the interest rate swaps for the year ended December 31, 2013. The valuation of the interest rate swap falls within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy due to the observable nature of the inputs used in deriving the fair value of this derivative contract.

 

Foreign Exchange Contracts — The Company entered into short-term foreign exchange contracts to purchase/sell foreign currencies at set rates in the future. These contracts economically hedge against foreign exchange rate fluctuations. The Company enters into contracts with institutional counterparties to hedge against foreign exchange products offered to bank customers. These products allow customers to hedge the foreign exchange risk of their deposits and loans denominated in foreign currencies. The Company does not assume any foreign exchange rate risk as the contract with the customer and the contract with the institutional party mirror each other. The fair value is determined at each reporting period based on the change in the foreign exchange rate. Given the short-term nature of the contracts, the counterparties’ credit risks are considered nominal and resulted in no adjustments to the valuation of the short-term foreign exchange contracts for the year ended December 31, 2013. The valuation of the contract falls within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy due to the observable nature of the inputs used in deriving the fair value of this derivative contract.

 

84



Table of Contents

 

The Company also entered into long-term foreign exchange contracts to purchase/sell foreign currencies at set rates in the future. The fair value is determined at each reporting period based on the change in the foreign exchange rate. The Company’s consideration of the counterparty’s credit risk resulted in a nominal adjustment to the valuation of the long-term foreign exchange contract for the year ended December 31, 2013. The valuation of the contract falls within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy due to the observable nature of the inputs used in deriving the fair value of this derivative contract.

 

Impaired Loans — We evaluate loan impairment according to the provisions of ASC 310-10-35, Receivables-Overall-Subsequent Measurement. Under ASC 310-10-35, loans are considered impaired when it is probable that we will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement, including scheduled interest payments. Impaired loans are measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or, as an expedient, at the loan’s observable market price or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent, less costs to sell. If the measure of the impaired loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan and the loan is classified as nonperforming and uncollectible, the deficiency is charged-off against the allowance for loan losses. Also, in accordance with ASC 310-10-35, loans that are considered impaired are specifically excluded from the quarterly migration analysis when determining the amount of the general valuation allowance for loan losses required for the period.

 

The Company’s impaired loans are generally measured using the fair value of the underlying collateral, which is determined based on the most recent valuation information received. Appraisals are obtained from third party appraisers and reviewed by management. Similarly, evaluations are obtained from third-parties or prepared internally and are also reviewed by management. Updated appraisals and evaluations are obtained on a regular basis or as necessary. Further, on a quarterly basis, all appraisals and evaluations of nonperforming assets are reviewed to assess the current carrying value and to ensure that the current carrying value is appropriate. In calculating the discount to be applied to an appraisal or evaluation, if necessary, the Company considers the location of collateral, the property type, and third party comparable sales. If it is assessed by management that the current value is not appropriate, adjustments to the carrying value will be calculated and a charge-off or a specific valuation allowance may be recorded to reduce the loan to the appropriate adjusted carrying value. The fair values may be adjusted as needed based on factors such as the Company’s historical knowledge and changes in market conditions from the time of valuation. Impaired loans are classified as Level 3 assets in the fair value hierarchy.

 

Other Real Estate Owned — The Company’s OREO represents properties acquired through foreclosure or through full or partial satisfaction of loans receivable are recorded at estimated fair value less cost to sell at the time of foreclosure and at the lower of cost or estimated fair value less cost to sell subsequent to acquisition. The fair values of OREO properties are based on third party appraisals, broker price opinions or accepted written offers. These valuations are reviewed and approved by the Company’s appraisal department, credit review department, or OREO department. Updated appraisals and evaluations are obtained on a regular basis or at least annually. Further, on a quarterly basis, all appraisals and evaluations of nonperforming assets are reviewed to assess the current carrying value and to ensure that the current carrying value is appropriate. In calculating the discount to be applied to an appraisal or evaluation, if necessary, the Company considers the location of collateral, the property type, and third party comparable sales. If it is assessed by management that the current value is not appropriate, adjustments to the carrying value will be calculated and a charge-off may be taken to reduce the OREO to the appropriate adjusted carrying value. The fair values may be adjusted as needed based on factors such as the Company’s historical knowledge and changes in market conditions from the time of valuation. OREO properties are classified as Level 3 assets in the fair value hierarchy.

 

Loans Held for Sale — The Company’s loans held for sale are carried at the lower of cost or fair value. These loans are currently comprised of mostly student loans. For these loans, the fair value of loans held for sale is derived from current market prices and comparative current sales. For the remainder of the loans held for sale, which fall within Level 2, the fair value is derived from third party sale analysis, existing sale agreements, or appraisal reports on the loans’ underlying collateral. As such, the Company records any fair value adjustments on a nonrecurring basis.

 

85



Table of Contents

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

The carrying amounts and fair values of the Company’s financial instruments at December 31, 2013 and 2012 were as follows:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

Carrying

 

 

 

Carrying

 

 

 

 

Amount or

 

 

 

Amount or

 

 

 

 

Notional

 

Estimated

 

Notional

 

Estimated

 

 

Amount

 

Fair Value

 

Amount

 

Fair Value

 

 

(In thousands)

Financial Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

  $

895,820

 

  $

895,820

 

  $

1,323,106

 

  $

1,323,106

 

Short-term investments

 

257,473

 

257,473

 

366,378

 

366,378

 

Securities purchased under resale agreements

 

1,300,000

 

1,279,406

 

1,450,000

 

1,442,302

 

Investment securities available-for-sale

 

2,733,797

 

2,733,797

 

2,607,029

 

2,607,029

 

Loans held for sale

 

204,970

 

212,469

 

174,317

 

180,349

 

Loans receivable, net

 

17,600,613

 

16,741,674

 

14,645,785

 

14,743,218

 

Investment in Federal Home Loan Bank stock

 

62,330

 

62,330

 

107,275

 

107,275

 

Investment in Federal Reserve Bank stock

 

48,333

 

48,333

 

48,003

 

48,003

 

Accrued interest receivable

 

116,314

 

116,314

 

94,837

 

94,837

 

Foreign exchange options

 

85,614

 

6,290

 

85,614

 

5,011

 

Interest rate swaps

 

1,915,474

 

28,078

 

1,190,793

 

36,943

 

Foreign exchange contracts

 

440,848

 

6,181

 

112,459

 

896

 

Financial Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Customer deposit accounts:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Demand, savings and money market deposits

 

14,588,570

 

14,588,570

 

12,187,740

 

12,187,740

 

Time deposits

 

5,824,348

 

5,791,659

 

6,121,614

 

6,115,530

 

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

 

315,092

 

308,521

 

312,975

 

333,060

 

Securities sold under repurchase agreements

 

995,000

 

1,134,774

 

995,000

 

1,173,830

 

Other borrowings

 

 

 

20,000

 

20,000

 

Accrued interest payable

 

11,178

 

11,178

 

10,855

 

10,855

 

Long-term debt

 

226,868

 

184,415

 

137,178

 

83,762

 

Derivatives liabilities

 

2,308,612

 

50,262

 

1,392,494

 

42,060

 

 

86



Table of Contents

 

The following table shows the level in the fair value hierarchy for the estimated fair values of only financial instruments that are not already on the consolidated balance sheets at fair value at December 31, 2013 and 2012.

 

 

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

Estimated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Measurements

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

 

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

Financial Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

895,820

 

$

895,820

 

$

 

$

 

Short-term investments

 

257,473

 

 

257,473

 

 

Securities purchased under resale agreements

 

1,279,406

 

 

1,279,406

 

 

Loans held for sale

 

212,469

 

 

212,469

 

 

Loans receivable, net

 

16,741,674

 

 

 

16,741,674

 

Investment in Federal Home Loan Bank stock

 

62,330

 

 

62,330

 

 

Investment in Federal Reserve Bank stock

 

48,333

 

 

48,333

 

 

Accrued interest receivable

 

116,314

 

 

116,314

 

 

Financial Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Customer deposit accounts:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Demand, savings and money market deposits

 

14,588,570

 

 

14,588,570

 

 

Time deposits

 

5,791,659

 

 

 

5,791,659

 

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

 

308,521

 

 

308,521

 

 

Securities sold under repurchase agreements

 

1,134,774

 

 

1,134,774

 

 

Other borrowings

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued interest payable

 

11,178

 

 

11,178

 

 

Long-term debt

 

184,415

 

 

184,415

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

 

 

 

Estimated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Measurements

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

 

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

Financial Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

1,323,106

 

$

1,323,106

 

$

 

$

 

Short-term investments

 

366,378

 

 

366,378

 

 

Securities purchased under resale agreements

 

1,442,302

 

 

1,442,302

 

 

Loans held for sale

 

180,349

 

 

180,349

 

 

Loans receivable, net

 

14,743,218

 

 

 

14,743,218

 

Investment in Federal Home Loan Bank stock

 

107,275

 

 

107,275

 

 

Investment in Federal Reserve Bank stock

 

48,003

 

 

48,003

 

 

Accrued interest receivable

 

94,837

 

 

94,837

 

 

Financial Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Customer deposit accounts:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Demand, savings and money market deposits

 

12,187,740

 

 

12,187,740

 

 

Time deposits

 

6,115,530

 

 

 

6,115,530

 

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

 

333,060

 

 

333,060

 

 

Securities sold under repurchase agreements

 

1,173,830

 

 

1,173,830

 

 

Other borrowings

 

20,000

 

 

20,000

 

 

Accrued interest payable

 

10,855

 

 

10,855

 

 

Long-term debt

 

83,762

 

 

83,762

 

 

 

The methods and assumptions used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instruments for which it is practicable to estimate that value are explained below:

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents — The carrying amounts approximate fair values due to the short-term nature of these instruments. Due to the short-term nature, the estimated fair value is considered to be within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

Short-Term Investments — The fair values of short-term investments generally approximate their book values due to their short maturities. Due to the observable nature of the inputs used in deriving the estimated fair value of these instruments, the estimate is considered to be within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

87



Table of Contents

 

Securities Purchased Under Resale Agreements — Securities purchased under resale agreements with original maturities of 90 days or less are included in cash and cash equivalents. The fair value of securities purchased under resale agreements with original maturities of more than 90 days is estimated by discounting the cash flows based on expected maturities or repricing dates utilizing estimated market discount rates. Due to the observable nature of the inputs used in deriving the estimated fair value of these instruments, the estimate is considered to be within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

Investment Securities Available-for-Sale — The fair values of the investment securities are generally determined by independent external pricing service providers who have experience in valuing these securities and by comparison to and/or average of quoted market prices obtained from independent external brokers. In obtaining such valuation information from third parties, the Company has reviewed the methodologies used to develop the resulting fair values. For pooled trust preferred securities, fair values are based on discounted cash flow analyses. Due to the unobservable inputs used within the discounted cash flow analysis, the estimate for pooled trust preferred securities is considered to be within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. The remainder of the portfolio is classified within Level 1 and Level 2, as discussed earlier in this footnote.

 

Loans Held for Sale — The fair value of loans held for sale is derived from current market prices and comparative current sales or from third party sale analysis, existing sale agreements, or appraisal reports on the loans’ underlying collateral, as applicable. Due to the observable nature of the inputs used in deriving the estimated fair value of these instruments, the estimate is considered to be within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

Loans Receivable, net (includes covered and non-covered loans) — The fair value of loans is determined based on a discounted cash flow approach considered for an entry price value. The discount rate is derived from the associated yield curve plus spreads, and reflects the offering rates in the market for loans with similar financial characteristics. No adjustments have been made for changes in credit within any of the loan portfolios. It is management’s opinion that the allowance for loan losses pertaining to performing and nonperforming loans results in a fair valuation of credit for such loans. Due to the unobservable nature of the inputs used in deriving the estimated fair value of these instruments, the estimate is considered to be within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

Investment in Federal Home Loan Bank Stock and Federal Reserve Bank Stock — The carrying amount approximates fair value, as the stock may be sold back to the Federal Home Loan Bank and the Federal Reserve Bank at carrying value. The valuation of these investments is considered to be within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy, as the restrictions and value of the investments are the same for all financial institutions which are required to hold these investments.

 

Other Borrowings — The carrying amounts approximate fair values due to the short-term nature of these instruments, as such, due to the observable nature of the inputs used in deriving the estimated fair value, these instruments are considered to be within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

Accrued Interest Receivable — The carrying amounts approximate fair values due to the short-term nature of these instruments, as such, due to the observable nature of the inputs used in deriving the estimated fair value, these instruments are considered to be within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

Foreign Exchange Options — The fair value of the derivative contracts is provided by third parties and is determined based on the change in the RMB and the volatility of the option over the life of the agreement. The option value is derived based on the volatility of the option, interest rate, and time remaining to maturity. We also considered the counterparty’s credit risk in determining the fair value. Due to the observable nature of the inputs used in deriving the estimated fair value of these instruments, the estimate is considered to be within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

Interest Rate Swaps — The fair value of the interest rate swap contracts is provided by a third party and is determined based on a discounted cash flow approach. The Company also considered the counterparty’s credit risk in determining the fair value. Due to the observable nature of the inputs used in deriving the estimated fair value of these instruments, the estimate is considered to be within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

Foreign Exchange Contracts — The fair value of foreign exchange contracts is determined based on the change in foreign exchange rate. We also considered the counterparty’s credit risk in determining the fair value. Due to the observable nature of the inputs used in deriving the estimated fair value of these instruments, the estimate is considered to be within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

88



Table of Contents

 

Customer Deposit Accounts — The carrying amounts approximate  fair value for demand and interest checking deposits, savings deposits, and certain money market accounts as the amounts are payable on demand at the reporting date. Due to the observable nature of the inputs used in deriving the estimated fair value these instruments are considered to be within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. For time deposits, the cash flows are based on the contractual runoff and are discounted by the Bank’s current offering rates, plus spread. Due to the unobservable nature of the inputs used in deriving the estimated fair value of these instruments, the estimate is considered to be within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

Federal Home Loan Bank Advances — The fair value of FHLB advances is estimated based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows, using rates currently offered by the FHLB of San Francisco for advances with similar remaining maturities at each reporting date. Due to the observable nature of the inputs used in deriving the estimated fair value of these instruments, the estimate is considered to be within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

Securities Sold Under Repurchase Agreements — For securities sold under repurchase agreements with original maturities of 90 days or less, the carrying amounts approximate fair values due to the short-term nature of these instruments. Most of the securities sold under repurchase agreements are long-term in nature and the fair values of securities sold under repurchase agreements are calculated by discounting future cash flows based on expected maturities or repricing dates, utilizing estimated market discount rates and taking into consideration the call features of each instrument. Due to the observable nature of the inputs used in deriving the estimated fair value of these instruments, the estimate is considered to be within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

Accrued Interest Payable — The carrying amounts approximate fair values due to the short-term nature of these instruments, as such, due to the observable nature of the inputs used in deriving the estimated fair value, these instruments are considered to be within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

Long-Term Debt — The fair values of long-term debt are estimated by discounting the cash flows through maturity based on current market rates the Bank would pay for new issuances. Due to the observable nature of the inputs used in deriving the estimated fair value of these instruments, the estimate is considered to be within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

Derivatives Liabilities — The Company’s derivative liabilities include “derivatives payable” and all other derivative liabilities. The Company’s derivatives payable are recorded in conjunction with certain certificates of deposit (“host instrument”). These CDs pay interest based on changes in RMB. The fair value of derivatives payable is estimated using the income approach. Additionally, we considered our own credit risk in determining the valuation. The other derivative liabilities are mostly comprised of the off-setting interest rate swaps. The fair value of the interest rate swap contracts is provided by a third party and is determined based on a discounted cash flow approach. The Company also considered the counterparty’s credit risk in determining the fair value. Due to the observable nature of the inputs used in deriving the estimated fair value of the interest rate swaps within derivative liabilities, the estimate is considered to be within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. Due to the unobservable nature of the inputs used in deriving the estimated fair value of derivatives payable within derivative liabilities, this estimate is considered to be within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

The fair value estimates presented herein are based on pertinent information available to management as of each reporting date. Although we are not aware of any factors that would significantly affect the estimated fair value amounts, such amounts have not been comprehensively revalued for purposes of these financial statements since that date, and therefore, current estimates of fair value may differ significantly from the amounts presented herein.

 

NOTE 3 CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AND SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS

 

Cash and cash equivalents include cash, amounts due from banks, money-market funds, and other short-term investments with original maturities up to 90 days. Short-term investments include short-term bank placements and overnight securities purchased under resale agreements, recorded at cost, which approximates market.

 

The composition of cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2013 and 2012 is presented as follows:

 

89



Table of Contents

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Cash and amounts due from banks

 

$

693,387

 

$

933,050

 

Cash equivalents:

 

 

 

 

 

Money market funds

 

605

 

3,526

 

Other short-term investments

 

201,828

 

386,530

 

Total cash and cash equivalents

 

$

895,820

 

$

1,323,106

 

 

Short-term investments include interest-bearing deposits in other banks and other short-term investments with original maturities of greater than 90 days and less than one year.

 

The following table provides information on short-term investments as of and for the period ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Balance at end of year

 

$

257,473

 

$

366,378

 

Average balance outstanding during the year

 

334,049

 

242,937

 

Maximum balance outstanding at any month-end

 

384,375

 

367,283

 

Weighted average interest rate at end of year

 

3.23%

 

2.64%

 

 

NOTE 4 SECURITIES PURCHASED UNDER RESALE AGREEMENTS

 

Securities purchased under resale agreements (“resale agreements”) decreased to $1.30 billion as of December 31, 2013, compared with $1.45 billion at December 31, 2012. The decrease as of December 31, 2013 reflects pay downs and maturities of resale agreements of $600.0 million, offset by additions of $450.0 million entered into during 2013.

 

Resale agreements are recorded at the amounts at which the securities were acquired. The Company’s policy is to obtain possession of securities purchased under resale agreements that are equal to or greater than the principal amount loaned. The market value of the underlying securities, which collateralize the related receivable on resale agreements, is monitored, including accrued interest. Additional collateral may be requested from the counterparty when determined to be appropriate.

 

Total interest income on resale agreements amounted to $21.2 million, $20.4 million, and $19.2 million, for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

90



Table of Contents

 

NOTE 5 INVESTMENT SECURITIES

 

An analysis of the investment securities available-for-sale portfolio is presented as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

Gross

 

Estimated

 

 

 

Amortized

 

Unrealized

 

Unrealized

 

Fair

 

 

 

Cost

 

Gains

 

Losses

 

Value

 

 

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment securities available-for-sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury securities

 

$

495,053

 

$

201

 

$

(3,622)

 

$

491,632

 

U.S. Government agency and U.S. Government sponsored enterprise debt securities

 

406,807

 

242

 

(12,726)

 

394,323

 

U.S. Government agency and U.S. Government sponsored enterprise mortgage-backed securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

182,257

 

1,062

 

(4,449)

 

178,870

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

 

892,435

 

7,729

 

(14,927)

 

885,237

 

Municipal securities

 

297,390

 

1,122

 

(17,533)

 

280,979

 

Other residential mortgage-backed securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment grade

 

48,129

 

 

(1,802)

 

46,327

 

Other commercial mortgage-backed securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment grade

 

51,000

 

617

 

 

51,617

 

Corporate debt securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment grade

 

312,726

 

613

 

(3,344)

 

309,995

 

Non-investment grade (1)

 

20,668

 

62

 

(5,629)

 

15,101

 

Other securities

 

80,025

 

555

 

(864)

 

79,716

 

Total investment securities available-for-sale

 

$

2,786,490

 

$

12,203

 

$

(64,896)

 

$

2,733,797

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

Gross

 

Estimated

 

 

 

Amortized

 

Unrealized

 

Unrealized

 

Fair

 

 

 

Cost

 

Gains

 

Losses

 

Value

 

 

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment securities available-for-sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury securities

 

$

459,613

 

$

1,135

 

$

(71)

 

$

460,677

 

U.S. Government agency and U.S. Government sponsored enterprise debt securities

 

197,264

 

673

 

(82)

 

197,855

 

U.S. Government agency and U.S. Government sponsored enterprise mortgage-backed securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

174,036

 

6,665

 

(36)

 

180,665

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

 

1,123,880

 

20,883

 

(678)

 

1,144,085

 

Municipal securities

 

163,333

 

4,491

 

(731)

 

167,093

 

Other commercial mortgage-backed securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment grade

 

16,999

 

85

 

 

17,084

 

Corporate debt securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment grade

 

429,318

 

237

 

(17,572)

 

411,983

 

Non-investment grade (1)

 

24,620

 

355

 

(7,558)

 

17,417

 

Other securities

 

9,955

 

215

 

 

10,170

 

Total investment securities available-for-sale

 

$

2,599,018

 

$

34,739

 

$

(26,728)

 

$

2,607,029

 

 


 

(1)                                        For 2013, the Company did not record any OTTI. For 2012, the Company recorded $99 thousand, on a pre-tax basis, of the credit portion of OTTI through earnings and $5.1 million of the non-credit portion of OTTI for pooled trust preferred securities in other comprehensive income.

 

The Company did not have any investment securities held-to-maturity as of December 31, 2013 and 2012.

 

The fair values of the investment securities are generally determined by independent external pricing service providers who have experience in valuing these securities and by comparison to and/or average of quoted market prices obtained from independent external brokers. The Company performs a monthly analysis on the pricing service quotes and the broker quotes received from third parties to ensure that the prices represent a reasonable estimate of fair value. The procedures include, but are not limited to, initial and ongoing review of third party pricing methodologies, review of pricing trends, and monitoring of trading volumes. The Company assesses whether the prices received from independent brokers represent a reasonable estimate of fair value through the use of observable market inputs including comparable trades, the yield curve, spreads and, when available, market indices. As a result of this analysis, if the Company determines there is a more appropriate fair value based upon available market data, the price received from third parties is adjusted accordingly.

 

Prices from third party pricing services are often unavailable for securities that are rarely traded or are traded only in privately negotiated transactions. As a result, certain securities are priced via independent broker quotations that utilize inputs that may be difficult to corroborate with observable market based data. Additionally, the majority of these independent broker quotations are non-binding.

 

91



Table of Contents

 

As a result of the ongoing financial crisis in the U.S. and global markets, the market for the pooled trust preferred securities has been distressed since mid-2007. It is the Company’s view that current broker prices (which are typically non-binding) on these securities are based on forced liquidation or distressed sale values in very inactive markets that are not representative of the fair value of these securities. As such, the Company considered what weight, if any, to place on transactions that are not orderly when estimating fair value. For the pooled trust preferred securities the Company determined their fair values using the methodologies set forth in Note 2 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements presented elsewhere in this report.

 

The following table shows the Company’s rollforward of the amount related to OTTI credit losses for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012:

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Beginning balance

 

$

115,511

 

$

115,412

 

Addition of other-than-temporary impairment that was not previously recognized

 

 

 

Additional increases to the amount related to the credit loss for which an other-than-temporary impairment was previously recognized

 

 

99

 

Reduction for securities sold

 

 

 

Ending balance

 

$

115,511

 

$

115,511

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company recorded $13.9 million of gross gains and $1.8 million of gross losses resulting in a net income statement impact of $12.1 million of gain on sale of investment securities. As compared to December 31, 2012, the Company recorded $28.2 million of gross gains and $27.4 million of gross losses resulting in a net income statement impact of $757 thousand of gain on sale of investment securities. For the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company recorded $18.1 million of gross gains and $8.4 million of gross losses resulting in a net income statement impact of $9.7 million of gain on sale of investment securities. The tax expense on the sale of investment securities available-for-sale amounted to $5.1 million, $318 thousand and $4.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Total net proceeds for these sales were $663.6 million, $1.23 billion and $702.6 million for 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

The following tables show the Company’s investment portfolio’s gross unrealized losses and related fair values, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position, for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012:

 

92



Table of Contents

 

 

 

Less Than 12 Months

 

12 Months or More

 

Total

 

 

 

Fair

 

Unrealized

 

Fair

 

Unrealized

 

Fair

 

Unrealized

 

 

 

Value

 

Losses

 

Value

 

Losses

 

Value

 

Losses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment securities available-for-sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury securities

 

$

337,248

 

$

(3,622)

 

$

 

$

— 

 

$

337,248

 

$

(3,622)

 

U.S. Government agency and U.S. Government sponsored enterprise debt securities

 

387,097

 

(12,726)

 

 

— 

 

387,097

 

(12,726)

 

U.S. Government agency and U.S. Government sponsored enterprise mortgage-backed securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

114,754

 

(3,280)

 

16,065

 

(1,169)

 

130,819

 

(4,449)

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

 

502,285

 

(10,570)

 

92,540

 

(4,357)

 

594,825

 

(14,927)

 

Municipal securities

 

173,782

 

(10,765)

 

47,892

 

(6,768)

 

221,674

 

(17,533)

 

Other residential mortgage-backed securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment grade

 

46,328

 

(1,802)

 

 

— 

 

46,328

 

(1,802)

 

Corporate debt securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment grade

 

193,482

 

(1,538)

 

79,442

 

(1,806)

 

272,924

 

(3,344)

 

Non-investment grade

 

 

 

14,422

 

(5,629)

 

14,422

 

(5,629)

 

Other securities

 

48,098

 

(864)

 

 

— 

 

48,098

 

(864)

 

Total investment securities available-for-sale

 

$

1,803,074

 

$

(45,167)

 

$

250,361

 

$

(19,729)

 

$

2,053,435

 

$

(64,896)

 

 

 

 

Less Than 12 Months

 

12 Months or More

 

Total

 

 

 

Fair

 

Unrealized

 

Fair

 

Unrealized

 

Fair

 

Unrealized

 

 

 

Value

 

Losses

 

Value

 

Losses

 

Value

 

Losses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment securities available-for-sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury securities

 

$

95,232

 

$

(71)

 

$

 

$

— 

 

$

95,232

 

$

(71)

 

U.S. Government agency and U.S. Government sponsored enterprise debt securities

 

24,912

 

(82)

 

 

— 

 

24,912

 

(82)

 

U.S. Government agency and U.S. Government sponsored enterprise mortgage-backed securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

10,013

 

(36)

 

 

— 

 

10,013

 

(36)

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

 

215,826

 

(678)

 

 

— 

 

215,826

 

(678)

 

Municipal securities

 

48,363

 

(731)

 

 

— 

 

48,363

 

(731)

 

Corporate debt securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment grade

 

225,819

 

(5,391)

 

182,697

 

(12,181)

 

408,516

 

(17,572)

 

Non-investment grade

 

 

 

12,574

 

(7,558)

 

12,574

 

(7,558)

 

Other securities

 

 

 

 

— 

 

 

 

Total investment securities available-for-sale

 

$

620,165

 

$

(6,989)

 

$

195,271

 

$

(19,739)

 

$

815,436

 

$

(26,728)

 

 

Unrealized Losses

 

The majority of the unrealized losses related to securities that have been in a continuous loss position for less than twelve months are related to agency, municipal and residential agency mortgage-backed securities. As of December 31, 2013, the Company had $394.3 million in agency securities, $281.0 million in municipal securities and $885.2 million in residential agency mortgage-backed securities, representing approximately 14%, 10% and 32% of the total investment securities available-for-sale portfolio, respectively.

 

As of December 31, 2013, there were 65 individual securities that have been in a continuous unrealized loss position for twelve months or more. The majority of the $19.7 million unrealized losses were composed of 32 municipal securities with unrealized losses of $6.8 million, 5 positions in trust preferred securities with unrealized losses of $5.6 million, and 21 residential agency mortgage-backed securities with unrealized losses of $4.4 million. The remaining 7 securities or $2.9 million in unrealized losses were comprised of investment grade corporate debt and commercial agency mortgage-backed securities.

 

As of December 31, 2013 there were also 239 securities, not including the 65 securities above, which have been in a continuous unrealized loss position for less than twelve months. The majority of the $45.2 million unrealized losses were composed of 16 agency securities with $12.7 million in unrealized losses, 94 municipal securities with $10.8 million in unrealized losses, and 55 residential agency mortgage-backed securities with $10.6 million unrealized losses. The remaining 74 securities or $11.1 million in unrealized losses were comprised of U.S. Treasury securities, commercial agency mortgage-backed securities, other residential mortgage-backed securities, investment grade corporate debt and other securities. These securities have fluctuated in value since their purchase dates as market interest rates have fluctuated and as long-term rates increased. The Company does not intend to sell these securities and it is not more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the investments before recovery of their current amortized cost basis. As such, the Company does not deem these securities, to be other-than-temporarily impaired as of December 31, 2013.

 

93



Table of Contents

 

As of December 31, 2012, there were 13 individual securities that have been in a continuous unrealized loss position for twelve months or more. These securities are comprised of 5 positions in trust preferred securities with a total fair value of $12.6 million and 8 investment grade debt securities with a fair value of $182.7 million. As of December 31, 2012 there were also 77 securities, not including the 13 securities above, which have been in a continuous unrealized loss position for less than twelve months. The securities in an unrealized loss position for less than twelve months include 26 residential agency mortgage-backed securities, 29 municipal securities, 11 investment grade corporate debt securities, 9 U.S. Treasury securities, 1 government agency security, and 1 commercial mortgage-backed security. The unrealized losses on these securities are primarily attributed to the market impact to the sovereign debt crisis in Europe.  The company does not have direct holdings of European sovereign debt. However, the Company is indirectly affected through the overall impact to the market and especially to corporate debt securities pricing.  The issuers of these securities have not, to our knowledge, established any cause for default on these securities. These securities have fluctuated in value since their purchase dates as market interest rates have fluctuated. The Company does not intend to sell these securities and it is not more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the investments before recovery of their current amortized cost basis. As such, the Company does not deem these securities, other than those previously stated, to be other-than-temporarily impaired as of December 31, 2012.

 

Corporate Debt Securities

 

As of December 31, 2013, the majority of the unrealized losses related to securities that have been in a continuous loss position of twelve months or longer are due to 5 positions in trust preferred debt securities, 32 municipal securities and 21 residential agency mortgage-backed securities. As of December 31, 2013, these trust preferred securities had an estimated fair value of $14.4 million, representing approximately 1% of the total investment securities available-for-sale portfolio. As of December 31, 2013, these non-investment grade debt instruments had gross unrealized losses amounting to $5.6 million, or 28% of the total amortized cost basis of these securities. We did not record an impairment loss on our portfolio of pooled trust preferred securities during 2013.

 

During 2012 and 2011, the Company recorded $99 thousand  and $633 thousand, respectively, in noncredit-related impairment losses on the five positions in trust preferred securities due to rating downgrades caused by increases in market spreads, concerns regarding the housing market and lack of liquidity in the market.

 

Investment Securities Maturities

 

The scheduled maturities of investment securities at December 31, 2013 are presented as follows: 

 

 

 

Amortized

 

Estimated

 

 

 

Cost

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Due within one year

 

$

417,774

 

$

401,970

 

Due after one year through five years

 

547,189

 

542,293

 

Due after five years through ten years

 

750,811

 

732,404

 

Due after ten years

 

1,070,716

 

1,057,130

 

Total investment securities available-for-sale

 

$

2,786,490

 

$

2,733,797

 

 

Actual maturities of mortgage-backed securities can differ from contractual maturities because borrowers have the right to prepay obligations. In addition, such factors as prepayments and interest rates may affect the yields on the carrying values of mortgage-backed securities.

 

At December 31, 2013 and 2012, investment securities available-for-sale with a par value of $1.97 billion and $1.78 billion, respectively, were pledged to secure public deposits, FHLB advances, repurchase agreements, Federal Reserve Bank’s discount window, or for other purposes required or permitted by law.

 

94



Table of Contents

 

NOTE 6DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND BALANCE SHEET OFFSETTING

 

The following table summarizes the fair value and balance sheet classification of derivative instruments as of December 31, 2013 and 2012. The notional amount of the contract is not recorded on the consolidated balance sheets, but is used as the basis for determining the amount of interest payments to be exchanged between the counterparties. If the counterparty fails to perform, the Company’s counterparty credit risk is equal to the amount reported as a derivative asset. The valuation methodology of derivative instruments is disclosed in Note 2 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements presented elsewhere in this report.

 

 

 

Fair Values of Derivative Instruments

 

 

 

December 31, 2013

 

December 31, 2012

 

 

 

Notional

 

Derivative

 

Derivative

 

Notional

 

Derivative

 

Derivative

 

 

 

Amount

 

Assets (1)

 

Liabilities (1)

 

Amount

 

Assets (1)

 

Liabilities (1)

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swaps on certificates of deposit—fair value

 

  $

135,000

 

  $

 

  $

16,906

 

  $

50,000

 

  $

 

  $

1,521

 

Total derivatives designated as hedging instruments

 

  $

135,000

 

  $

 

  $

16,906

 

  $

50,000

 

  $

 

  $

1,521

 

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign exchange options

 

  $

85,614

 

  $

6,290

 

  $

3,655

 

  $

85,614

 

  $

5,011

 

  $

3,052

 

Interest rate swaps

 

1,915,474

 

28,078

 

26,352

 

1,190,793

 

36,943

 

36,799

 

Foreign exchange contracts

 

440,848

 

6,181

 

3,349

 

112,459

 

896

 

688

 

Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

 

  $

2,441,936

 

  $

40,549

 

  $

33,356

 

  $

1,388,866

 

  $

42,850

 

  $

40,539

 

 


 

(1)             Derivative assets, which are a component of other assets, include the estimated settlement of the derivative asset position. Derivative liabilities, which are a component of other liabilities and deposits, include the estimated settlement of the derivative liability position.

 

Derivatives Designated as Hedging Instruments

 

Interest Rate Swaps on Certificates of Deposit — The Company is exposed to changes in the fair value of certain of its fixed rate certificates of deposit due to changes in the benchmark interest rate, LIBOR. In 2013, the Company entered into three receive-fixed, pay-variable interest rate swaps and two receive-fixed pay-variable interest rate swap steepeners, with major brokerage firms, with a total notional amount of $85.0 million. The interest rate swaps were entered into as a fair value hedge of three fixed rate certificates of deposit and two fixed/variable certificate of deposit, for a total amount of $85.0 million. During 2012, the Company entered into two receive-fixed, pay-variable interest rate swaps with a total notional amount of $50.0 million. The interest rate swaps were entered into, with major brokerage firms, as a fair value hedge of two fixed rate certificates of deposit, for a total amount of $50.0 million. The interest rate swaps and the associated certificates of deposits have the same maturity dates. Interest rate swaps designated as fair value hedges involve the receipt of fixed rate amounts from a counterparty in exchange for the Company making variable-rate payments over the life of the agreements without the exchange of the underlying notional amount.

 

As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 the total notional amount of the interest rate swaps on the certificates of deposit was $135.0 million and $50.0 million, respectively. The fair value of the interest rate swaps amounted to a $16.9 million and $1.5 million liability, respectively, as of December 31, 2013 and 2012. During the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company recognized a net reduction of $632 thousand and $3.6 million, respectively, in expense related to hedge ineffectiveness. The Company also recognized a net reduction to interest expense of $2.1 million and $3.7 million, for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, related to net settlements on the derivatives.

 

Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments

 

Equity Swap Agreements — In December 2007, the Company entered into two equity swap agreements with a major investment brokerage firm to economically hedge against market fluctuations in a promotional equity index certificate of deposit product offered to bank customers which has a term of 5 years and pays interest based on the performance of the HSCEI. Under ASC 815, a certificate of deposit that pays interest based on changes in an equity index is a hybrid instrument with an embedded derivative (i.e. equity call option) that must be accounted for separately from the host contract (i.e. the certificate of deposit). In accordance with ASC 815, both the embedded equity call options on the certificates of deposit and the freestanding equity swap agreements are marked-to-market each reporting period with resulting changes in fair value recorded in the consolidated statements of income. These equity swap agreements matured during 2012.

 

95



Table of Contents

 

Foreign Exchange Options — During 2010, the Company entered into foreign exchange option contracts with major brokerage firms to economically hedge against currency exchange rate fluctuations in a certificate of deposit product available to bank customers. This product, which has a term of 5 years, pays interest based on the performance of the Chinese currency Renminbi (“RMB”) relative to the U.S. Dollar. Under ASC 815, a certificate of deposit that pays interest based on changes in currency exchange rates is a hybrid instrument with an embedded derivative that must be accounted for separately from the host contract (i.e. the certificate of deposit). In accordance with ASC 815, both the embedded derivative instruments and the freestanding foreign exchange option contracts are marked-to-market each reporting period with resulting changes in fair value reported in the consolidated statements of income.

 

As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 the notional amount of the foreign exchange options totaled $85.6 million. The fair values of the foreign exchange options and embedded derivative liability for these contracts amounted to a $6.3 million asset and a $3.7 million liability as of December 31, 2013. The fair values of the foreign exchange options and embedded derivative liability for these contracts amounted to a $5.0 million asset and a $3.1 million liability as of December 31, 2012. The Company did not deliver collateral, in the form of securities to counterparty institutions as of December 31, 2013. The Company delivered collateral, in the form of securities to counterparty institutions, valued at $940 thousand, for foreign exchange option contracts that were in a net liability position as of December 31, 2012.

 

Interest Rate Swaps — During 2010, the Company entered into pay-fixed, receive-variable swap contracts with institutional counterparties to economically hedge against interest rate swap products offered to bank customers. This product allows borrowers to lock in attractive intermediate and long-term interest rates by entering into a pay-fixed, receive-variable swap contract with the Company, resulting in the customer obtaining a synthetic fixed rate loan. The Company does not assume any interest rate risk since the swap agreements mirror each other. As of December 31, 2013 the total notional amount of the interest rate swaps, including mirror transactions, with the institutional counterparties and the bank customers totaled $1.92 billion asset and $1.92 billion liability. In comparison, as of December 31, 2012, the total notional amount of the interest rate swaps, including mirror transactions, with the institutional counterparties and the bank customers totaled $1.19 billion asset and $1.19 billion liability. The interest rate swap agreements are marked-to-market each reporting period with resulting changes in fair value reported in the consolidated statements of income.

 

The fair values of the interest rate swap contracts with the institutional counterparties and the bank customers amounted to a $28.1 million asset and a $26.4 million liability, as of December 31, 2013. The fair values of the interest rate swap contracts with the institutional counterparty and the bank customers amounted to a $36.9 million asset and a $36.8 million liability, as of December 31, 2012.

 

Foreign Exchange Contracts — The Company enters into short-term forward foreign exchange contracts on a regular basis to economically hedge against foreign exchange rate fluctuations. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 the notional amount of the short-term foreign exchange contracts totaled $426.0 million and $112.5 million, respectively. The fair values of the short-term foreign exchange contracts amounted to a $6.0 million asset and a $3.2 million liability, as of December 31, 2013. The fair values of the short-term foreign exchange contracts amounted to an $896 thousand asset and a $688 thousand liability, as of December 31, 2012. The gross aggregate value of the short-term foreign exchange contracts by counterparty was an asset of $1.5 million as of December 31, 2013 and an asset of $495 thousand as of December 31, 2012.

 

The Company also entered into long-term foreign exchange contracts to purchase/sell foreign currencies at set rates in the future. As of December 31, 2013 the notional amount of the long-term foreign exchange contracts totaled $14.8 million. The fair values of the long-term foreign exchange contracts amounted to a $200 thousand asset and a $183 thousand liability, as of December 31, 2013.

 

The table below presents the effect of the Company’s derivative financial instruments on the consolidated statements of income for the year ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011:

 

96



Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

Location in Consolidated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Statements of Operations

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swaps on certificates of deposit—fair value

 

Interest expense

 

  $

(9,255)

 

  $

(1,076)

 

  $

2,930

 

 

 

Total net (expense) income

 

  $

(9,255)

 

  $

(1,076)

 

  $

2,930

 

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity swap agreements

 

Noninterest expense

 

  $

 

  $

2

 

  $

2

 

Foreign exchange options

 

Noninterest income

 

653

 

389

 

(392)

 

Foreign exchange options

 

Noninterest expense

 

23

 

101

 

16

 

Interest rate swaps

 

Noninterest income

 

1,582

 

592

 

(447)

 

Foreign exchange contracts

 

Noninterest income

 

2,624

 

(228)

 

251

 

 

 

Total net income (expense)

 

  $

4,882

 

  $

856

 

  $

(570)

 

 

Credit Risk-Related Contingent Features The Company has agreements with some of its derivative counterparties that contain a provision where if the Company defaults on any of its indebtedness, including default where repayment of the indebtedness has not been accelerated by the lender, then the Company could also be declared in default on its derivative obligations.

 

The Company also has agreements with some of its derivative counterparties that contain a provision where if the Company fails to maintain its status as a well/adequately capitalized institution, then the counterparty could terminate the derivative positions and the Company would be required to settle its obligations under the agreements. Similarly, the Company could be required to settle its obligations under certain of its agreements if the Company was issued a notice of prompt corrective action.

 

Balance Sheet Offsetting The Company has entered into agreements with all counterparty financial institutions, which include master netting agreements.  However, the Company elects to account for all derivatives with counterparty institutions on a gross basis, excluding the foreign exchange options which are not under agreements that include master netting terms. The Company has also entered into securities purchased under resale agreements (“resale agreements”), and securities sold under agreements to repurchase (“repurchase agreements”) which have master netting agreements that allow for the netting of collateral positions. These repurchase and resale agreements of securities are not eligible for offset in the consolidated balance sheet.

 

The following tables show the gross derivatives, resale agreements and repurchase agreements in the consolidated balance sheets and for each the respective collateral received or pledged in the form of other financial instruments, which are generally marketable securities. The collateral amounts in these tables are limited to the outstanding balances of the related asset or liability (after netting is applied); thus instances of overcollateralization are not shown. Most of the assets and liabilities in the following tables were transacted under master netting arrangements that contain a conditional right of offset, such as close-out netting, upon default. Collateral accepted or pledged in resale and repurchase agreements with other financial institutions also may be sold or re-pledged by the secured party, but is usually delivered to and held by third party trustees.

 

The Company delivered collateral, in the form of securities to counterparty institutions, for derivatives that were in a net liability position as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 (refer to the table below). Under the Dodd-Frank legislation, as of June 10, 2013, the Company must clear all LIBOR interest rate swaps through a clearing house. As such the Company is required to pledge cash collateral for the margin. As of December 31, 2013 the Company posted $187 thousand of cash collateral. As of December 31, 2012, the Company did not receive or pledge cash collateral and there were no net asset positions with respect to collateral.

 

97



Table of Contents

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2013

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross Amounts Not Offset in the
Condensed Consolidated Balance
Sheets

 

 

 

Assets

 

Gross Amounts
of Recognized
Assets

 

Gross Amounts Offset
in the Condensed
Consolidated
Balance Sheets

 

Net Amounts of Assets
Presented in the
Condensed Consolidated
Balance Sheets

 

Financial
Instruments

 

Collateral
Received

 

Net Amount

 

Derivatives

 

  $

16,043

 

  $

 

  $

16,043

 

  $

(11,363)

 

  $

(4,680)

 

  $

-

 

Resale Agreements

 

  $

1,400,000

 

  $

 

  $

1,400,000

 

  $

(495,000)

 

  $

(905,000)

 

  $

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross Amounts Not Offset in the
Condensed Consolidated Balance
Sheets

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

Gross Amounts
of Recognized
Liabilities

 

Gross Amounts Offset
in the Condensed
Consolidated
Balance Sheets

 

Net Amounts of Liabilities
Presented in the
Condensed Consolidated
Balance Sheets

 

Financial
Instruments

 

Collateral
Posted

 

Net Amount

 

Derivatives

 

  $

33,849

 

  $

 

  $

33,849

 

  $

(11,363)

 

  $

(22,486)

 

  $

-

 

Repurchase Agreements

 

  $

995,000

 

  $

 

  $

995,000

 

  $

(495,000)

 

  $

(500,000)

 

  $

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2012

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross Amounts Not Offset in the
Condensed Consolidated Balance
Sheets

 

 

 

Assets

 

Gross Amounts
of Recognized
Assets

 

Gross Amounts Offset
in the Condensed
Consolidated
Balance Sheets

 

Net Amounts of Assets
Presented in the
Condensed Consolidated
Balance Sheets

 

Financial
Instruments

 

Collateral
Received

 

Net Amount

 

Derivatives

 

  $

992

 

  $

-

 

  $

992

 

  $

(366)

 

  $

(626)

 

  $

-

 

Resale Agreements

 

  $

1,750,000

 

  $

-

 

  $

1,750,000

 

  $

(545,000)

 

  $

(1,205,000)

 

  $

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross Amounts Not Offset in the
Condensed Consolidated Balance
Sheets

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

Gross Amounts
of Recognized
Liabilities

 

Gross Amounts Offset
in the Condensed
Consolidated
Balance Sheets

 

Net Amounts of Liabilities
Presented in the
Condensed Consolidated
Balance Sheets

 

Financial
Instruments

 

Collateral
Posted

 

Net Amount

 

Derivatives

 

  $

38,513

 

  $

-

 

  $

38,513

 

  $

(366)

 

  $

(38,147)

 

  $

-

 

Repurchase Agreements

 

  $

995,000

 

  $

-

 

  $

995,000

 

  $

(545,000)

 

  $

(450,000)

 

  $

-

 

 

NOTE 7COVERED ASSETS AND FDIC INDEMNIFICATION ASSET

 

Covered Assets

 

Covered assets consist of loans receivable and OREO that were acquired in the WFIB Acquisition on June 11, 2010 and in the UCB Acquisition on November 6, 2009 for which the Company entered into shared-loss agreements with the FDIC. The shared-loss agreements covered over 99% of the loans originated by WFIB and all of the loans originated by UCB, excluding the loans originated by UCB in China under its United Commercial Bank China (Limited) subsidiary. The Company shares in the losses, which began with the first dollar of loss incurred, on covered assets under the shared-loss agreements.

 

Pursuant to the terms of the shared-loss agreements, the FDIC is obligated to reimburse the Company 80% of eligible losses for both WFIB and UCB with respect to covered assets. For the UCB covered assets, the FDIC will reimburse the Company for 95% of eligible losses in excess of $2.05 billion. The Company has a corresponding obligation to reimburse the FDIC for 80% or 95%, as applicable, of eligible recoveries with respect to covered assets. The commercial loan shared-loss agreement and single-family residential mortgage loan shared-loss agreement are in effect for 5 years and 10 years, respectively, from the acquisition date and the loss recovery provisions of these agreements continue on and are in effect for 8 years and 10 years, respectively, from the acquisition date.

 

The commercial loan shared-loss agreements related to the UCB and WFIB acquisitions will terminate on November 6, 2014 and June 11, 2015, respectively. The single-family residential mortgage loan shared-loss agreements carry expiration dates of November 6, 2019 and June 11, 2020 for UCB and WFIB, respectively. Upon the completion of these agreements, any losses on loans left in the portfolio will belong solely to the Company. However, due to the performance of the covered loan portfolio, the Company does not expect the expiration of these agreements to have a material impact.

 

98



Table of Contents

 

Forty-five days following the 10th anniversary of the respective acquisition date, the Company will be required to pay to the FDIC a calculated amount, based on the specific thresholds of losses not being reached. The calculation of this potential liability as stated in the shared-loss agreements is 50% of the excess, if any of (i) 20% of the Intrinsic Loss Estimate and (ii) the sum of (A) 25% of the asset discount plus (B) 25% of the Cumulative Shared-Loss Payments plus (C) the Cumulative Servicing Amount if net losses on covered loans subject to the stated threshold is not reached. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company’s recorded estimate in the balance sheet, for this liability to the FDIC for WFIB and UCB was $74.7 million and $27.7 million, respectively.

 

At each date of acquisition, we accounted for the loan portfolio acquired from the respective bank at fair value. This represents the discounted value of the expected cash flows from the portfolio. In estimating the nonaccretable difference, we (a) calculated the contractual amount and timing of undiscounted principal and interest payments (the “undiscounted contractual cash flows”) and (b) estimated the amount and timing of undiscounted expected principal and interest payments (the “undiscounted expected cash flows”). In the determination of contractual cash flows and cash flows expected to be collected, we assume no prepayment on the ASC 310-30 nonaccrual loan pools as we do not anticipate any significant prepayments on credit impaired loans. For the ASC 310-30 accrual loans for single-family, multifamily and commercial real estate, we used a third party vendor to obtain prepayment speeds in order to be consistent with market participant’s information. The third party vendor is recognized in the mortgage-industry for the delivery of prepayment and default models for the secondary market to identify loan level prepayment, delinquency, default, and loss propensities. The prepayment rates for the construction, land, and commercial and consumer pools have historically been low and so we applied the prepayment assumptions of our current portfolio using our internal modeling. The difference between the undiscounted contractual cash flows and the undiscounted expected cash flows is the nonaccretable difference. The nonaccretable difference represents our estimate of the credit losses expected and was considered in determining the fair value of the loans as of the acquisition date. The amount by which the undiscounted expected cash flows exceed the estimated fair value (the “accretable yield”) is accreted into interest income over the life of the loans. The Company has elected to account for all covered loans acquired in FDIC-assisted acquisitions under ASC 310-30.

 

The carrying amounts and the composition of the covered loans as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Real estate loans:

 

 

 

 

 

Residential single-family

 

  $

290,095

 

  $

362,345

 

Residential multifamily

 

403,508

 

647,440

 

Commercial and industrial real estate

 

1,103,530

 

1,348,556

 

Construction and land

 

163,833

 

417,631

 

Total real estate loans

 

1,960,966

 

2,775,972

 

Other loans:

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial business

 

426,621

 

587,333

 

Other consumer

 

73,973

 

87,651

 

Total other loans

 

500,594

 

674,984

 

Total principal balance

 

2,461,560

 

3,450,956

 

Covered discount

 

(265,917)

 

(510,208)

 

Net valuation of loans

 

2,195,643

 

2,940,748

 

Allowance on covered loans

 

(7,745)

 

(5,153)

 

Total covered loans, net

 

  $

2,187,898

 

  $

2,935,595

 

 

99



Table of Contents

 

Credit Quality Indicators—The covered loans acquired are and will continue to be subject to the Bank’s internal and external credit review and monitoring. The same credit quality indicators are reviewed for the covered portfolio as the non-covered portfolio, to enable the monitoring of the borrower’s credit and the likelihood of repayment.

 

Loans are risk rated based on analysis of the current state of the borrower’s credit quality. The analysis of credit quality includes review of all sources of repayment, the borrower’s current financial and liquidity status and all other relevant information. The Company utilizes an eight grade risk rating system, where a higher grade represents a higher level of credit risk. The eight grade risk rating system can be generally classified by the following categories: Pass or Watch, Special Mention, Substandard, Doubtful and Loss. The risk ratings reflect the relative strength of the sources of repayment. Refer to Note 8 for full discussion of risk ratings.

 

The Company reduced the nonaccretable difference due to the performance of the portfolio and expectation for the inherent losses in the portfolio subsequent to the initial valuations. By lowering the nonaccretable discount, the overall accretable yield will increase thus increasing the interest income recognized over the remaining life of the loans. This reduction was primarily calculated based on the risk ratings of the loans.

 

The Company acquired WFIB and UCB in 2010 and 2009, respectively. The majority of the covered loan portfolio accounted for under ASC 310-30, is still performing better than or as expected from the day one valuation. However, the Company has experienced some concentrated credit deterioration in certain loan pools. Thus, during 2013, due to the concentrated credit deterioration, within a few specific pools of loans, beyond the respective acquisition date fair value of these covered loans under ASC 310-30, a provision for credit losses was recorded through earnings. As of December 31, 2013, there was an allowance of $2.2 million for these loans under ASC 310-30 due to credit deterioration, which resulted from a provision of $2.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. This $2.2 million in allowance is allocated mainly to the portfolio’s commercial real estate segment.

 

As of the acquisition date, WFIB’s and UCB’s loan portfolios included unfunded commitments for commercial lines of credit, construction draws and other lending activity. The total commitment outstanding as of the acquisition date is covered under the shared-loss agreements. However, any additional advances on these loans subsequent to acquisition date are not accounted for under ASC 310-30. Included in the following credit quality table are $320.2 million and $431.7 million of additional advances under the shared-loss agreements which are not accounted for under ASC 310-30 for the years ended December 31, 2013, and 2012, respectively. The Bank has considered these additional advances on commitments covered under the shared-loss agreements in the allowance for loan losses calculation. At December 31, 2013, these additional advances are within our loan segments as follows: $230.6 million of commercial and industrial loans, $46.7 million of commercial real estate loans, $30.9 million of consumer loans and $12.0 million of residential loans. In comparison, at December 31, 2012, these additional advances were within our loan segments as follows: $302.3 million of commercial and industrial loans, $83.4 million of commercial real estate loans, $34.5 million of consumer loans and $11.5 million of residential loans.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company recorded $1.4 million of charge-offs on covered loans outside of the scope of ASC 310-30. In comparison, during the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company recorded $6.5 million of charge-offs on covered loans outside of the scope of ASC 310-30. The provision on covered loans outside the scope of ASC 310-30 for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $1.8 million, $5.0 million and $2.4 million, respectively. Refer to Note 8 for additional discussion of these covered charge-offs. As of December 31, 2013, $5.5 million, or 2.2%, of the total allowance is allocated to these additional advances on loans covered under the shared-loss agreements. This $5.5 million in allowance is allocated within our loan segments as follows: $1.8 million for commercial real estate loans, $3.2 million for commercial and industrial loans, $341 thousand for consumer loans and $176 thousand for residential loans. In comparison, as of December 31, 2012, $5.2 million or 2.2%, of the total allowance was allocated within our loan segments as follows: $2.5 million for commercial real estate loans, $2.4 million for commercial and industrial loans, $194 thousand for consumer loans and $87 thousand for residential loans.  The $2.2 million in allowance for loans under ASC 310-30 discussed above and the $5.5 million in allowance for loans outside the scope of ASC 310-30 together comprise the total covered allowance of $7.7 million or 3.1% of total allowance as of December 31, 2013.

 

The tables below present the covered loan portfolio by credit quality indicator as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

100



Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

Special

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pass/Watch

 

Mention

 

Substandard

 

Doubtful

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential single-family

 

  $

281,246

 

  $

733

 

  $

8,116

 

  $

 

  $

290,095

 

Residential multifamily

 

373,024

 

785

 

29,699

 

 

403,508

 

Commercial and industrial real estate

 

857,376

 

27,851

 

211,835

 

6,468

 

1,103,530

 

Construction and land

 

41,847

 

9,472

 

111,616

 

898

 

163,833

 

Total real estate loans

 

1,553,493

 

38,841

 

361,266

 

7,366

 

1,960,966

 

Other loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial business

 

378,086

 

4,635

 

43,797

 

103

 

426,621

 

Other consumer

 

72,053

 

128

 

1,792

 

 

73,973

 

Total other loans

 

450,139

 

4,763

 

45,589

 

103

 

500,594

 

Total principal balance

 

  $

2,003,632

 

  $

43,604

 

  $

406,855

 

  $

7,469

 

  $

2,461,560

 

 

 

 

 

 

Special

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pass/Watch

 

Mention

 

Substandard

 

Doubtful

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential single-family

 

  $

345,568

 

  $

982

 

  $

15,795

 

  $

 

  $

362,345

 

Residential multifamily

 

571,061

 

8,074

 

68,305

 

 

647,440

 

Commercial and industrial real estate

 

963,069

 

10,777

 

367,869

 

6,841

 

1,348,556

 

Construction and land

 

170,548

 

15,135

 

230,776

 

1,172

 

417,631

 

Total real estate loans

 

2,050,246

 

34,968

 

682,745

 

8,013

 

2,775,972

 

Other loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial business

 

434,138

 

22,533

 

130,467

 

195

 

587,333

 

Other consumer

 

85,534

 

515

 

1,602

 

 

87,651

 

Total other loans

 

519,672

 

23,048

 

132,069

 

195

 

674,984

 

Total principal balance

 

  $

2,569,918

 

  $

58,016

 

  $

814,814

 

  $

8,208

 

  $

3,450,956

 

 

Credit Risk and Concentrations—At each respective acquisition date, the covered loans were grouped into pools of loans with similar characteristics and risk factors per ASC 310-30. The pools were first developed based on loan categories and performance status. As of December 31, 2013 UCB covered loans represent approximately 94% of total covered loans. For the UCB acquisition, the loans were further segregated among the former UCB domestic, Hong Kong, and China portfolios, representing the three general geographic regions. In addition, the Company evaluated the make-up of geographic regions within the construction, land, and multi-family loan portfolios and further segregated these pools into distressed and non-distressed regions based on our historical experience of real estate loans within the non-covered portfolio. As of the date of acquisition 64% of the UCB portfolio was located in California, 10% was located in Hong Kong and 11% was located in New York. This assessment was factored into the day one valuation and discount applied to the loans. As such, geographic concentration risk is considered in the covered loan discount.

 

At December 31, 2013 and 2012, $126.9 million and $204.3 million, respectively, of the ASC 310-30 credit impaired loans were considered to be nonaccrual loans in accordance with the contractual terms of the individual loans.

 

101



Table of Contents

 

The following table sets forth information regarding covered nonperforming assets as of the dates indicated:

 

 

 

Year Ending December 31 ,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Covered nonaccrual loans(1) (2) (3)

 

  $

126,895

 

  $

204,310

 

Covered loans past due 90 days or more but not on nonaccrual

 

 

 

Total nonperforming loans

 

126,895

 

204,310

 

Other real estate owned covered, net

 

21,373

 

26,808

 

Total covered nonperforming assets

 

  $

148,268

 

  $

231,118

 

 


(1)                                     Covered nonaccrual loans include loans that meet the criteria for nonaccrual but have a yield accreted through interest income under ASC 310-30 and all losses on covered loans are 80% reimbursed by the FDIC.

 

(2)                                     Represents principal balance net of discount.

 

(3)                                     Includes $17.7 million and $29.6 million of loans at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, accounted for under ASC 310-10, of which some loans have additional partial balances accounted for under ASC 310-30.

 

The following table shows covered TDR loan activity for the periods shown:

 

 

 

Year Ending December 31 ,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

  $

157,736

 

  $

146,709

 

Additions

 

35,865

 

72,917

 

Sales

 

 

 

Transfers to OREO

 

 

(6,351)

 

Charge-offs

 

(10,167)

 

(8,658)

 

Paydowns/ Reductions

 

(67,427)

 

(46,881)

 

Balance at end of period

 

  $

116,007

 

  $

157,736

 

 

As of December 31, 2013, we had covered OREO properties with a combined aggregate carrying value of $21.4 million. Approximately 31% and 31% of the carrying value of covered OREO properties as of December 31, 2013 were located in California and Massachusetts, respectively. In comparison, as of December 31, 2012, we had covered OREO properties with an aggregate carrying value of $26.8 million. During 2013, 26 properties with an aggregate carrying value of $31.2 million were added through foreclosure. The carrying value at December 31, 2013 is net of adjustments on covered OREO of $2.4 million. During 2013, we sold 46 covered OREO properties for total proceeds of $38.9 million resulting in a total net gain on sale of $4.7 million.

 

 

Changes in the accretable yield for the covered loans for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 is as follows:

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

  $

556,986

 

  $

785,165

 

Additions

 

 

 

Accretion

 

(347,010)

 

(382,132)

 

Changes in expected cash flows

 

251,569

 

153,953

 

Balance at end of period

 

  $

461,545

 

  $

556,986

 

 

The excess of cash flows expected to be collected over the initial fair value of acquired loans is referred to as the accretable yield and is accreted into interest income over the estimated life of the acquired loans using the effective yield method. The accretable yield will change due to:

 

                   estimate of the remaining life of acquired loans which may change the amount of future interest income;

                   estimate of the amount of contractually required principal and interest payments over the estimated life that will not be collected (the nonaccretable difference); and

 

102



Table of Contents

 

                   indices for acquired loans with variable rates of interest.

 

During the year, the estimate of the amount of contractually required principal and interest payments over the estimated life that will not be collected (the nonaccretable difference) was reduced as the loss on certain loan pools was evaluated and determined to be lower than expected. As a result of the reduction in the nonaccretable yield, the accretable yield increased, as did the amortization of the FDIC indemnification asset. Consequently, $190.3 million was reclassified from non-accretable yield to accretable yield due to changes in loss rate assumptions during 2013. In comparison, $38.6 million was reclassified from non-accretable yield to accretable yield due to changes in loss rate assumptions during 2012. Due to the greater expected collectability on the remaining covered loans, the accrued liability to the FDIC also increased during 2013.

 

From December 31, 2012 to December 31, 2013, excluding scheduled principal payments, a total of $739.3 million of loans were removed from the covered loans accounted for under ASC 310-30 due to loans being paid in full, sold, transferred to covered OREO or charged-off. Interest income was adjusted by $168.1 million related to payoffs and removals offset by charge-offs.

 

From December 31, 2011 to December 31, 2012, excluding scheduled principal payments, a total of $924.7 million of loans were removed from the covered loans accounted for under ASC 310-30 due to loans being paid in full, sold, transferred to covered OREO or charged-off. Interest income was adjusted by $124.7 million related to payoffs and removals offset by charge-offs.

 

From December 31, 2010 to December 31, 2011, excluding scheduled principal payments, a total of $932.2 million of loans were removed from the covered loans accounted for under ASC 310-30 due to loans being paid in full, sold, transferred to covered OREO or charged-off. Interest income was adjusted by $102.1 million related to payoffs and removals offset by charge-offs.

 

FDIC Indemnification Asset

 

Due to reductions of the nonaccretable difference on the UCB covered loan portfolio, the expected reimbursement from the FDIC under the loss-sharing agreement decreased. As such, the Company is amortizing the difference between the recorded amount of the FDIC indemnification asset and the expected reimbursement from the FDIC over the life of the indemnification asset, in line with the improved accretable yield as discussed above. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company recorded $99.1 million and $33.8 million, respectively, of amortization against non-interest income. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company also recorded $95.5 million and $144.0 million, respectively, reduction to the FDIC indemnification asset resulting from paydowns, payoffs, loan sales, and charge-offs. Additionally, during 2013 and 2012, $47.0 million and $17.0 million, respectively, were recorded as the increase in the estimate of liability owed to the FDIC at the completion of the FDIC loss share agreements.

 

The table below shows FDIC indemnification asset activity for 2013 and 2012:

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

  $

316,313

 

  $

511,135

 

(Amortization) Accretion

 

(99,055)

 

(33,815)

 

Reductions(1)

 

(95,536)

 

(143,988)

 

Estimate of FDIC repayment (2)

 

(47,014)

 

(17,019)

 

Balance at end of period

 

  $

74,708

 

  $

316,313

 


(1)                                     Reductions relate to charge-offs, partial prepayments, loan payoffs and loan sales which result in a corresponding reduction of the indemnification asset.

(2)                                     This represents the change in the calculated estimate the Company will be required to pay the FDIC at the end of the FDIC loss share agreements, due to lower thresholds of losses.

 

103



Table of Contents

 

FDIC Receivable

 

As of December 31, 2013, the FDIC loss sharing receivable was $30.3 million as compared to $73.1 million as of December 31, 2012. This receivable represents 80% of reimbursable amounts from the FDIC, under the FDIC loss-sharing agreements that have not yet been received. These reimbursable amounts include net charge-offs, loan-related expenses and OREO-related expenses. Consequently, 100% of the loan-related and OREO expenses are recorded as noninterest expense, 80% of any reimbursable expense is recorded as noninterest income, netting to the 20% of actual expense paid by the Company. The FDIC also shares in 80% of recoveries received. Thus, the FDIC receivable is reduced when we receive payment from the FDIC as well as when recoveries occur. The FDIC loss-sharing receivable is included in other assets on the consolidated balance sheet.

 

The table below shows FDIC receivable activity for the periods shown:

 

 

 

Year Ending December 31 ,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

  $

73,091

 

  $

76,646

 

Net addition due to eligible expense/loss

 

12,996

 

72,539

 

Payment received from the FDIC

 

(55,826)

 

(76,094)

 

Balance at end of period

 

  $

30,261

 

  $

73,091

 

 

104



Table of Contents

 

NOTE 8 NON-COVERED LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

 

The following is a summary of year-end loans receivable, excluding covered loans (“non-covered loans”):

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Residential:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Single-family

 

  $

 3,192,875

 

 

  $

 2,187,323

 

Multifamily

 

992,434

 

 

900,708

 

Total residential

 

4,185,309

 

 

3,088,031

 

Commercial Real Estate (“CRE”):

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income producing

 

4,301,030

 

 

3,644,035

 

Construction

 

140,186

 

 

121,589

 

Land

 

143,861

 

 

129,071

 

Total CRE

 

4,585,077

 

 

3,894,695

 

Commercial and Industrial (“C&I”):

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial business

 

4,637,056

 

 

3,569,388

 

Trade finance

 

723,137

 

 

661,877

 

Total C&I

 

5,360,193

 

 

4,231,265

 

Consumer:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Student loans

 

679,220

 

 

475,799

 

Other consumer

 

868,518

 

 

269,083

 

Total consumer

 

1,547,738

 

 

744,882

 

Total gross loans receivable, excluding covered loans

 

15,678,317

 

 

11,958,873

 

Unearned fees, premiums, and discounts, net

 

(23,672

)

 

(19,301

)

Allowance for loan losses, excluding covered loans

 

(241,930

)

 

(229,382

)

Loans receivable, excluding covered loans, net

 

  $

 15,412,715

 

 

  $

 11,710,190

 

 

Accrued interest on covered and non-covered loans receivable amounted to $94.5 million and $76.8 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

At December 31, 2013 and 2012, covered and non-covered loans receivable totaling $10.57 billion and $8.88 billion, respectively, were pledged to secure borrowings from the FHLB and the Federal Reserve Bank.

 

The Bank offers adjustable rate (“ARM”) first mortgage loans secured by one-to-four unit residential properties located in its primary lending areas. The Bank originated $1.62 billion and $735.3 million in new residential single-family loans during 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

The Bank also offers ARM residential multifamily loan programs. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Bank originated $247.1 million and $128.4 million, respectively, in multifamily residential loans. The Bank primarily offers ARM multifamily loan programs that have six-month, three-year, or five-year initial fixed periods and ARM single-family loan programs that have one-year or three-year initial fixed periods. The Bank originates single-family residential loans where the underwriting criteria are heavily based on a maximum loan to value ratio (generally of 60%) and no or limited verification or documentation of the borrower’s assets is obtained. The Bank considers all of the single-family and multifamily loans originated to be prime loans and the underwriting criteria include maximum loan-to-value ratios and minimum debt coverage ratios, as applicable. The Bank has single-family loans with interest-only features which represents approximately less than 1% of total single-family loans at both December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012. Additionally, the Bank owns residential loans that were purchased several years ago that permit different repayment options. For these loans, there is the potential for negative amortization if the borrower so chooses. These residential loans that permit different repayment options represent approximately less than 1% of total residential loans at both December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012. None of these loans were negatively amortizing as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012.

 

In addition to residential lending, the Bank’s lending activities also include commercial real estate, commercial and industrial, and consumer lending.  Our CRE lending activities include loans to finance income-producing properties and also construction and land loans.  Our C&I lending activities include commercial business financing for small and middle-market businesses in a wide spectrum of industries.  Included in commercial business loans are loans for working capital, accounts receivable lines, inventory lines, small business administration loans and lease financing.  We also offer a variety of international trade finance services and products, including letters of credit, revolving lines of credit, import loans, bankers’ acceptances, working capital lines, domestic purchase financing and pre-export financing. Consumer loans are primarily comprised of fully guaranteed student loans, home equity lines of credit, auto loans and the new insurance premium financing loans.

 

105



Table of Contents

 

All of the loans that the Bank originates are subject to its underwriting guidelines and loan origination standards. Management believes that the Bank’s underwriting criteria and procedures adequately consider the unique risks which may come from these products. The Bank conducts a variety of quality control procedures and periodic audits to ensure compliance with its origination standards, including criteria for lending and legal requirements.

 

Credit Risk and Concentrations—The Company has a concentration of real estate loans in California. As of December 31, 2013, the Company had $4.59 billion in non-covered commercial real estate loans and $4.19 billion in non-covered residential loans, of which approximately 86% are secured by real properties located in California. Deterioration in the real estate market generally including residential and commercial real estate could result in additional loan charge-offs and provisions for loan losses in the future, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition, net income and capital. In addition, although most of the Company’s trade finance loans relate to trade with Asian countries, the majority of our loans are made to companies domiciled in the United States. A substantial portion of this business involves California based customers engaged in import activities as well as some export activities. We also offer export-import financing to various domestic and foreign customers. Certain trade finance loans may be guaranteed by the Export-Import Bank of the United States or the Export-Import Bank of China.

 

Purchased Loans—During 2013, the Company purchased loans with an unpaid principal balance of $776.7 million and a carrying amount of $759.3 million. 63% of the purchased loans during the period are student loans, which are mostly guaranteed by the U.S. Department of Education and pose limited credit risk. 36% of the purchased loans are insurance premium financing loans, which are included in the commercial and consumer loan portfolios, as applicable. The remaining 1% are other loans.

 

Loans Held for Sale—Loans held for sale totaled $205.0 million and $174.3 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Loans held for sale are recorded at the lower of cost or fair value. Fair value, if lower than cost, is determined based on valuations obtained from market participants or the value of the underlying collateral. As of December 31, 2013, all of these loans were student loans, which are mostly guaranteed by the U.S. Department of Education. During 2013, in total, loans receivable of $97.1 million were reclassified to loans held for sale. Some of these loans were purchased by the Company with the intent to be held for investment; however, subsequent to their purchase, the Company’s intent for these loans changed and they were consequently reclassified to loans held for sale. The remainder of loans were immediately classified as loans held for sale. Proceeds from sales of loans held for sale were $117.3 million in 2013, resulting in net gains on sale of $4.0 million. In comparison, proceeds from sales of loans held for sale were $351.9 million and $652.7 million in 2012 and 2011, respectively, resulting in net gains on sale of $14.6 million and $14.5 million, respectively.

 

Credit Quality Indicators—Loans are risk rated based on analysis of the current state of the borrower’s credit quality. The analysis of credit quality includes review of all sources of repayment, the borrower’s current payment performance/delinquency, the borrower’s current financial and liquidity status, and all other relevant information.  For single family residential loans payment performance/delinquency is the driving indicator for the risk ratings. However, the risk ratings remain the overall credit quality indicator for the Company as well as the credit quality indicator utilized for estimating the appropriate allowance for loan losses. The Company utilizes an eight grade risk rating system, where a higher grade represents a higher level of credit risk. The eight grade risk rating system can be generally classified by the following categories: Pass or Watch, Special Mention, Substandard, Doubtful and Loss. The risk ratings reflect the relative strength of the sources of repayment.

 

Pass or Watch loans are generally considered to have sufficient sources of repayment in order to repay the loan in full in accordance with all terms and conditions. These borrowers may have some credit risk that requires monitoring, but full repayment is expected. Special Mention loans are considered to have potential weaknesses that warrant closer attention by management. Special Mention is considered a transitory grade. If any potential weaknesses are resolved, the loan is upgraded to a Pass or Watch grade. If negative trends in the borrower’s financial status or other information is presented that indicates the repayment sources may become inadequate, the loan is downgraded to a Substandard grade. Substandard loans are considered to have well-defined weaknesses that jeopardize the full and timely repayment of the loan. Substandard loans have a distinct possibility of loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. Additionally, when management has assessed a potential for loss but a distinct possibility of loss is not recognizable, the loan is still classified as Substandard. Doubtful loans have insufficient sources of repayment and a high probability of loss. Loss loans are considered to be uncollectible and of such little value that they are no longer considered bankable assets. These internal risk ratings are reviewed routinely and adjusted due to changes in borrower status and likelihood of loan repayment. The tables below present the non-covered loan portfolio by credit quality indicator as of December 31, 2013 and 2012. As of December 31, 2013, non-covered loans graded Substandard have decreased by $29.3 million, or 6% from December 31, 2012. There were no Doubtful or Loss grade loans as of December 31, 2013 and 2012.

 

106



Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

Special

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pass/Watch

 

Mention

 

Substandard

 

Total

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Single-family

 

  $

 3,167,337

 

  $

 8,331

 

  $

 17,207

 

  $

 3,192,875

 

Multifamily

 

923,697

 

1,634

 

67,103

 

992,434

 

CRE:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income producing

 

4,032,269

 

56,752

 

212,009

 

4,301,030

 

Construction

 

127,138

 

6,160

 

6,888

 

140,186

 

Land

 

116,000

 

9,304

 

18,557

 

143,861

 

C&I:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial business

 

4,400,847

 

92,315

 

143,894

 

4,637,056

 

Trade finance

 

681,345

 

22,099

 

19,693

 

723,137

 

Consumer:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Student loans

 

677,094

 

445

 

1,681

 

679,220

 

Other consumer

 

865,752

 

244

 

2,522

 

868,518

 

Total

 

  $

 14,991,479

 

  $

 197,284

 

  $

 489,554

 

  $

 15,678,317

 

 

 

 

 

 

Special

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pass/Watch

 

Mention

 

Substandard

 

Total

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

December 31, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Single-family

 

  $

2,163,918

 

  $

5,131

 

  $

18,274

 

  $

2,187,323

 

Multifamily

 

781,552

 

13,510

 

105,646

 

900,708

 

CRE:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income producing

 

3,416,142

 

42,222

 

185,671

 

3,644,035

 

Construction

 

63,008

 

16,885

 

41,696

 

121,589

 

Land

 

79,085

 

13,232

 

36,754

 

129,071

 

C&I:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial business

 

3,380,212

 

69,687

 

119,489

 

3,569,388

 

Trade finance

 

632,617

 

24,778

 

4,482

 

661,877

 

Consumer:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Student loans

 

475,799

 

 

 

475,799

 

Other consumer

 

261,136

 

1,115

 

6,832

 

269,083

 

Total

 

  $

11,253,469

 

  $

186,560

 

  $

518,844

 

  $

11,958,873

 

 

Nonaccrual and Past Due Loans—Loans are tracked by the number of days borrower payments are past due. The tables below present an aging analysis of nonaccrual loans, past due non-covered loans and loans held for sale, segregated by class of loans, as of December 31, 2013 and 2012:

 

107



Table of Contents

 

 

 

Accruing

 

Accruing

 

Total

 

Nonaccrual

 

Nonaccrual

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans

 

Loans

 

Accruing

 

Loans Less

 

Loans

 

Nonaccrual

 

Current

 

 

 

 

 

30-59 Days

 

60-89 Days

 

Past Due

 

Than 90 Days

 

90 or More

 

Past Due

 

Accruing

 

 

 

 

 

Past Due

 

Past Due

 

Loans

 

Past Due

 

Days Past Due

 

Loans

 

Loans

 

Total

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Single-family

 

  $

4,694

 

  $

922

 

  $

5,616

 

  $

 

  $

11,218

 

  $

11,218

 

  $

3,176,041

 

  $

3,192,875

 

Multifamily

 

8,580

 

531

 

9,111

 

19,661

 

7,972

 

27,633

 

955,690

 

992,434

 

CRE:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income producing

 

12,746

 

1,798

 

14,544

 

13,924

 

22,549

 

36,473

 

4,250,013

 

4,301,030

 

Construction

 

 

 

 

 

6,888

 

6,888

 

133,298

 

140,186

 

Land

 

 

 

 

265

 

3,223

 

3,488

 

140,373

 

143,861

 

C&I:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial business

 

3,428

 

6,259

 

9,687

 

6,437

 

15,486

 

21,923

 

4,605,446

 

4,637,056

 

Trade finance

 

 

 

 

 

909

 

909

 

722,228

 

723,137

 

Consumer:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Student loans

 

541

 

445

 

986

 

 

1,681

 

1,681

 

676,553

 

679,220

 

Other consumer

 

293

 

1

 

294

 

175

 

1,263

 

1,438

 

866,786

 

868,518

 

Loans held for sale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

204,970

 

204,970

 

Total

 

  $

30,282

 

  $

9,956

 

  $

40,238

 

  $

40,462

 

  $

71,189

 

  $

111,651

 

  $

15,731,398

 

15,883,287

 

Unearned fees, premiums and discounts, net

 

(23,672)

 

Total recorded investment in non-covered loans and loans held for sale

 

$

15,859,615

 

 

 

 

Accruing

 

Accruing

 

Total

 

Nonaccrual

 

Nonaccrual

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans

 

Loans

 

Accruing

 

Loans Less

 

Loans

 

Nonaccrual

 

Current

 

 

 

 

 

30-59 Days

 

60-89 Days

 

Past Due

 

Than 90 Days

 

90 or More

 

Past Due

 

Accruing

 

 

 

 

 

Past Due

 

Past Due

 

Loans

 

Past Due

 

Days Past Due

 

Loans

 

Loans

 

Total

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

December 31, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Single-family

 

  $

4,820

 

  $

2,244

 

  $

7,064

 

  $

1,301

 

  $

9,809

 

  $

11,110

 

  $

2,169,149

 

  $

2,187,323

 

Multifamily

 

7,127

 

924

 

8,051

 

6,788

 

11,052

 

17,840

 

874,817

 

900,708

 

CRE:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income producing

 

18,118

 

4,731

 

22,849

 

9,485

 

8,354

 

17,839

 

3,603,347

 

3,644,035

 

Construction

 

 

 

 

 

27,039

 

27,039

 

94,550

 

121,589

 

Land

 

 

 

 

637

 

3,984

 

4,621

 

124,450

 

129,071

 

C&I:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial business

 

3,293

 

316

 

3,609

 

8,068

 

14,740

 

22,808

 

3,542,971

 

3,569,388

 

Trade finance

 

500

 

 

500

 

429

 

2,003

 

2,432

 

658,945

 

661,877

 

Consumer:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Student loans

 

71

 

 

71

 

 

 

 

475,728

 

475,799

 

Other consumer

 

485

 

968

 

1,453

 

499

 

3,921

 

4,420

 

263,210

 

269,083

 

Loans held for sale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

174,317

 

174,317

 

Total

 

  $

34,414

 

  $

9,183

 

  $

43,597

 

  $

27,207

 

  $

80,902

 

  $

108,109

 

  $

11,981,484

 

12,133,190

 

Unearned fees, premiums and discounts, net

 

(19,301)

 

Total recorded investment in non-covered loans and loans held for sale

 

  $

12,113,889

 

 

Generally, loans 90 or more days past due are placed on nonaccrual status, at which point interest accrual is discontinued and all unpaid accrued interest is reversed against interest income. Additionally, loans that are not 90 or more days past due but have identified deficiencies, including delinquent TDR loans, are also placed on nonaccrual status. Nonaccrual loans totaled $111.7 million and $108.1 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Loans not 90 or more days past due totaled $40.5 million and $27.2 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and were included in non-covered nonaccrual loans.

 

The following is a summary of interest income foregone on nonaccrual loans:

 

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

Interest income that would have been recognized had nonaccrual loans performed in accordance with their original terms

 

  $

7,410

 

  $

 7,206

 

  $

9,384

 

Less: Interest income recognized on nonaccrual loans on a cash basis

 

(2,319)

 

(2,269)

 

(3,519)

 

Interest income foregone on nonaccrual loans

 

  $

5,091

 

  $

 4,937

 

  $

5,865

 

 

108



Table of Contents

 

Troubled debt restructurings — A troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”) is a modification of the terms of a loan when the lender, for economic or legal reasons related to the borrower’s financial difficulties, grants a concession to the borrower. The concessions may be granted in various forms, including a below-market change in the stated interest rate, reduction in the loan balance or accrued interest, extension of the maturity date with a stated interest rate lower than the current market rate or note splits referred to as A/B notes. In A/B note restructurings, the original note is bifurcated into two notes where the A note represents the portion of the original loan which allows for acceptable loan-to-value and debt coverage on the collateral and is expected to be collected in full and the B note represents the portion of the original loan where there is a shortfall in value and is fully charged-off. The A/B note balance is comprised of the A note balances only. A notes are not disclosed as TDRs in subsequent years after the year of restructuring if the restructuring agreement specifies an interest rate equal to or greater than the rate that the Bank was willing to accept at the time of the restructuring for a new loan with comparable risk and the loan is not impaired based on the terms specified by the restructuring agreement.

 

TDRs may be designated as performing or nonperforming. A TDR may be designated as performing if the loan has demonstrated sustained performance under the modified terms. The period of sustained performance may include the periods prior to modification if prior performance met or exceeded the modified terms. For nonperforming restructured loans, the loan will remain on nonaccrual status until the borrower demonstrates a sustained period of performance, generally six consecutive months of payments. The Company had $71.8 million and $94.6 million in total performing restructured loans as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Nonperforming restructured loans were $11.1 million and $10.0 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Included as TDRs were $4.3 million and $34.8 million of performing A/B notes as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.  All TDRs are included in the balance of impaired loans.

 

The following table provides information on loans modified as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 that were modified as TDRs during the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2012:

 

109



Table of Contents

 

 

 

Loans Modified as TDRs During the

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

Pre-Modification

 

Post-Modification

 

 

 

 

 

Number

 

Outstanding

 

Outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

of

 

Recorded

 

Recorded

 

Financial

 

 

Contracts

 

Investment

 

Investment (1)

 

Impact (2)

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

Residential:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Single-family

 

 

  $

 

  $

 

  $

Multifamily

 

1

 

  $

1,093

 

  $

1,071

 

  $

CRE:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income producing

 

6

 

  $

26,021

 

  $

17,456

 

  $

219

Construction

 

 

  $

 

  $

 

  $

Land

 

 

  $

 

  $

 

  $

C&I:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial business

 

6

 

  $

16,220

 

  $

15,624

 

  $

4,274

Trade finance

 

 

  $

 

  $

 

  $

Consumer:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Student loans

 

 

  $

 

  $

 

  $

Other consumer

 

1

 

  $

651

 

  $

639

 

  $

 

 

 

 

Loans Modified as TDRs During the

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2012

 

 

 

 

Pre-Modification

 

Post-Modification

 

 

 

 

 

Number

 

Outstanding

 

Outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

of

 

Recorded

 

Recorded

 

Financial

 

 

Contracts

 

Investment

 

Investment (1)

 

Impact (2)

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

Residential:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Single-family

 

12

 

  $

6,227

 

  $

5,556

 

  $

938

Multifamily

 

16

 

  $

28,736

 

  $

28,153

 

  $

3,344

CRE:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income producing

 

8

 

  $

10,118

 

  $

8,162

 

  $

1,169

Construction

 

 

  $

 

  $

 

  $

Land

 

3

 

  $

1,610

 

  $

1,059

 

  $

395

C&I:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial business

 

14

 

  $

5,101

 

  $

4,374

 

  $

560

Trade finance

 

2

 

  $

2,510

 

  $

579

 

  $

1,506

Consumer:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Student loans

 

 

  $

 

  $

 

  $

Other consumer

 

1

 

  $

108

 

  $

108

 

  $

 


(1)                                        Includes subsequent payments after modification and reflects the balance as of December 31, 2013 and 2012.

 

(2)                                        The financial impact includes chargeoffs and specific reserves at modification date.

 

Potential TDRs are individually evaluated and the type of restructuring is selected based on the loan type and the circumstances of the borrower’s financial difficulty in order to maximize the Bank’s recovery. As of December 31, 2013, modifications of residential TDRs, including single and multi-family loans, primarily included A/B note splits, which result in a partial charge-off or loss for the Bank at the modification date. Residential TDRs modified using A/B note splits totaled $1.1 million, as of December 31, 2013. Commercial real estate TDRs, including income producing, construction and land loans, were primarily modified through, A/B note splits, forbearance of payments and principal and/or interest deferment for a total of $17.5 million, as of December 31, 2013. As of December 31, 2013, modifications of commercial and industrial TDRs, including commercial business and trade finance loans, were restructured through extensions and principal and interest reduction with an impact of both a reduction of interest collected over the life of the loan and/or an extended time period for collection of principal and interest, for a total of $15.6 million as of December 31, 2013. Consumer TDRs, including student loans and other consumer loans, were restructured through maturity extensions, for a total of $639 thousand, as of December 31, 2013.

 

110



Table of Contents

 

As of December 31, 2012, modifications of residential TDRs, including single and multi-family loans, primarily included principal and/or interest deferments, rate reductions, extensions, other principal adjustments and/or A/B note splits. A/B note splits result in a partial charge-off or loss for the bank at the modification date. Residential TDRs modified using principal and/or interest deferment and/or rate reductions totaled $12.7 million as of December 31, 2012. Residential TDRs modified using extensions, A/B note splits and/or other principal adjustments totaled $21.0 million as of December 31, 2012. Commercial real estate TDRs, including income producing, construction and land loans, were primarily modified through A/B note splits, principal reductions, extensions, and/or non-market interest rate changes with an impact of a partial charge-off or loss for the bank and reduction of interest collected over the life of the loan. Commercial real estate TDRs modified through A/B note splits, principal reductions, extensions and/or non-market interest changes totaled $9.2 million as of December 31, 2012. Commercial and industrial TDRs, including commercial business and trade finance loans, were restructured in various ways, including forbearance payments, principal reductions, principal and/or interest deferment and/or maturity extensions with an impact of both a reduction of interest collected over the life of the loan and/or an extended time period for collection of principal and interest, for a total of $5.0 million as of December 31, 2012. Consumer TDRs, including home equity lines of credit and other consumer loans, were restructured through principal deferments. Consumer TDRs modified through principal deferment totaled $108 thousand as of December 31, 2012.

 

Performing TDRs at December 31, 2013 were comprised of $17.4 million in residential loans, $37.6 million in commercial real estate loans, $16.7 million in commercial and industrial loans and $108 thousand in consumer loans. Nonperforming TDRs at December 31, 2013 were comprised of $3.6 million in residential loans, $3.4 million in commercial real estate loans, $3.5 million in commercial and industrial loans and $639 thousand in consumer loans.  In comparison, performing TDRs at December 31, 2012 were comprised of $43.5 million in residential loans, $47.4 million in commercial real estate loans, $3.6 million in commercial and industrial loans and $108 thousand in consumer loans. Nonperforming TDRs at December 31, 2012 were comprised of $5.1 million in residential loans, $1.9 million in commercial real estate loans and $3.0 million in commercial and industrial loans.

 

Subsequent to restructuring, a TDR that becomes delinquent, generally beyond 90 days is considered to have defaulted. The following table provides information for loans modified as TDRs within the previous 12 months that have subsequently defaulted as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

 

 

Loans Modified as TDRs that Subsequently Defaulted

 

 

During the Year Ended December 31,

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

Number of

 

Recorded

 

Number of

 

Recorded

 

 

Contracts

 

Investment

 

Contracts

 

Investment (1)

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Residential:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Single-family

 

 

  $

 

2

 

  $

2,830

 

Multifamily

 

 

  $

 

1

 

  $

378

 

CRE:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income producing

 

 

  $

 

1

 

  $

271

 

Construction

 

 

  $

 

 

  $

 

Land

 

 

  $

 

 

  $

 

C&I:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial business

 

1

 

  $

570

 

2

 

  $

33

 

Trade finance

 

 

  $

 

 

  $

 

Consumer:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Student loans

 

 

  $

 

 

  $

 

Other consumer

 

1

 

  $

639

 

 

  $

 

 


 

(1)         Included in the year ended December 31, 2012 table is $271 thousand of recorded investment which has been transferred to REO and is not included in the total loans receivable balance as of December 31, 2012.

 

All TDRs are included in the impaired loan quarterly valuation allowance process.  See the sections below Impaired Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses for the complete discussion. All portfolio segments of TDRs are reviewed for necessary specific reserves in the same manner as impaired loans of the same portfolio segment which have not been identified as TDRs. The modification of the terms of each TDR is considered in the current impairment analysis of the respective TDR. For all portfolio segments of delinquent TDRs, when the restructured loan is uncollectible and less than the recorded investment in the loan, the deficiency is charged-off against the allowance for loan losses. If the loan is a performing TDR, the deficiency is included in the specific allowance, as appropriate. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the allowance for loan losses associated with TDRs was $13.0 million and $8.7 million for performing TDRs and $836 thousand and $203 thousand for nonperforming TDRs, respectively.

 

111



Table of Contents

 

Impaired Loans — A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all scheduled payments of principal or interest due according to the original contractual terms of the loan agreement. Impaired loans include non-covered loans held for investment on nonaccrual status, regardless of the collateral coverage, and loans modified in a TDR.

 

The Bank’s loans are grouped into heterogeneous and homogeneous (mostly consumer loans) categories. Classified loans (graded Substandard or Doubtful) in the heterogeneous category are selected and evaluated for impairment on an individual basis. The Bank considers loans individually reviewed to be impaired if, based on current information and events, it is probable the Bank will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the original contractual terms of the loan agreement. Impaired loans are measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or, as an expedient, at the loan’s observable market price or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent, less costs to sell. When the value of an impaired loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan and the loan is classified as nonperforming and uncollectible, the deficiency is charged-off against the allowance for loan losses.

 

At December 31, 2013 and 2012, impaired non-covered loans totaled $183.5 million and $200.5 million, respectively. Impaired non-covered loans as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 are set forth in the following tables. The interest income recognized on impaired loans, excluding performing TDRs, is recognized on a cash basis when received.

 

 

 

 

 

Recorded

 

Recorded

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unpaid

 

Investment

 

Investment

 

Total

 

 

 

Average

 

Interest

 

 

Principal

 

With No

 

With

 

Recorded

 

Related

 

Recorded

 

Income

 

 

Balance

 

Allowance

 

Allowance

 

Investment (2)

 

Allowance

 

Investment

 

Recognized (1)

 

 

(In thousands)

As of and for the year ended December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Single-family

 

  $

15,814

 

  $

13,585

 

  $

1,588

 

  $

15,173

 

  $

207

 

  $

15,322

 

  $

222

Multifamily

 

43,821

 

30,899

 

10,215

 

41,114

 

1,339

 

35,799

 

543

CRE:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income producing

 

73,777

 

39,745

 

25,523

 

65,268

 

5,976

 

71,856

 

872

Construction

 

6,888

 

6,888

 

 

6,888

 

 

6,888

 

61

Land

 

17,390

 

4,372

 

7,908

 

12,280

 

2,082

 

12,453

 

42

C&I:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial business

 

48,482

 

10,850

 

27,487

 

38,337

 

13,787

 

38,294

 

520

Trade finance

 

2,771

 

438

 

752

 

1,190

 

752

 

1,603

 

42

Consumer:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Student loans

 

1,749

 

1,681

 

 

1,681

 

 

1,664

 

1

Other consumer

 

1,945

 

1,546

 

 

1,546

 

 

1,561

 

16

Total

 

  $

212,637

 

  $

110,004

 

  $

73,473

 

  $

183,477

 

  $

24,143

 

  $

185,440

 

  $

2,319

 

 

 

 

 

Recorded

 

Recorded

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unpaid

 

Investment

 

Investment

 

Total

 

 

 

Average

 

Interest

 

 

Principal

 

With No

 

With

 

Recorded

 

Related

 

Recorded

 

Income

 

 

Balance

 

Allowance

 

Allowance

 

Investment (2)

 

Allowance

 

Investment

 

Recognized (1)

 

 

(In thousands)

As of and for the year ended December 31, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Single-family

 

  $

19,318

 

  $

15,610

 

  $

2,598

 

  $

18,208

 

  $

721

 

  $

19,094

 

  $

88

Multifamily

 

57,464

 

45,511

 

8,756

 

54,267

 

2,410

 

54,707

 

403

CRE:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income producing

 

59,574

 

47,019

 

7,656

 

54,675

 

2,559

 

57,854

 

304

Construction

 

30,815

 

25,530

 

1,509

 

27,039

 

142

 

22,696

 

723

Land

 

20,317

 

6,132

 

8,995

 

15,127

 

2,860

 

17,769

 

76

C&I:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial business

 

38,630

 

20,235

 

3,835

 

24,070

 

2,835

 

33,343

 

614

Trade finance

 

4,124

 

2,582

 

 

2,582

 

 

3,863

 

48

Consumer:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Student loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other consumer

 

4,798

 

4,528

 

 

4,528

 

 

4,631

 

13

Total

 

  $

235,040

 

  $

167,147

 

  $

33,349

 

  $

200,496

 

  $

11,527

 

  $

213,957

 

  $

2,269

 


(1)                                        Excludes interest from performing TDRs.

 

(2)                                        Excludes $17.7 million and $29.6 million of covered non-accrual loans at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, accounted for under ASC 310-10, of which some loans have additional partial balances accounted for under ASC 310-30.

 

112



Table of Contents

 

Allowance for Loan Losses

 

The allowance consists of specific reserves and a general reserve. The Bank’s loans fall into heterogeneous and homogeneous (mostly consumer loans) categories. Impaired loans are subject to specific reserves. Loans in the homogeneous category, as well as non-impaired loans in the heterogeneous category, are evaluated as part of the general reserve. The general reserve is calculated by utilizing both quantitative and qualitative factors. There are different qualitative risks for the loans in each portfolio segment. As of December 31, 2013, the Residential and CRE segments’ predominant risk characteristic is the collateral and the geographic location of the property collateralizing the loan. The risk is qualitatively assessed based on the change in the real estate market in those geographic areas. The C&I segment’s predominant risk characteristics are the global cash flows of the borrowers and guarantors, if any, and economic and market conditions. Consumer loans, excluding the student loan portfolio guaranteed by the U.S. Department of Education, are largely comprised of home equity lines of credit, for which the predominant risk characteristic is the real estate collateral securing the loan.

 

Our methodology to determine the overall appropriateness of the allowance is based on a classification migration model and qualitative considerations. The migration analysis examines pools of loans having similar characteristics and analyzes their loss rates over a historical period. We utilize historical loss factors derived from trends and losses associated with each pool over a specified period of time. Based on this process, we assign loss factors to each loan grade within each pool of loans. Loss rates derived by the migration model are based predominantly on historical loss trends that may not be entirely indicative of the actual or inherent loss potential. As such, we utilize qualitative and environmental factors as adjusting mechanisms to supplement the historical results of the classification migration model. Qualitative considerations include, but are not limited to, prevailing economic or market conditions, relative risk profiles of various loan segments, volume concentrations, growth trends, delinquency and nonaccrual status, problem loan trends, and geographic concentrations. Qualitative and environmental factors are reflected as percentage adjustments and are added to the historical loss rates derived from the classified asset migration model to determine the appropriate allowance for each loan pool.

 

Covered Loans— The Company acquired UCB and WFIB in 2009 and 2010, respectively. The majority of the covered loan portfolio accounted for under ASC 310-30, is still performing better than or as expected from the day one valuation. However, the company has experienced some concentrated credit deterioration in certain pools. Thus, during 2013, due to the concentrated credit deterioration beyond the respective acquisition date fair value of these covered loans under ASC 310-30, a provision for credit losses has been recorded through earnings. As of December 31, 2013, there was an allowance of $2.2 million for these loans under ASC 310-30 due to credit deterioration, which resulted from a provision of $2.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. This $2.2 million of allowance for loan losses is allocated mainly to the portfolio’s commercial real estate segment.

 

As of the respective acquisition dates, WFIB’s and UCB’s loan portfolios included unfunded commitments for commercial lines of credit, construction draws and other lending activity. The total commitment outstanding as of the respective acquisition dates is covered under the shared-loss agreements. However, any additional advances on these loans subsequent to acquisition date are not accounted for under ASC 310-30. As additional advances on these commitments have occurred, the Bank has considered these amounts in the allowance for loan losses calculation. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, $7.7 million, or 3.1%, and $5.2 million, or 2.2%, respectively, of the total allowance is allocated to the allowance for loan losses on covered loans. The covered loans acquired are, and will continue to be, subject to the Bank’s internal and external credit review and monitoring. The $2.2 million allowance for loans under ASC 310-30 discussed above and the $5.5 million in allowance for loans outside the scope of ASC 310-30 amount to $7.7 million or 3.1% of total allowance as of December 31, 2013.

 

During 2013, the Company recorded $1.4 million of charge-offs on covered loans outside of the scope of ASC 310-30 mainly in the commercial and industrial and commercial real estate loan segment. The resulting provision on covered loans for 2013 was $1.8 million. The charge-offs are within our loan segments as follows: $1.0 million of commercial and industrial loans and $380 thousand of commercial real estate loans. As these loans are covered under loss-sharing agreements with the FDIC, the Company recorded income of $1.1 million or 80% of the charge-off amount of $1.4 million in noninterest income as a net increase in the FDIC receivable, resulting in a net impact to earnings for the year of $287 thousand. In comparison, the Company recorded $6.5 million of charge-offs on several covered loans outside of the scope of ASC 310-30 during 2012. The resulting provision on covered loans for 2012 was $5.0 million. The charge-offs are within our loan segments as follows: $5.0 million of commercial and industrial loans and $1.5 million of commercial real estate loans. The $6.5 million of net charge-offs was mainly related to three specific covered loans. As these loans are covered under loss-sharing agreements with the FDIC, the Company recorded income of $5.2 million or 80% of the charge-off amount of $6.5 million in noninterest income as a net increase in the FDIC receivable, resulting in a net impact to earnings for the year of $1.3 million.

 

113



Table of Contents

 

The Company recorded $22.4 million in total loan loss provisions during 2013, as compared to $65.2 million and $95.0 million during 2012 and 2011, respectively. When determined uncollectible, it is the Company’s policy to promptly charge-off the amount of impairment on a loan which represents the difference between the outstanding loan balance and the fair value of the collateral.  Recoveries are recorded when payment is received on loans that were previously charged-off through the allowance for loan losses. During 2013, the Company recorded $5.1 million in total net charge-offs in comparison to $48.7 million during 2012. The following table details activity in the allowance for loan losses, for both non-covered and covered loans, by portfolio segment for the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2012. Allocation of a portion of the allowance to one segment of the loan portfolio does not preclude its availability to absorb losses in other segments.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Covered Loans

 

Covered Loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

under ASC 310-10

 

under ASC 310-30

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subject to

 

Subject to

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for

 

Allowance for

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential

 

CRE

 

C&I

 

Consumer

 

Loan Losses (1)

 

Loan Losses

 

Unallocated

 

Total

 

 

(In thousands)

Year Ended December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning balance

 

  $

49,349

 

 $

69,856

 

 $

105,376

 

  $

4,801

 

  $

5,153

 

  $

 

  $

 

  $

234,535

Provision for loan losses

 

1,918

 

(6,615)

 

12,821

 

8,055

 

1,759

 

2,269

 

2,157

 

22,364

Allowance for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,157)

 

(2,157)

Charge-offs

 

(3,197)

 

(3,357)

 

(7,405)

 

(2,385)

 

(1,436)

 

 

 

(17,780)

Recoveries

 

2,647

 

4,793

 

4,392

 

881

 

 

 

 

12,713

Net (charge-offs)/recoveries

 

(550)

 

1,436

 

(3,013)

 

(1,504)

 

(1,436)

 

 

 

(5,067)

Ending balance

 

  $

50,717

 

 $

64,677

 

 $

115,184

 

  $

11,352

 

  $

5,476

 

  $

2,269

 

  $

 

  $

249,675

Ending balance allocated to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans individually evaluated for impairment

 

  $

1,546

 

 $

8,058

 

 $

14,539

 

  $

 

  $

 

  $

 

  $

 

  $

24,143

Loans collectively evaluated for impairment

 

49,171

 

56,619

 

100,645

 

11,352

 

5,476

 

 

 

223,263

Covered loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality (2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,269

 

 

2,269

Ending balance

 

  $

50,717

 

 $

64,677

 

 $

115,184

 

  $

11,352

 

  $

5,476

 

  $

2,269

 

  $

 

  $

249,675

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Covered Loans

 

Covered Loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

under ASC 310-10

 

under ASC 310-30

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subject to

 

Subject to

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for

 

Allowance for

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential

 

CRE

 

C&I

 

Consumer

 

Loan Losses (1)

 

Loan Losses

 

Unallocated

 

Total

 

 

(In thousands)

Year Ended December 31, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning balance

 

  $

52,180

 

 $

66,457

 

 $

87,020

 

  $

4,219

 

  $

6,647

 

  $

 

  $

 

  $

216,523

 

Provision for loan losses

 

3,255

 

20,977

 

35,204

 

2,295

 

5,016

 

 

(1,563)

 

65,184

 

Allowance for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,563

 

1,563

 

Charge-offs

 

(7,700)

 

(27,060)

 

(21,818)

 

(1,824)

 

(6,510)

 

 

 

(64,912)

 

Recoveries

 

1,614

 

9,482

 

4,970

 

111

 

 

 

 

16,177

 

Net charge-offs

 

(6,086)

 

(17,578)

 

(16,848)

 

(1,713)

 

(6,510)

 

 

 

(48,735)

 

Ending balance

 

  $

49,349

 

 $

69,856

 

 $

105,376

 

  $

4,801

 

  $

5,153

 

  $

 

  $

 

  $

234,535

 

Ending balance allocated to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans individually evaluated for impairment

 

  $

3,131

 

 $

5,561

 

 $

2,835

 

  $

 

  $

 

  $

 

  $

 

  $

11,527

 

Loans collectively evaluated for impairment

 

46,218

 

64,295

 

102,541

 

4,801

 

5,153

 

 

 

223,008

 

Covered loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality (2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance

 

  $

49,349

 

 $

69,856

 

 $

105,376

 

  $

4,801

 

  $

5,153

 

  $

 

  $

 

  $

234,535

 

 


 

(1)                                        This allowance is related to drawdowns on commitments that were in existence as of the acquisition dates of WFIB and UCB and, therefore, are covered under the shared-loss agreements with the FDIC. Allowance on these subsequent drawdowns is accounted for as part of the allowance for loan losses.

 

(2)                                        The Company has elected to account for covered loans acquired in the FDIC-assisted acquisitions under ASC 310-30, excluding any additional advances subsequent to acquisition date.

 

The Company’s recorded investment in total loans receivable as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 related to each balance in the allowance for loan losses by portfolio segment and disaggregated on the basis of the Company’s impairment methodology is as follows:

 

114



Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Covered Loans

 

Covered Loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

under ASC 310-10

 

under ASC 310-30

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subject to

 

Subject to

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for

 

Allowance for

 

 

 

 

 

Residential

 

CRE

 

C&I

 

Consumer

 

Loan Losses

 

Loan Losses

 

Total

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans individually evaluated for impairment

 

  $

56,287

 

  $

84,436

 

  $

39,527

 

  $

3,227

 

  $

 

  $

 

  $

183,477

 

Covered loans individually evaluated for impairment(2)

 

 

 

 

 

2,824

 

 

2,824

 

Loans collectively evaluated for impairment

 

4,129,022

 

4,500,641

 

5,320,666

 

1,544,511

 

317,361

 

 

15,812,201

 

Covered loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality(1)

 

681,608

 

1,140,432

 

146,538

 

43,136

 

 

129,661

 

2,141,375

 

Ending balance

 

  $

4,866,917

 

  $

5,725,509

 

  $

5,506,731

 

  $

1,590,874

 

  $

320,185

 

  $

129,661

 

  $

18,139,877

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Covered Loans

 

Covered Loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

under ASC 310-10

 

under ASC 310-30

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subject to

 

Subject to

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for

 

Allowance for

 

 

 

 

 

Residential

 

CRE

 

C&I

 

Consumer

 

Loan Losses

 

Loan Losses

 

Total

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

December 31, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans individually evaluated for impairment

 

  $

72,475

 

  $

96,841

 

  $

26,652

 

  $

4,528

 

  $

 

  $

 

  $

200,496

 

Covered loans individually evaluated for impairment(2)

 

 

 

 

 

5,237

 

 

5,237

 

Loans collectively evaluated for impairment

 

3,015,556

 

3,797,854

 

4,204,613

 

740,354

 

426,448

 

 

12,184,825

 

Covered loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality(1)

 

976,969

 

1,727,159

 

261,622

 

53,521

 

 

 

3,019,271

 

Ending balance

 

  $

4,065,000

 

  $

5,621,854

 

  $

4,492,887

 

  $

798,403

 

  $

431,685

 

  $

 

  $

15,409,829

 

 


(1)                The Company has elected to account for all covered loans acquired in the FDIC-assisted acquisitions under ASC 310-30. The total principal balance is presented and excludes the purchase discount and any additional advances subsequent to acquisition date.

 

(2)                Excludes $17.7 million and $29.6 million of covered non-accrual loans at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, accounted for under ASC 310-10, of which some loans have additional partial balances accounted for under ASC 310-30.

 

Allowance for Unfunded Loan Commitments, Off-Balance Sheet Credit Exposures and Recourse Provisions—The allowance for unfunded loan commitments, off-balance sheet credit exposures and recourse provisions is maintained at a level believed by management to be sufficient to absorb estimated probable losses related to these unfunded credit facilities. The determination of the adequacy of the allowance is based on periodic evaluations of the unfunded credit facilities including an assessment of the probability of commitment usage, credit risk factors for loans outstanding to these same customers, and the terms and expiration dates of the unfunded credit facilities. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the allowance for unfunded loan commitments, off-balance sheet credit exposures, and recourse provisions amounted to $11.3 million and $9.4 million, respectively. The increase to this allowance during the year was reflective of additional reserve allocated for unfunded construction loan commitments. Net adjustments to the allowance for unfunded loan commitments, off-balance sheet credit exposures, and recourse provisions are included in the provision for loan losses.

 

Loans serviced for others amounted to $1.35 billion and $1.65 billion at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. These represent loans that have either been sold or securitized for which the Bank continues to provide servicing and has limited recourse. The majority of these loans are residential and CRE at December 31, 2013 and 2012. Of the total allowance for unfunded loan commitments, off-balance sheet credit exposures and recourse provisions, $3.2 million and $4.8 million pertain to these loans as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. These loans are maintained off-balance sheet and are not included in the loans receivable balance.

 

NOTE 9 NON-COVERED OTHER REAL ESTATE OWNED

 

As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had OREO properties with a combined carrying value of $18.9 million and $32.9 million, respectively. Approximately 30% and 68% of the carrying value of OREO properties as of December 31, 2013 were located in California and Nevada, respectively. During 2013, the Company foreclosed on properties with an aggregate carrying value of $9.4 million as of the foreclosure date. Additionally, the Company recorded $1.4 million in write-downs. During this period, the Company also sold 35 OREO properties for total proceeds of $25.5 million resulting in a total net gain on sale of $3.5 million. In comparison, during 2012, the Company foreclosed on properties with an aggregate carrying value of $40.6 million as of the foreclosure date.  Additionally, the Company recorded $5.1 million in write-downs. During this period, the Company also sold 47 OREO properties for total proceeds of $34.1 million resulting in a total net gain on sale of $232 thousand and recoveries totaling $2.0 million. During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company sold 51 OREO properties for total proceeds of $26.6 million for a net loss on sale of $151 thousand and charges against the allowance for loan losses totaling $780 thousand.

 

115



Table of Contents

 

NOTE 10 AFFORDABLE HOUSING PARTNERSHIPS AND OTHER INVESTMENTS

 

The Company invests in certain limited partnerships that are formed to develop and operate apartment complexes designed as high-quality affordable housing for lower income tenants throughout the United States. The Company’s ownership amount in each limited partnership varies. Each of the partnerships must meet the regulatory requirements for affordable housing for a minimum 15-year compliance period to fully utilize the tax credits. The Company is not the primary beneficiary and, therefore, not required to consolidate these entities. Depending on the ownership percentage and the influence the Company has on the limited partnership, the Company uses either the equity method or cost method of accounting. If the partnerships cease to qualify during the compliance period, the credits may be denied for any period in which the projects are not in compliance and a portion of the credits previously taken may be subject to recapture with interest. The balance of the investments in these entities was $165.7 million and $185.6 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

Amount

 

Count

 

Amount

 

Count

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Tax credit partnerships:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity method

 

  $

129,631

 

35

 

  $

142,507

 

35

 

Cost method

 

35,145

 

13

 

42,591

 

16

 

Total tax credit partnerships

 

164,776

 

48

 

185,098

 

51

 

Tax exempt bonds

 

948

 

 

 

547

 

 

 

Grand total

 

  $

165,724

 

 

 

  $

185,645

 

 

 

 

The Company also invests in certain limited partnerships that qualify for Community Reinvestment Act (CRA) credits or that qualify for other types of tax credits. The Community Reinvestment Act encourages banks to meet the credit needs of their communities for housing and other purposes, particularly in neighborhoods with low or moderate incomes. The balance of CRA and other investments was $69.2 million and $45.9 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and is included in other assets in the consolidated balance sheets.

 

The Company finances the purchase of certain real estate tax credits generated by partnerships which own multiple properties currently under construction. These transactions were financed with non-recourse commitments which are collateralized by the Company’s partnership interests in the real estate investment tax credits. The Company’s unfunded commitments related to the affordable housing and other investments are payable on demand. Total unfunded commitments for these investments were $73.1 million and $84.6 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and are recorded in accrued expenses and other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets.

 

The Company’s usage of federal tax credits approximated $34.2 million, $18.7 million and $11.1 million during 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The Company’s remaining tax credits approximated $165.7 million at December 31, 2013. Affordable housing and other investments amortization amounted to $27.3 million, $18.1 million and $17.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. During 2013 and 2012, the Company had no impairment or sales of affordable housing and other investments.

 

116



Table of Contents

 

NOTE 11 PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

 

Premises and equipment consists of the following: 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Land

 

  $

15,074

 

  $

15,545

 

Office buildings

 

157,166

 

82,418

 

Leasehold improvements

 

26,195

 

29,635

 

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

 

49,043

 

44,122

 

Total cost

 

247,478

 

171,720

 

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

 

(69,768)

 

(64,203)

 

Net book value

 

  $

177,710

 

  $

107,517

 

 

Depreciation expense on premises and equipment was $13.4 million, $13.2 million and $12.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

The net increase in premises and equipment of $70.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2013 was primarily due to the purchase of the Company’s corporate office located in Pasadena, California.

 

Capitalized assets are depreciated or amortized on a straight-line basis in accordance with the estimated useful life for each fixed asset class. The estimated useful life for furniture and fixtures is seven years, office equipment is for five years, and twenty-five years for buildings and improvements. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of term of the lease or useful life.

 

NOTE 12 GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

 

Goodwill

 

The carrying amount of goodwill remained at $337.4 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012. Goodwill is tested for impairment on an annual basis as of December 31, or more frequently as events occur, or as current circumstances and conditions warrant. The Company records impairment write-downs as charges to noninterest expense and adjustments to the carrying value of goodwill. Subsequent reversals of goodwill impairment are prohibited.

 

As of December 31, 2013, the Company’s market capitalization based on total outstanding common shares was $4.81 billion and its total stockholders’ equity was $2.36 billion. The Company performed its annual impairment test as of December 31, 2013 to determine whether and to what extent, if any, recorded goodwill was impaired. The analysis compared the fair value of each of the reporting units, including goodwill, to the respective carrying amounts. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit, including goodwill exceeds the fair value of that reporting unit, then further testing for goodwill impairment is performed.

 

The Company has identified three business divisions that meet the criteria of an operating segment in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The Company’s three operating segments are Retail Banking, Commercial Banking, and Other. The Company determined that there were no additional reporting units below each operating segment and therefore the reporting units are equivalent to the operating segments. For complete discussion and disclosure see Note 24 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements presented elsewhere in this report.

 

In order to determine the fair value of the reporting units, a combined income and market approach was used. Under the income approach, the Company provided a net income projection for the next 3 years plus a terminal growth rate that was used to calculate the discounted cash flows and the present value of the reporting units. Under the market approach, the fair value was calculated using the current fair values of comparable peer banks of similar size, geographic footprint and focus. The market capitalizations and multiples of these peer banks were used to calculate the market price of the Company and each reporting unit. The fair value was also subject to a control premium adjustment, which is the cost savings that a purchaser of the reporting units could achieve by eliminating duplicative costs. Under the combined income and market approaches, the value from each approach was appropriately weighted to determine the fair value. As a result of this analysis, the Company determined that there was no goodwill impairment at December 31, 2013 as the fair values of all reporting units exceeded the current carrying amounts of the goodwill. No assurance can be given that goodwill will not be written down in future periods.

 

117



Table of Contents

 

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 are summarized in the following table:

 

 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

Balance, beginning of year

 

  $

337,438

 

  $

337,438

 

Additions to goodwill

 

 

 

Impairment write-down

 

 

 

Purchase accounting adjustments

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

 

  $

337,438

 

  $

337,438

 

 

Premiums on Acquired Deposits

 

The Company also has premiums on acquired deposits which represent the intangible value of depositor relationships resulting from deposit liabilities assumed in various acquisitions. These intangibles are tested for impairment on an annual basis, or more frequently as events occur, or as current circumstances and conditions warrant. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the gross carrying amount of premiums on acquired deposits remained at $100.2 million, and the related accumulated amortization totaled $53.3 million and $43.9 million, respectively.

 

The Company amortizes premiums on acquired deposits based on the projected useful lives of the related deposits. Amortization expense of premiums on acquired deposits was $9.4 million, $10.9 million and $12.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The Company did not record any impairment write-downs on deposit premiums during 2013, 2012 and 2011.

 

The following table provides the estimated future amortization expense of premiums on acquired deposits for the succeeding five years as follows:

 

Estimate For The Year Ending December 31,

 

Amount

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

2014

 

$

8,454

 

2015

 

7,543

 

2016

 

6,634

 

2017

 

5,722

 

2018

 

4,908

 

Thereafter

 

13,659

 

Total

 

$

46,920

 

 

118



Table of Contents

 

NOTE 13 CUSTOMER DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS

 

Customer deposit account balances are summarized as follows:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Noninterest-bearing demand

 

  $

5,821,899

 

  $

4,535,877

 

Interest-bearing checking

 

1,749,479

 

1,230,372

 

Money market accounts

 

5,383,759

 

5,000,309

 

Savings deposits

 

1,633,433

 

1,421,182

 

Total core deposits

 

14,588,570

 

12,187,740

 

Time deposits:

 

 

 

 

 

Less than   $100,000

 

1,678,850

 

1,884,577

 

$100,000 or greater

 

4,145,498

 

4,237,037

 

Total time deposits

 

5,824,348

 

6,121,614

 

Total deposits

 

  $

20,412,918

 

  $

18,309,354

 

 

The $4.15 billion and $4.24 billion balance of time deposits $100 thousand or greater at December 31, 2013 and 2012, includes $169.7 million and $319.3 million respectively, of deposits held by the Company’s foreign branch located in Hong Kong.

 

At December 31, 2013, the scheduled maturities of time deposits are as follows:

 

 

 

  $100,000 or

 

Less Than

 

 

 

 

 

Greater

 

  $100,000

 

Total

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

2014

 

  $

3,178,469

 

  $

1,413,205

 

  $

4,591,674

 

2015

 

370,754

 

176,714

 

547,468

 

2016

 

129,854

 

21,728

 

151,582

 

2017

 

183,622

 

36,468

 

220,090

 

2018

 

165,284

 

30,731

 

196,015

 

Thereafter

 

117,515

 

4

 

117,519

 

Total

 

  $

4,145,498

 

  $

1,678,850

 

  $

5,824,348

 

 

Accrued interest payable totaled $5.2 million and $4.7 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Interest expense on customer deposits by account type is summarized as follows:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Interest-bearing checking

 

  $

3,556

 

  $

3,163

 

  $

3,009

 

Money market accounts

 

15,019

 

16,984

 

20,610

 

Savings deposits

 

2,961

 

2,795

 

2,988

 

Time deposits:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less than   $100,000

 

15,485

 

20,655

 

29,329

 

$100,000 or greater

 

26,475

 

32,298

 

51,174

 

Total

 

  $

63,496

 

  $

75,895

 

  $

107,110

 

 

As of December 31, 2013, time deposits within the Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Service (“CDARS”) program decreased to $203.3 million, compared to $260.5 million at December 31, 2012. The CDARS program allows customers with deposits in excess of FDIC-insured limits to obtain full coverage on time deposits through a network of banks within the CDARS program. Additionally, the Company is partnered with another financial institution and offers a retail sweep product for non-time deposit accounts to provide added deposit insurance coverage for deposits in excess of FDIC-insured limits. Deposits gathered through these programs are considered brokered deposits under current regulatory reporting guidelines.

 

119



Table of Contents

 

NOTE 14 FEDERAL FUNDS PURCHASED

 

Federal funds purchased generally mature within one business day to six months from the transaction date. Federal funds purchased are included in other borrowings.

 

The following table provides information on Federal funds purchased for the periods indicated:

 

 

 

As of and for the Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Balance at end of year

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Average balance outstanding during the year

 

$

155

 

$

2,227

 

$

3,496

 

Maximum balance outstanding at any month-end

 

$

 

$

60,000

 

$

100,000

 

Weighted average interest rate during the year

 

—%

 

0.09%

 

0.10%

 

Weighted average interest rate at end of year

 

—%

 

—%

 

—%

 

 

As a means of augmenting its liquidity, the Company has established Federal funds lines with several correspondent banks. The Company’s available borrowing capacity from Federal funds line facilities amounted to $656.0 million and $588.0 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

NOTE 15 FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK ADVANCES

 

Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) advances and their related weighted average interest rates are summarized as follows:

 

 

 

December 31, 2013

 

December 31, 2012

 

 

 

Amount

 

Rate

 

Amount

 

Rate

 

Year of Maturity

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2014

 

  $

 

—%

 

  $

 

—%

 

2015

 

 

—%

 

 

—%

 

2016

 

 

—%

 

 

—%

 

2017

 

 

—%

 

 

—%

 

After 2017

 

315,092

 

0.61%

 

312,975

 

0.63%

 

Total

 

  $

315,092

 

0.61%

 

  $

312,975

 

0.63%

 

 

Total outstanding FHLB advances amounted to $315.1 million and $313.0 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. There were no outstanding overnight borrowings at December 31, 2013 and 2012. During the year, the Company did not restructure any FHLB advances. In comparison, the Company restructured FHLB advances of $375.0 million during 2012, reducing the contractual average effective rates on these borrowings. As a result of the modification the Company incurred a $48.2 million modification cost which has been deferred and is being treated as a discount on the corresponding debt. All advances as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 are secured by real estate loans.

 

The Company’s available borrowing capacity from unused FHLB advances totaled $3.70 billion and $3.25 billion at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The Company’s available borrowing capacity from FHLB advances is derived from its outstanding FHLB advances and from its portfolio of loans that are pledged to the FHLB. There was no prepayment of FHLB advances during 2013. In comparison, the Company prepaid $93.0 million of FHLB advances, with a related $6.8 million in prepayment penalties during 2012. Also, at December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had additional available borrowing capacity of $1.42 billion and $1.31 billion, respectively, from the Federal Reserve Bank’s discount window derived from its portfolio of loans that are pledged to the Federal Reserve Bank.

 

120



Table of Contents

 

NOTE 16 SECURITIES SOLD UNDER REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS AND OTHER BORROWINGS

 

Securities sold under repurchase agreements remained at $995.0 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. As of December 31, 2013, the Company did not modify any long-term repurchase agreements. In comparison, the Company modified $200.0 million and $150.0 million of long-term repurchase agreements during the first and fourth quarter of 2012, extending the term and reducing the rate of these agreements by 86 basis points and 195 basis points, respectively. As of December 31, 2013, all repurchase agreements are long-term with interest rates that are largely fixed, ranging from 2.49% to 5.01%. The counterparties have the right to a quarterly call for many of the repurchase agreements.

 

Long-term repurchase agreements are accounted for as collateralized financing transactions and recorded at the amounts at which the securities were sold. The collateral for these agreements consist of U.S. Government agency and U.S. Government sponsored enterprise debt and mortgage-backed securities. The Company may have to provide additional collateral for the repurchase agreements, as necessary.

 

The following table provides information on securities sold under repurchase agreements as of December 31, 2013 and 2012:

 

 

 

December 31, 2013

 

December 31, 2012

 

 

 

Amount

 

Rate

 

Amount

 

Rate

 

Year of Maturity

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2015

 

  $

245,000

 

4.49%

 

  $

245,000

 

4.49%

 

2016

 

250,000

 

5.01%

 

350,000

 

4.96%

 

2017

 

50,000

 

4.15%

 

50,000

 

4.15%

 

2022

 

350,000

 

3.51%

 

350,000

 

3.53%

 

2023

 

100,000

 

2.49%

 

 

 

Total

 

  $

995,000

 

4.06%

 

  $

995,000

 

4.30%

 

 

Total interest expense recorded on repurchase agreements amounted to $41.4 million, $46.2 million and $48.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

The Company also has master repurchase agreements with other major brokerage companies. The Company’s available borrowing capacity from repurchase agreements totaled $811.1 million and $1.19 billion at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

In 2013, there were no other borrowings. In comparison, other borrowings totaled $20.0 million as of December 31, 2012. The $20.0 million borrowing was a short-term borrowing in the Company’s Hong Kong office with a maturity of two days and an annual rate of 0.25%.

 

NOTE 17 CAPITAL RESOURCES AND OTHER LONG-TERM DEBT

 

Junior Subordinated Debt—As of December 31, 2013, the Company has six statutory business trusts for the purpose of issuing junior subordinated debt to third party investors. Junior subordinated debt is recorded as a component of long-term debt and includes the value of the common stock issued by the Trusts to the Company in conjunction with these transactions. The common stock is recorded in other assets for the amount issued in connection with these junior subordinated debt issuances. Junior subordinated debt outstanding, issued by the Trusts to the Company, totaled $123.0 million at December 31, 2013, compared to $133.0 million at December 31, 2012. The junior subordinated debt of one statutory business trust was called during 2013 in order to reduce higher interest-bearing debt and the phase-out of trust preferred securities as Tier I regulatory capital. The related common stock outstanding, issued by the Trust to the Company amounted to $3.9 million and $4.2 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

The proceeds from these issuances represent liabilities of the Company to the Trusts and are reported in the consolidated balance sheets as a component of long-term debt. Interest payments on these securities are made either quarterly or semi-annually and are deductible for tax purposes. Under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, bank holding companies with more than $15 billion in total consolidated assets are no longer able to include trust preferred securities as Tier I regulatory capital which commenced in 2013 with phase-out complete by 2016. The junior subordinated debt is being phased out 25% each year, over the four year period, from Tier I capital into Tier II capital for regulatory purposes. This junior subordinated debt was issued in connection with our various pooled trust preferred securities offerings.

 

121



Table of Contents

 

The table below summarizes pertinent information related to outstanding junior subordinated debt issued by each Trust as of December 31, 2013 and 2012:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rate at

 

Balance at

 

 

 

 

 

Stated

 

December 31,

 

December 31,

 

Trust Name

 

Maturity Date (1)

 

Interest Rate

 

2013

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

East West Capital Statutory Trust III

 

December 2033

 

3-month Libor + 2.85%

 

 

 

10,000

 

East West Capital Trust IV

 

July 2034

 

3-month Libor + 2.55%

 

2.79%

 

10,000

 

10,000

 

East West Capital Trust V

 

November 2034

 

3-month Libor + 1.80%

 

2.04%

 

15,000

 

15,000

 

East West Capital Trust VI

 

September 2035

 

3-month Libor + 1.50%

 

1.74%

 

20,000

 

20,000

 

East West Capital Trust VII

 

June 2036

 

3-month Libor + 1.35%

 

1.59%

 

30,000

 

30,000

 

East West Capital Trust VIII

 

June 2037

 

3-month Libor + 1.40%

 

1.64%

 

18,000

 

18,000

 

East West Capital Trust IX

 

September 2037

 

3-month Libor + 1.90%

 

2.14%

 

30,000

 

30,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$123,000

 

$133,000

 

 


(1)                                        All of the above debt instruments are subject to various call options.

 

 

Other Long-Term Debt—During the third quarter of 2013, the Company entered into a three-year term loan agreement for $100.0 million. The three-year term loan will mature on July 1, 2016 and is payable in quarterly installments commencing on March 31, 2014. The interest rate is 1.75% at December 31, 2013, which is based on the three-month LIBOR plus 150 basis points. As of December 31, 2013, the Company advanced the full $100.0 million.  The term loan agreement is included in long-term debt in the consolidated balance sheets.

 

NOTE 18 INCOME TAXES

 

The provision for income taxes was $130.8 million in 2013, representing an effective tax rate of 30.7%, compared to $143.9 million, representing an effective tax rate of 33.8% and $138.1 million, representing an effective tax rate of 36.0% for 2012 and 2011, respectively. Included in the income tax recognized during 2013 is $35.0 million in tax credits generated from our investments in affordable housing partnerships and other investments and other federal tax credits. In comparison, included in the income tax recognized during 2012 and 2011 are $18.7 million and $11.1 million, respectively, in tax credits generated from our investments in affordable housing partnerships and other investments.

 

Management regularly reviews the Company’s tax positions and deferred tax assets. Factors considered in this analysis include future reversals of existing temporary differences, future taxable income exclusive of reversing differences, taxable income in prior carryback years, and tax planning strategies. The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability approach, the objective of which is to establish deferred tax assets and liabilities for the temporary differences between the financial reporting basis and the tax basis of the Company’s assets and liabilities at enacted rates expected to be in effect when such amounts are realized and settled. Based on the available evidence, Management has concluded that it is more likely than not that all of the benefit of the deferred tax assets will be realized, with the exception of the deferred tax assets related to certain state net operating loss carryforwards and certain foreign losses. Accordingly, a valuation allowance has been recorded for these amounts.

 

As of December 31, 2013, the Company had a net deferred tax asset of $255.5 million.

 

122



Table of Contents

 

The provision for income taxes consists of the following components:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Current income tax expense (benefit):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

  $

131,236

 

  $

148,572

 

  $

(86,157)

 

State

 

44,389

 

2,316

 

34,760

 

Foreign

 

208

 

5,704

 

 

Total current income tax expense (benefit)

 

175,833

 

156,592

 

(51,397)

 

Deferred income tax (benefit) expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

(32,963)

 

(38,749)

 

193,834

 

State

 

(13,677)

 

26,099

 

(7,706)

 

Foreign

 

1,612

 

 

3,369

 

Total deferred income tax (benefit) expense

 

(45,028)

 

(12,650)

 

189,497

 

Provision for income taxes

 

  $

130,805

 

  $

143,942

 

  $

138,100

 

 

 

The difference between the effective tax rate implicit in the consolidated financial statements and the statutory federal income tax rate can be attributed to the following:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

Federal income tax provision at statutory rate

 

35.0%

 

35.0%

 

35.0%

 

State franchise taxes, net of federal tax effect

 

4.7

 

4.3

 

4.3

 

Tax credits

 

(8.4)

 

(5.3)

 

(2.7)

 

Other, net

 

(0.6)

 

(0.2)

 

(0.6)

 

Effective income tax rate

 

30.7%

 

33.8%

 

36.0%

 

 

The Company recognizes investment tax credits from low income housing and other investments in the year the credit arises under the flow-through method of accounting. The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets (liabilities) are presented below:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

Federal

 

State

 

Foreign

 

Total

 

Federal

 

State

 

Foreign

 

Total

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Core deposit intangibles

 

  $

(16,422)

 

  $

(4,642)

 

  $

 

  $

(21,064)

 

  $

(15,755)

 

  $

(4,635)

 

  $

133

 

  $

(20,257)

 

Affordable housing partnerships and other investments

 

(14,158)

 

(1,730)

 

 

(15,888)

 

(16,221)

 

(4,337)

 

 

(20,558)

 

Fixed assets

 

(15,594)

 

(3,879)

 

 

(19,473)

 

(17,201)

 

(4,289)

 

 

(21,490)

 

FHLB stock

 

(11,337)

 

(3,224)

 

 

(14,561)

 

(17,670)

 

(9,140)

 

 

(26,810)

 

Deferred loan fees

 

(1,976)

 

(557)

 

 

(2,533)

 

(2,523)

 

(719)

 

 

(3,242)

 

Purchased loan discounts

 

(98)

 

(28)

 

 

(126)

 

(126)

 

(36)

 

 

(162)

 

State taxes

 

(1,079)

 

 

 

(1,079)

 

(7,894)

 

 

 

(7,894)

 

Mortgage servicing assets

 

 

 

 

 

(1,812)

 

(517)

 

 

(2,329)

 

Section 597 gain

 

(48,370)

 

(1,317)

 

 

(49,687)

 

(94,231)

 

(2,684)

 

 

(96,915)

 

FDIC receivable

 

(245,907)

 

(6,695)

 

 

(252,602)

 

(318,741)

 

(9,405)

 

 

(328,146)

 

Acquired debt

 

(10,812)

 

(1,042)

 

 

(11,854)

 

(10,812)

 

(1,061)

 

(300)

 

(12,173)

 

Other, net

 

(6,805)

 

923

 

 

(5,882)

 

(604)

 

627

 

 

23

 

Total gross deferred tax (liabilities)

 

(372,558)

 

(22,191)

 

 

(394,749)

 

(503,590)

 

(36,196)

 

(167)

 

(539,953)

 

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses and REO reserves

 

93,018

 

23,046

 

 

116,064

 

93,924

 

23,281

 

(5,220)

 

111,985

 

Deferred compensation

 

13,322

 

3,824

 

 

17,146

 

18,213

 

5,262

 

 

23,475

 

Mortgage servicing assets

 

287

 

81

 

 

368

 

 

 

 

 

Purchased loan premium

 

424

 

120

 

 

544

 

485

 

139

 

 

624

 

Unrealized loss on securities

 

62,535

 

19,177

 

 

81,712

 

47,567

 

12,816

 

 

60,383

 

Net operating loss carryforwards

 

 

993

 

 

993

 

 

698

 

 

698

 

Acquired loans and REOs

 

366,290

 

26,959

 

959

 

394,208

 

478,825

 

29,796

 

7,957

 

516,578

 

Other, net

 

30,768

 

8,716

 

97

 

39,581

 

9,021

 

3,177

 

97

 

12,295

 

Total gross deferred tax assets

 

566,644

 

82,916

 

1,056

 

650,616

 

648,035

 

75,169

 

2,834

 

726,038

 

Valuation allowance

 

 

(337)

 

 

(337)

 

 

(372)

 

 

(372)

 

Net deferred tax assets

 

  $

194,086

 

  $

60,388

 

  $

1,056

 

  $

255,530

 

  $

144,445

 

  $

38,601

 

  $

2,667

 

  $

185,713

 

 

Management believes that it is more likely than not that all of the deferred tax assets recorded at December 31, 2013 will be realized (except to the extent of the recorded valuation allowance) because it expects to have sufficient taxable income in future years to fully realize them. A valuation allowance has been provided for the state net operating losses (“NOLs”) (for states other than California, Georgia, Massachusetts and New York) since management believes that these NOLs may not be fully utilized. At December 31, 2013, the Bank had state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $6.0 million.

 

123



Table of Contents

 

The following table summarizes the activity related to our unrecognized tax benefits:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Balance, beginning of year

 

  $

3,457

 

  $

3,332

 

Additions for tax positions of prior years

 

232

 

 

Reductions for tax positions of prior years

 

 

 

Additions for tax positions of current year

 

988

 

1,060

 

Settlements

 

 

(935)

 

Balance, end of year

 

  $

4,677

 

  $

3,457

 

 

For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company increased the unrecognized tax benefits reserve by $1.2 million and $1.1 million, respectively, for the California enterprise zone net interest deduction. There were no reductions in unrecognized tax benefits for 2013. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the liability for uncertain tax positions was $6.3 million and $6.1 million, respectively. Also, for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would impact the effective tax rate is $3.0 million and $2.2 million, respectively.

 

During 2013, the Company closed the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) examination of the 2011 tax year with no material changes. In 2012, the Company executed a Memorandum of Understanding (“MOU”) with the IRS for the 2012 tax year to voluntarily participate in the IRS Compliance Assurance Process (“CAP”) where the IRS will assist the Company in identifying and resolving any tax issues that may arise throughout the 2012 tax year. The objective of the CAP is to resolve issues in a timely and contemporaneous manner and eliminate the need for a lengthy post-filing examination. The 2012 tax return filed in September 2013 received a full acceptance of all tax matters from the IRS.  The Company has entered a MOU with the IRS for the 2013 and 2014 tax years. For federal tax purposes, tax years from 2010 and beyond remain open. For California franchise tax purposes, tax years from 2003 and beyond remain open. The states of Alabama, Florida, New York, Ohio and Texas have initiated audits of East West Bank’s corporate income tax returns through the 2012 tax year. The Company does not believe that the outcome of unresolved issues or claims in any tax jurisdiction is likely to be material to the Company’s financial position, cash flows or results of operations. The Company further believes that adequate provisions have been made for all income tax uncertainties. The Company does not anticipate that the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits will significantly change during the year ending December 31, 2014.

 

The Company recognizes interest and penalties, if applicable, related to the underpayment of income taxes as a component of income tax expense in the consolidated statement of operations. The Company accrued interest and penalties of ($744) thousand, $1.2 million and $287 thousand for its unrecognized tax positions as of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Total interest and penalties accrued as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 were $1.6 million and $2.7 million, respectively.

 

NOTE 19 COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

Credit Extensions—In the normal course of business, the Company has various outstanding commitments to extend credit that are not reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. While the Company does not anticipate losses as a result of these transactions, commitments to extend credit are included in determining the appropriate level of the allowance for unfunded commitments and credit exposures.

 

Loan commitments are agreements to lend to a customer provided there is no violation of any condition established in the agreement. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses. Because many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future funding requirements. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, undisbursed loan commitments amounted to $4.02 billion and $2.61 billion, respectively. Substantially all commitments are for loans to be held for investment.

 

124



Table of Contents

 

Commercial letters of credit are issued to facilitate domestic and foreign trade transactions while standby letters of credit are issued to make payments on behalf of customers when certain specified future events occur. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, commercial and standby letters of credit totaled $1.16 billion and $988.7 million, respectively. The Bank issues standby letters of credit (“SBLCs”) and financial guarantees to support the obligations of its customers to beneficiaries. Based on historical trends, the probability that it will have to make payments under standby letters of credit is low. Additionally, in many cases, the Bank holds collateral in various forms against these standby letters of credit. As part of its risk management activities, the Bank monitors the creditworthiness of the customer as well as its SBLC exposure; however, if the customer fails to perform the specified obligation to the beneficiary, the beneficiary may draw upon the standby letters of credit by presenting documents that are in compliance with the letter of credit terms. In that event, the Bank either repays the money borrowed or advanced, makes payment on account of the indebtedness of the customer or makes payment on account of the default by the customer in the performance of an obligation, to the beneficiary up to the full notional amount of the standby letters of credit. The customer is obligated to reimburse the Bank for any such payment. If the customer fails to pay, the Bank would, as applicable, liquidate collateral and/or set off accounts.

 

Credit card lines are unsecured commitments that are not legally binding. Management reviews credit card lines at least annually and, upon evaluation of the customers’ creditworthiness, the Bank has the right to terminate or change certain terms of the credit card lines.

 

The Bank uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as in extending loan facilities to customers. It evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Bank upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the counterparty. Collateral held varies but may include accounts receivable, inventory, property, plant and equipment, and income-producing commercial properties.

 

As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the allowance for unfunded loan commitments, off-balance sheet credit exposures, and recourse provision amounted to $11.3 million and $9.4 million, respectively. These amounts are included in accrued expenses and other liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

 

Guarantees — From time to time, the Company sells or securitizes loans with recourse in the ordinary course of business. For loans that have been sold or securitized with recourse, the recourse component is considered a guarantee. When the Company sells or securitizes a loan with recourse, it commits to stand ready to perform if the loan defaults, and to make payments to remedy the default. As of December 31, 2013, total loans sold or securitized with recourse amounted to $338.8 million and were comprised of $42.2 million in single-family loans with full recourse and $296.6 million in multifamily loans with limited recourse. In comparison, total loans sold or securitized with recourse amounted to $461.8 million at December 31, 2012, comprised of $48.4 million in single-family loans with full recourse and $413.4 million in multifamily loans with limited recourse. In conjunction with the UCB Purchase and Assumption Agreement, East West Bank assumed all servicing agreements the prior UCB had entered into. The recourse provision on multifamily loans varies by loan sale and is limited to 4% of the top loss on the underlying loans. The Company’s recourse reserve related to loan sales and securitizations totaled $3.2 million and $4.8 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and is included in accrued expenses and other liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The Company continues to experience minimal losses from the single-family and multifamily loan portfolios.

 

The Company also sells or securitizes loans without recourse that may have to be subsequently repurchased if a defect that occurred during the loan origination process results in a violation of a representation or warranty made in connection with the securitization or sale of the loan. When a loan sold or securitized to an investor without recourse fails to perform according to its contractual terms, the investor will typically review the loan file to determine whether defects in the origination process occurred and if such defects give rise to a violation of a representation or warranty made to the investor in connection with the sale or securitization. If such a defect is identified, the Company may be required to either repurchase the loan or indemnify the investor for losses sustained. If there are no such defects, the Company has no commitment to repurchase the loan. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the amount of loans sold without recourse totaled $818.2 million and $953.2 million, respectively. Total loans securitized without recourse amounted to $193.8 million and $235.8 million, respectively, at December 31, 2013 and 2012. The loans sold or securitized without recourse represent the unpaid principal balance of the Company’s loans serviced for others portfolio.

 

Lease Commitments—The Company conducts a portion of its operations utilizing leased premises and equipment under operating leases. Rental expense amounted to $26.2 million, $25.8 million and $22.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

125



Table of Contents

 

Future minimum rental payments under non-cancelable operating leases are estimated as follows:

 

Estimate For The Year Ending December 31,

 

Amount

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

2014

 

  $

23,356

 

2015

 

19,492

 

2016

 

14,566

 

2017

 

10,891

 

2018

 

8,096

 

Thereafter

 

21,400

 

Total

 

  $

97,801

 

 

Litigation—Neither the Company nor the Bank is involved in any material legal proceedings at December 31, 2013. Certain lawsuits and claims arising in the ordinary course of business have been filed or are pending against us or our affiliates. Where appropriate, we establish reserves in accordance with ASC 450, Contingencies. The outcome of litigation and other legal and regulatory matters is inherently uncertain, however, and it is possible that one or more of the legal or regulatory matters, if any, currently pending or threatened could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity, consolidated financial position, and/or results of operations.

 

Other Commitments—The Company has commitments to invest in affordable housing funds, and other investments qualifying for community reinvestment tax credits or other types of tax credits. These commitments are payable on demand. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 these commitments were $73.1 million and $84.6 million, respectively. These commitments are recorded in accrued expenses and other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet.

 

NOTE 20 STOCK COMPENSATION PLANS

 

The Company issues stock options and restricted stock awards to employees under share-based compensation plans. During the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, total compensation expense related to stock options and restricted stock awards reduced income before taxes by $13.5 million, $12.7 million and $13.5 million, respectively, and reduced net income by $7.9 million, $7.3 million and $7.9 million, respectively.

 

The Company received $1.7 million and $2.7 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, in cash proceeds from stock option exercises. The net tax benefit recognized in equity for stock compensation plans was $5.5 million for 2013 compared with $462 thousand for 2012.

 

As of December 31, 2013, there are 4,160,200 shares available to be issued, subject to the Company’s current 1998 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended.

 

Stock Options—The Company issues fixed stock options to certain employees, officers, and directors. Stock options are issued at the current market price on the date of grant with a three-year or four-year vesting period and contractual terms of 7 or 10 years. The Company issues new shares upon the exercise of stock options.

 

A summary of activity for the Company’s stock options as of and for the year ended December 31, 2013 is presented below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

Average

 

Aggregate

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

Remaining

 

Intrinsic

 

 

 

 

 

Exercise

 

Contractual

 

Value

 

 

 

Shares

 

Price

 

Term

 

(In thousands)

 

Outstanding at beginning of year

 

677,708

 

  $

28.41

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

(91,540)

 

18.35

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

(179,437)

 

37.36

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at end of year

 

406,731

 

  $

26.72

 

0.83 years

 

  $

3,848

 

Vested or expected to vest at year-end

 

406,731

 

  $

26.72

 

0.83 years

 

  $

3,848

 

Exercisable at year-end

 

406,731

 

  $

26.72

 

0.83 years

 

  $

3,848

 

 

126



Table of Contents

 

A summary of changes in unvested stock options and related information for the year ended December 31, 2013 is presented below:

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

Grant Date

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value

 

Unvested Options

 

Shares

 

(per share)

 

Unvested at January 1, 2013

 

14,502

 

  $

3.00

 

Granted

 

 

 

Vested

 

(14,502)

 

3.00

 

Forfeited

 

 

 

Unvested at December 31, 2013

 

 

  $

 

 

The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2013(5)

 

2012(5)

 

2011

 

Expected term (1)

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

4 years

 

Expected volatility (2)

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

78.1%

 

Expected dividend yield (3)

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

0.2%

 

Risk-free interest rate (4)

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

1.6%

 

 


(1)                                        The expected term (estimated period of time outstanding) of stock options granted was estimated using the historical exercise behavior of employees.

(2)                                        The expected volatility was based on historical volatility for a period equal to the stock option’s expected term.

(3)                                        The expected dividend yield is based on the Company’s prevailing dividend rate at the time of grant.

(4)                                        The risk-free rate is based on the U.S. Treasury strips in effect at the time of grant equal to the stock option’s expected term.

(5)                                        The Company did not issue any stock options during the years ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012

 

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2013:

 

 

 

Options Outstanding

 

Options Exercisable

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

Weighted

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

Number of

 

Average

 

Average

 

Number of

 

Average

 

Range of

 

Outstanding

 

Exercise

 

Remaining

 

Exercisable

 

Exercise

 

Exercise Prices

 

Options

 

Price

 

Contractual Life

 

Options

 

Price

 

$10.00 to $14.99

 

2,365

 

  $

14.95

 

2.02 years

 

2,365

 

  $

14.95

 

$20.00 to $24.99

 

273,852

 

21.09

 

1.13 years

 

273,852

 

21.09

 

$35.00 to $39.99

 

130,514

 

38.76

 

0.16 years

 

130,514

 

38.76

 

$10.00 to $39.99

 

406,731

 

  $

26.72

 

0.83 years

 

406,731

 

  $

26.72

 

 

During the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, information related to stock options are presented as follows:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

Weighted average grant date fair value of stock options granted during the year(1)

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

  $

13.21

 

Total intrinsic value of options exercised (in thousands)

 

  $

926

 

  $

978

 

  $

2,650

 

Total fair value of options vested (in thousands)

 

  $

363

 

  $

3,717

 

  $

1,274

 

 


(1)                                        The Company did not issue any stock options during the years ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012.

 

127



Table of Contents

 

As of December 31, 2013, all stock options are fully vested and all compensation cost related to stock options have been recognized.

 

Restricted Stock Awards— In addition to stock options, the Company also grants restricted stock awards to directors, officers and employees. The restricted stock awards fully vest after one to five years of continued employment from the date of grant; some of the awards are also subject to achievement of certain established financial goals. The Company becomes entitled to an income tax deduction in an amount equal to the taxable income reported by the holders of the restricted stock when the restrictions are released and the shares are issued. Restricted stock awards are forfeited if officers and employees terminate employment prior to the lapsing of restrictions or if established financial goals are not achieved. The Company records forfeitures of issued restricted stock as treasury share repurchases.

 

A summary of the activity for the Company’s time-based and performance-based restricted stock awards as of December 31, 2013, including changes during the year then ended, is presented below:

 

 

 

2013

 

 

 

Restricted Stock Awards

 

 

 

Time-Based

 

Performance-Based

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

Shares

 

Price

 

Shares

 

Price

 

Outstanding at beginning of year

 

1,512,396

 

$

16.30

 

694,838

 

$

22.43

 

Granted

 

70,150

 

28.55

 

477,165

 

25.25

 

Vested

 

(1,073,512)

 

16.38

 

(171,648)

 

22.59

 

Forfeited

 

(70,526)

 

17.98

 

(43,648)

 

23.98

 

Outstanding at end of year

 

438,508

 

$

17.79

 

956,707

 

$

23.74

 

 

During 2013 there were no restricted stock granted to outside directors.

 

Restricted stock awards are valued at the closing price of the Company’s stock on the date of award. The weighted average fair values of time-based restricted stock awards granted during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 were $28.55, $21.66, and $19.17, respectively. The weighted average fair value of performance-based restricted stock awards granted during the year ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 were $25.25, $22.05 and $22.25. The total fair value of time-based restricted stock awards vested during 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $29.4 million, $3.5 million and $4.9 million, respectively. The total fair value of performance-based restricted stock award vested during 2013 and 2012 were $4.4 million and $4.7 million, respectively. There were no performance-based restricted stock awards vested during the year ended December 31, 2011.

 

As of December 31, 2013, total unrecognized compensation cost related to time-based and performance-based restricted stock awards amounted to $3.8 million and $12.8 million, respectively. This cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.67 years and 1.81 years, respectively.

 

Stock Purchase Plan—The Company adopted the 1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “Purchase Plan”) providing eligible employees of the Company and its subsidiaries participation in the ownership of the Company through the right to purchase shares of its common stock at a discount. The Purchase Plan allows employees to purchase shares at 90% of the per share market price at the date of exercise, with an annual common stock value purchase limitation of $25,000. As of December 31, 2013, the Purchase Plan qualifies as a non-compensatory plan under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code and, accordingly, no compensation expense is recognized under the Purchase Plan.

 

The Purchase Plan covers a total of 2,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock. During 2013 and 2012, 53,015 shares totaling $1.4 million and 59,142 shares totaling $1.2 million, respectively, were sold to employees under the Purchase Plan.

 

NOTE 21 EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

 

The Company sponsors a defined contribution plan for the benefit of its employees. The Company’s contributions to the plan are determined annually by the Board of Directors in accordance with plan requirements. For tax purposes, eligible participants may contribute up to the dollar limit imposed by the Internal Revenue Service. For plan years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company contributed $4.3 million, $3.5 million and $3.0 million, respectively.

 

128



Table of Contents

 

During 2002, the Company adopted a Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (“SERP”). The SERP meets the definition of a pension plan per ASC 715-30, Compensation—Retirement Benefits – Defined Benefit Plans—Pension, pursuant to which the Company will pay supplemental pension benefits to certain executive officers designated by the Board of Directors upon retirement based upon the officers’ years of service and compensation. For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, $0.6 million, $0.8 million and $1.6 million, respectively, of benefits were accrued and expensed. The SERP is funded through life insurance contracts on the participating officers, though the plan does not require formal funding. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the life insurance contracts related to the SERP had an aggregate cash surrender value of $45.5 million and $44.4 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the vested benefit obligation under the SERP was less than the cash surrender value of the life insurance contracts respectively.

 

NOTE 22 STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY AND EARNINGS PER SHARE

 

Series A Preferred Stock Offering—In April 2008, the Company issued 200,000 shares of 8% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Convertible Preferred Stock, Series A (“Series A”), with a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share. The Company received $194.1 million of additional Tier 1 qualifying capital, after deducting stock issuance costs. On May 1, 2013, the Company exercised its mandatory conversion right related to all the outstanding shares of its Series A preferred stock. At the conversion date, the remaining 85,710 shares of outstanding Series A Preferred Stock were converted to 5,594,080 shares of common stock.

 

Stock Repurchase Program—On January 23, 2013, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized a stock repurchase program to buy back up to $200.0 million of the Company’s common stock. During 2013, the company completed the authorized repurchase program, repurchasing 8,026,807 shares at a weighted average price of $24.89 per share and a total cost of $200.0 million. In comparison, the Company repurchased 9,068,105 shares at a weighted average price of $22.02 per share and a total cost of $199.9 during the year ended December 31, 2012. The Company did not repurchase any shares during the years ended December 31, 2011.

 

Additionally, on July 17, 2013, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized a new stock repurchase program to buy back up to $100.0 million of its common stock. The Company did not repurchase any shares under this program during 2013.

 

Quarterly Dividends—The Company’s Board of Directors declared and paid quarterly preferred stock cash dividends of $20.00 per share on its Series A preferred stock during 2013 and 2012. Cash dividends totaling $3.4 million and $6.9 million were paid to the Company’s Series A preferred stock shareholders during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.  The Series A preferred stock were converted into common stock on May 1, 2013.

 

The Company also paid quarterly dividends on its common stock of $0.15 per share for each quarter of 2013.  In comparison, the Company paid quarterly dividends on its common stock of $0.10 per share for each quarter of 2012. Total quarterly dividends amounting to $83.3 million and $57.6 million were paid to the Company’s common shareholders during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

Earnings Per Share (“EPS”) — The number of shares outstanding at December 31, 2013 was 137,630,896. The Company applies the two-class method of computing basic EPS. Under the two-class method, EPS is determined for each class of common stock and participating security according to dividends declared and participation rights in undistributed earnings. The Company’s restricted stocks, which receive dividends as declared, qualify as participating securities. Restricted stock units issued by the Company are not considered participating securities, as they do not have dividend distribution rights during the vesting period. Diluted EPS is calculated on the basis of the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period plus potential dilutive shares.

 

The following table sets forth earnings per share calculations for the year ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011:

 

129



Table of Contents

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2013

 

 

 

Net Income

 

Number of Shares

 

Per Share Amounts

 

 

 

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

Net income

 

$

295,045

 

 

 

 

 

Less:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock dividends

 

(3,428)

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings allocated to participating securities

 

(1,692)

 

 

 

 

 

Basic EPS – income allocated to common stockholders (1)

 

$

289,925

 

137,342

 

$

2.11

 

Effect of dilutive securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock options

 

 

71

 

 

 

Restricted stock units

 

196

 

327

 

 

 

Convertible preferred stock

 

3,428

 

1,834

 

 

 

Diluted EPS – income allocated to common stockholders (1)

 

$

293,549

 

139,574

 

$

2.10

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2012

 

 

 

Net Income

 

Number of Shares

 

Per Share Amounts

 

 

 

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

Net income

 

$

281,650

 

 

 

 

 

Less:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock dividends

 

(6,857)

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings allocated to participating securities

 

(3,279)

 

 

 

 

 

Basic EPS – income allocated to common stockholders (1)

 

$

271,514

 

141,457

 

$

1.92

 

Effect of dilutive securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock options

 

 

29

 

 

 

Restricted stock units

 

47

 

118

 

 

 

Convertible preferred stock

 

6,857

 

5,571

 

 

 

Diluted EPS – income allocated to common stockholders (1)

 

$

278,418

 

147,175

 

$

1.89

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2011

 

 

 

Net Income

 

Number of Shares

 

Per Share Amounts

 

 

 

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

Net income

 

$

245,234

 

 

 

 

 

Less:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock dividends

 

(6,857)

 

 

 

 

 

Basic EPS – income available to common stockholders

 

$

238,377

 

147,093

 

$

1.62

 

Effect of dilutive securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock options

 

 

62

 

 

 

Restricted stock awards

 

115

 

718

 

 

 

Convertible preferred stock

 

6,857

 

5,571

 

 

 

Stock warrants

 

 

23

 

 

 

Diluted EPS – income available to common stockholders

 

$

245,349

 

153,467

 

$

1.60

 

 

The following average outstanding stock options and restricted stock units for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, were excluded from the computation of diluted EPS because including them would have had an antidilutive effect.

 

 

 

For the Year Ended

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Stock options

 

177

 

340

 

857

 

Restricted stock awards

 

10

(1)

5

(1)

317

 

 


(1)                                        April 1, 2012, the Company revised its calculation of earnings per share to account for participating securities under the two-class method. This revision to the earnings per share calculation does not have an impact to previous periods as the amounts are immaterial.

 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income — As of December 31, 2013, total accumulated other comprehensive loss was ($30.5) million which includes the following components: net unrealized loss on securities available for sale of ($30.5) million and unrealized gain on other asset investment of $79 thousand. As of December 31, 2012, total accumulated other comprehensive income was $4.7 million which includes the following components: net unrealized gain on securities available for sale of $4.6 million and unrealized gain on other asset investment of $26 thousand. As of December 31, 2011, total accumulated other comprehensive loss was ($33.9) million which includes the following components: net unrealized loss on securities available for sale of ($34.8) million, foreign exchange translation adjustment of $900 thousand and unrealized gain on other asset investment of $8 thousand.

 

130



Table of Contents

 

Activity in accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax, for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 was as follows:

 

 

 

Unrealized gain (loss) on

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

investment securities

 

Foreign currency

 

Unrealized gain (loss) on

 

 

 

 

 

available-for-sale

 

translation adjustments

 

other asset investment

 

Total

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Balance, December 31, 2010

 

$

(13,927)

 

$

1,664

 

$

(151)

 

$

(12,414)

 

Period Change

 

(20,921)

 

(764)

 

159

 

(21,526)

 

Balance, December 31, 2011

 

$

(34,848)

 

$

900

 

$

8

 

$

(33,940)

 

Period Change

 

39,491

 

(900)

 

18

 

38,609

 

Balance, December 31, 2012

 

$

4,643

 

$

 

$

26

 

$

4,669

 

Other comprehensive income before reclassifications

 

(28,169)

 

 

336

 

(27,833)

 

Amounts reclassified from AOCI

 

(7,012)

 

 

(283)

 

(7,295)

 

Net current period other comprehensive loss

 

(35,181)

 

 

53

 

(35,128)

 

Balance, December 31, 2013

 

$

(30,538)

 

$

 

$

79

 

$

(30,459)

 

 

 

Reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income for the year ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 was as follows:

 

 

 

Amount Reclassified from

 

 

 

Details about Accumulated Other

 

Accumulated Other

 

Affected Line Item in the Statement

 

Comprehensive Income Components

 

Comprehensive Income

 

Where Net Income is Presented

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

Investment securities available for sale

 

 

 

 

 

Realized net gains on sale of securities

 

$

12,089

 

Net gain on sales of investment securities

 

 

 

12,089

 

 

 

 

 

(5,077)

 

Tax expense

 

 

 

$

7,012

 

Net of tax

 

Other investments

 

 

 

 

 

Realized net gains on sale of other investments

 

$

488

 

Other operating income

 

 

 

488

 

 

 

 

 

(205)

 

Tax expense

 

 

 

$

283

 

Net of tax

 

Total reclassifications

 

$

7,295

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

Investment securities available for sale

 

 

 

 

 

Realized net gains on sale of securities

 

$

757

 

Net gain on sales of investment securities

 

 

 

757

 

 

 

 

 

(318)

 

Tax expense

 

 

 

$

439

 

Net of tax

 

Other investments

 

 

 

 

 

Realized net gains on sale of other investments

 

$

23

 

Other operating income

 

 

 

23

 

 

 

 

 

(10)

 

Tax expense

 

 

 

$

13

 

Net of tax

 

Total reclassifications

 

$

452

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

Investment securities available for sale

 

 

 

 

 

Realized net gains on sale of securities

 

$

9,703

 

Net gain on sales of investment securities

 

 

 

9,703

 

 

 

 

 

(4,075)

 

Tax expense

 

 

 

$

5,628

 

Net of tax

 

Other investments

 

 

 

 

 

Realized net gains on sale of other investments

 

$

61

 

Other operating income

 

 

 

61

 

 

 

 

 

(26)

 

Tax expense

 

 

 

$

35

 

Net of tax

 

Total reclassifications

 

$

5,663

 

 

 

 

131



Table of Contents

 

The following table sets forth the tax effects allocated to each component of other comprehensive (loss) income for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011:

 

 

 

 

 

Tax

 

 

 

 

 

Before-Tax

 

Expense

 

Net-of-Tax

 

 

 

Amount

 

or Benefit

 

Amount

 

 

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized gain on investment securities available-for-sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized holding losses arising during period

 

 $

(48,567)

 

 $

20,398

 

 $

(28,169)

 

Less: reclassification adjustment for gains included in income

 

(12,089)

 

5,077

 

(7,012)

 

Net unrealized loss

 

(60,656)

 

25,475

 

(35,181)

 

Noncredit-related impairment loss on securities

 

 

 

 

Unrealized gain on other asset investment

 

579

 

(243)

 

336

 

Less: reclassification adjustment for gains included in income

 

(488)

 

205

 

(283)

 

Other comprehensive loss

 

 $

(60,565)

 

 $

25,437

 

 $

(35,128)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tax

 

 

 

 

 

Before-Tax

 

Expense

 

Net-of-Tax

 

 

 

Amount

 

or Benefit

 

Amount

 

 

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized gain on investment securities available-for-sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized holding gains arising during period

 

 $

73,910

 

 $

(31,042)

 

 $

42,868

 

Less: reclassification adjustment for gains included in income

 

(757)

 

318

 

(439)

 

Net unrealized gains

 

73,153

 

(30,724)

 

42,429

 

Noncredit-related impairment loss on securities

 

(5,066)

 

2,128

 

(2,938)

 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

(1,552)

 

652

 

(900)

 

Unrealized gain on other asset investment

 

53

 

(22)

 

31

 

Less: reclassification adjustment for gains included in income

 

(23)

 

10

 

(13)

 

Other comprehensive income

 

 $

66,565

 

 $

(27,956)

 

 $

38,609

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tax

 

 

 

 

 

Before-Tax

 

Expense

 

Net-of-Tax

 

 

 

Amount

 

or Benefit

 

Amount

 

 

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized loss on investment securities available-for-sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized holding loss arising during period

 

 $

(21,264)

 

 $

8,931

 

 $

(12,333)

 

Less: reclassification adjustment for gains included in income

 

(9,703)

 

4,075

 

(5,628)

 

Net unrealized loss

 

(30,967)

 

13,006

 

(17,961)

 

Noncredit-related impairment loss on securities

 

(5,103)

 

2,143

 

(2,960)

 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

(1,317)

 

553

 

(764)

 

Unrealized gain on other asset investment

 

334

 

(140)

 

194

 

Less: reclassification adjustment for gains included in income

 

(61)

 

26

 

(35)

 

Other comprehensive loss

 

 $

(37,114)

 

 $

15,588

 

 $

(21,526)

 

 

NOTE 23 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

 

Risk-Based Capital—The Bank is a member bank of the Federal Reserve System and the FRB is the Bank’s primary regulator. The Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines, the Company and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.

 

As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Bank is categorized as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized, the Bank must maintain specific total risk-based, Tier I risk-based, and Tier I leverage ratios as set forth in the table below. There are no conditions or events since December 31, 2013 which management believes have changed the category of the Bank.

 

132



Table of Contents

 

The actual and required capital amounts and ratios at December 31, 2013 and 2012 are presented as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

To Be Well Capitalized

 

 

 

 

 

 

For Capital

 

Under Prompt Corrective

 

 

Actual

 

Adequacy Purposes

 

Action Provisions

 

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2013:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Company

 

$

2,395,109

 

13.5%

 

$

1,416,203

 

8.0%

 

N/A

 

N/A

East West Bank

 

$

2,262,494

 

12.9%

 

$

1,407,944

 

8.0%

 

$

1,759,931

 

10.0%

Tier I Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Company

 

$

2,102,476

 

11.9%

 

$

708,102

 

4.0%

 

N/A

 

N/A

East West Bank

 

$

2,041,894

 

11.6%

 

$

703,972

 

4.0%

 

$

1,055,958

 

6.0%

Tier I Capital (to Average Assets)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Company

 

$

2,102,476

 

8.6%

 

$

976,596

 

4.0%

 

N/A

 

N/A

East West Bank

 

$

2,041,894

 

8.4%

 

$

973,958

 

4.0%

 

$

1,217,448

 

5.0%

As of December 31, 2012:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Company

 

$

2,296,253

 

16.1%

 

$

1,142,743

 

8.0%

 

N/A

 

N/A

East West Bank

 

$

2,225,888

 

15.6%

 

$

1,142,215

 

8.0%

 

$

1,427,769

 

10.0%

Tier I Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Company

 

$

2,116,757

 

14.8%

 

$

571,371

 

4.0%

 

N/A

 

N/A

East West Bank

 

$

2,046,477

 

14.3%

 

$

571,107

 

4.0%

 

$

856,661

 

6.0%

Tier I Capital (to Average Assets)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Company

 

$

2,116,757

 

9.6%

 

$

880,526

 

4.0%

 

N/A

 

N/A

East West Bank

 

$

2,046,477

 

9.3%

 

$

880,162

 

4.0%

 

$

1,100,202

 

5.0%

 

Under the Dodd-Frank Act, bank holding companies with more than $15 billion in total consolidated assets are no longer able to include trust preferred securities as Tier I regulatory capital which commenced in 2013 with phase-out complete in 2016. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, trust preferred securities comprised 4.4% and 6.3%, respectively, of the Company’s Tier I capital.

 

Reserve Requirement—The Bank is required to maintain a percentage of its deposits as reserves at the Federal Reserve Bank. The daily average reserve requirement was approximately $218.5 million and $228.7 million for December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

NOTE 24 SEGMENT INFORMATION

 

The Company utilizes an internal reporting system to measure the performance of various operating segments within the Bank and the Company overall. We have identified three operating segments for purposes of management reporting: 1) Retail Banking; 2) Commercial Banking; and 3) Other. These three business divisions meet the criteria of an operating segment: the segment engages in business activities from which it earns revenues and incurs expenses and whose operating results are regularly reviewed by the Company’s chief operating decision-maker to make decisions about resources to be allocated to the segment and assess its performance and for which discrete financial information is available.

 

The Retail Banking segment focuses primarily on retail operations through the Bank’s branch network, as well as originating consumer loans. The Commercial Banking segment, which includes commercial real estate, primarily generates commercial loans through the efforts of the commercial lending offices located in the Bank’s northern and southern California production offices. Furthermore, the Company’s Commercial Banking segment also offers a wide variety of international finance and trade services and products. The remaining centralized functions, including treasury activities and eliminations of inter-segment amounts, have been aggregated and included in the Other segment, which provides broad administrative support to the two core segments.

 

The Company’s funds transfer pricing assumptions are intended to promote core deposit growth and to reflect the current risk profiles of various loan categories within the credit portfolio. Transfer pricing assumptions and methodologies are reviewed at least annually to ensure that the Company’s process is reflective of current market conditions. The transfer pricing process is formulated with the goal of incenting loan and deposit growth that is consistent with the Company’s overall growth objectives as well as provide a reasonable and consistent basis for the measurement of the Company’s business segments and product net interest margins. Changes to the Company’s transfer pricing and methodologies are approved by the Asset Liability Committee.

 

133



Table of Contents

 

The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies. Operating segment results are based on the Company’s internal management reporting process, which reflects assignments and allocations of capital, certain operating and administrative costs and the provision for loan losses. Net interest income is based on the Company’s internal funds transfer pricing system which assigns a cost of funds or a credit for funds to assets or liabilities based on their type, maturity or repricing characteristics. Noninterest income and noninterest expense, including depreciation and amortization, directly attributable to a segment are assigned to that business. Indirect costs, including overhead expense, are allocated to the segments based on several factors, including, but not limited to, full-time equivalent employees, loan volume and deposit volume. The provision for credit losses is allocated based on actual charge-offs for the period as well as average loan balances for each segment during the period. The Company evaluates overall performance based on profit or loss from operations before income taxes excluding nonrecurring gains and losses.

 

Changes in our management structure or reporting methodologies may result in changes in the measurement of operating segment results. Results for prior periods are generally restated for comparability for changes in management structure or reporting methodologies unless it is not deemed practicable to do so.

 

The following tables present the operating results and other key financial measures for the individual operating segments as of and for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011.

 

134



Table of Contents

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2013

 

 

Retail

 

Commercial

 

 

 

 

 

 

Banking

 

Banking

 

Other

 

Total

 

 

(In thousands)

Interest income

 

 $

374,818

 

 $

627,118

 

 $

66,749

 

 $

1,068,685

Charge for funds used

 

(86,552)

 

(116,161)

 

(18,244)

 

(220,957)

Interest spread on funds used

 

288,266

 

510,957

 

48,505

 

847,728

Interest expense

 

(47,287)

 

(15,185)

 

(50,020)

 

(112,492)

Credit on funds provided

 

173,194

 

29,262

 

18,501

 

220,957

Interest spread on funds provided

 

125,907

 

14,077

 

(31,519)

 

108,465

Net interest income

 

 $

414,173

 

 $

525,034

 

 $

16,986

 

 $

956,193

Provision for loan losses

 

 $

10,911

 

 $

11,453

 

 $

 

 $

22,364

Depreciation, amortization and accretion (1)

 

19,865

 

8,120

 

69,125

 

97,110

Goodwill

 

320,566

 

16,872

 

 

337,438

Segment pre-tax profit

 

123,876

 

272,369

 

29,605

 

425,850

Segment assets

 

7,820,191

 

11,545,405

 

5,364,472

 

24,730,068

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2012

 

 

Retail

 

Commercial

 

 

 

 

 

 

Banking

 

Banking

 

Other

 

Total

 

 

(In thousands)

Interest income

 

 $

356,244

 

 $

617,041

 

 $

77,810

 

 $

1,051,095

Charge for funds used

 

(85,811)

 

(118,688)

 

44,407

 

(160,092)

Interest spread on funds used

 

270,433

 

498,353

 

122,217

 

891,003

Interest expense

 

(57,401)

 

(23,226)

 

(51,541)

 

(132,168)

Credit on funds provided

 

130,713

 

13,138

 

16,241

 

160,092

Interest spread on funds provided

 

73,312

 

(10,088)

 

(35,300)

 

27,924

Net interest income

 

 $

343,745

 

 $

488,265

 

 $

86,917

 

 $

918,927

Provision for loan losses

 

 $

28,729

 

 $

36,455

 

 $

 

 $

65,184

Depreciation, amortization and accretion (1)

 

12,869

 

(13,277)

 

44,159

 

43,751

Goodwill

 

320,566

 

16,872

 

 

337,438

Segment pre-tax profit

 

74,836

 

266,168

 

84,588

 

425,592

Segment assets

 

6,552,217

 

10,421,160

 

5,562,733

 

22,536,110

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2011

 

 

Retail

 

Commercial

 

 

 

 

 

 

Banking

 

Banking

 

Other

 

Total

 

 

(In thousands)

Interest income

 

 $

358,853

 

 $

619,766

 

 $

101,829

 

 $

1,080,448

Charge for funds used

 

(94,098)

 

(142,056)

 

3,690

 

(232,464)

Interest spread on funds used

 

264,755

 

477,710

 

105,519

 

847,984

Interest expense

 

(85,356)

 

(31,407)

 

(60,659)

 

(177,422)

Credit on funds provided

 

202,080

 

13,863

 

16,521

 

232,464

Interest spread on funds provided

 

116,724

 

(17,544)

 

(44,138)

 

55,042

Net interest income

 

 $

381,479

 

 $

460,166

 

 $

61,381

 

 $

903,026

Provision for loan losses

 

 $

27,888

 

 $

67,118

 

 $

 

 $

95,006

Depreciation, amortization and accretion (1)

 

43,899

 

62,803

 

21,552

 

128,254

Goodwill

 

320,566

 

16,872

 

 

337,438

Segment pre-tax profit

 

102,217

 

227,766

 

53,351

 

383,334

Segment assets

 

6,530,138

 

10,157,195

 

5,281,334

 

21,968,667

 


(1)                                        Includes amortization and accretion related to the FDIC indemnification asset.

 

135



Table of Contents

 

NOTE 25 PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The financial information of East West Bancorp, Inc. as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

 

BALANCE SHEETS

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 $

79,934

 

 

 $

64,489

 

 

Investment securities available-for-sale

 

69,796

 

 

 

 

Investment in subsidiaries

 

2,400,937

 

 

2,450,058

 

 

Other investments

 

21,371

 

 

3,083

 

 

Other assets

 

37,037

 

 

5,122

 

 

TOTAL

 

 $

2,609,075

 

 

 $

2,522,752

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term debt

 

 $

226,868

 

 

 $

137,178

 

 

Other liabilities

 

17,982

 

 

3,452

 

 

Total liabilities

 

244,850

 

 

140,630

 

 

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock (par value $0.001 per share)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Authorized — 5,000,000 shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issued — 200,000 shares in Series A, non-cumulative convertible preferred stock in 2013 and 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding — No shares as of December 31, 2013 and 85,710 shares in 2012

 

 

 

83,027

 

 

Common stock (par value $0.001 per share)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Authorized — 200,000,000 shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issued — 163,098,008 shares in 2013 and 157,160,193 shares in 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding — 137,630,896 shares in 2013 and 140,294,092 shares in 2012

 

163

 

 

157

 

 

Additional paid in capital

 

1,571,670

 

 

1,464,739

 

 

Retained earnings

 

1,360,130

 

 

1,151,828

 

 

Treasury stock, at cost — 25,467,112 shares in 2013 and 16,866,101 shares in 2012

 

(537,279

)

 

(322,298

)

 

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax

 

(30,459

)

 

4,669

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

 

2,364,225

 

 

2,382,122

 

 

TOTAL

 

 $

2,609,075

 

 

 $

2,522,752

 

 

 

136



Table of Contents

 

STATEMENTS OF INCOME

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Dividends from subsidiaries

 

 $

319,085

 

 

 $

324,094

 

 

 $

72,129

 

 

Other income

 

821

 

 

2

 

 

372

 

 

Total income

 

319,906

 

 

324,096

 

 

72,501

 

 

Interest expense

 

3,436

 

 

3,092

 

 

4,734

 

 

Compensation and net occupancy reimbursement to subsidiary

 

3,662

 

 

2,573

 

 

2,537

 

 

Other expense

 

12,677

 

 

1,309

 

 

2,339

 

 

Total expense

 

19,775

 

 

6,974

 

 

9,610

 

 

Income before income taxes and equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries

 

300,131

 

 

317,122

 

 

62,891

 

 

Income tax benefit

 

22,885

 

 

2,892

 

 

3,830

 

 

Equity in undistributed (loss) income of subsidiaries

 

(27,971

)

 

(38,364

)

 

178,513

 

 

Net income

 

 $

295,045

 

 

 $

281,650

 

 

 $

245,234

 

 

 

137



Table of Contents

 

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 $

295,045

 

 

 $

281,650

 

 

 $

245,234

 

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity in undistributed (income) of subsidiaries

 

(291,659

)

 

(285,636

)

 

(250,513

)

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

8,806

 

 

445

 

 

1,034

 

 

Prepayment penalty on other borrowings

 

 

 

 

 

526

 

 

Stock compensation costs

 

 

 

 

 

1,767

 

 

Gain on sale of other investments

 

(161

)

 

 

 

 

 

Tax benefit from stock plans

 

(5,522

)

 

(462

)

 

(717

)

 

Net change in other assets

 

293,153

 

 

322,361

 

 

73,797

 

 

Net change in other liabilities

 

(13,011

)

 

(259

)

 

(3,709

)

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

286,651

 

 

318,099

 

 

67,419

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment securities available-for-sale

 

(69,986

)

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Redemption of certificates of deposit

 

 

 

 

 

198

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

 

(69,986

)

 

 

 

198

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payment for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Repayment of long-term debt

 

(10,310

)

 

 

 

(23,918

)

 

Repurchase of vested shares due to employee tax liability

 

(13,833

)

 

(3,012

)

 

(649

)

 

Cash dividends on preferred stock

 

(3,428

)

 

(6,857

)

 

(6,857

)

 

Cash dividends on common stock

 

(82,862

)

 

(57,361

)

 

(23,822

)

 

Repurchase of common stock warrants

 

 

 

 

 

(14,500

)

 

Repurchase of shares of treasury stock pursuant to the Stock Repurchase Plan

 

(199,992

)

 

(199,950

)

 

 

 

Proceeds from:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Increase in long-term borrowings

 

100,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of common stock pursuant to various stock plans and agreements

 

3,683

 

 

3,821

 

 

5,726

 

 

Tax benefit from stock plans

 

5,522

 

 

462

 

 

717

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

 

(201,220

)

 

(262,897

)

 

(63,303

)

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

15,445

 

 

55,202

 

 

4,314

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

 

64,489

 

 

9,287

 

 

4,973

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

 

 $

79,934

 

 

 $

64,489

 

 

 $

9,287

 

 

Supplemental Cash Flow Information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid during the year for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest

 

 $

3,292

 

 

 $

3,112

 

 

 $

5,167

 

 

Noncash financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Conversion of preferred stock to common stock

 

83,027

 

 

 

 

31

 

 

Issuance of common stock to Board of Directors

 

630

 

 

570

 

 

520

 

 

 

138



Table of Contents

 

NOTE 26 QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (unaudited)

 

 

 

Quarters Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

September 30,

 

June 30,

 

March 31,

 

 

 

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest and dividend income

 

 $

293,203

 

 

 $

281,706

 

 

 $

255,353

 

 

 $

238,423

 

 

Interest expense

 

28,195

 

 

27,456

 

 

27,709

 

 

29,132

 

 

Net interest income

 

265,008

 

 

254,250

 

 

227,644

 

 

209,291

 

 

Provision for (reversal of) loan losses, excluding covered loans

 

6,286

 

 

4,535

 

 

8,277

 

 

(762

)

 

(Reversal of) provision for loan losses on covered loans

 

(820

)

 

(964

)

 

723

 

 

5,089

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

 

259,542

 

 

250,679

 

 

218,644

 

 

204,964

 

 

Noninterest loss

 

(36,594

)

 

(41,421

)

 

(12,354

)

 

(2,099

)

 

Noninterest expense

 

124,384

 

 

100,352

 

 

94,420

 

 

96,355

 

 

Income before provision for income taxes

 

98,564

 

 

108,906

 

 

111,870

 

 

106,510

 

 

Provision for income taxes

 

22,782

 

 

35,749

 

 

37,855

 

 

34,419

 

 

Net income

 

 $

75,782

 

 

 $

73,157

 

 

 $

74,015

 

 

 $

72,091

 

 

Preferred stock dividends

 

 

 

 

 

1,714

 

 

1,714

 

 

Net income available to common stockholders

 

 $

75,782

 

 

 $

73,157

 

 

 $

72,301

 

 

 $

70,377

 

 

Basic earnings per share

 

 $

0.55

 

 

 $

0.53

 

 

 $

0.52

 

 

 $

0.51

 

 

Diluted earnings per share

 

 $

0.55

 

 

 $

0.53

 

 

 $

0.52

 

 

 $

0.50

 

 

2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest and dividend income

 

 $

276,521

 

 

 $

254,162

 

 

 $

266,362

 

 

 $

254,050

 

 

Interest expense

 

31,577

 

 

32,254

 

 

33,205

 

 

35,132

 

 

Net interest income

 

244,944

 

 

221,908

 

 

233,157

 

 

218,918

 

 

Provision for loan losses, excluding covered loans

 

13,773

 

 

13,321

 

 

16,595

 

 

16,479

 

 

(Reversal of) provision for loan losses on covered loans

 

(689

)

 

5,179

 

 

(1,095

)

 

1,621

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

 

231,860

 

 

203,408

 

 

217,657

 

 

200,818

 

 

Noninterest (loss) income

 

(18,454

)

 

2,751

 

 

(11,655

)

 

21,740

 

 

Noninterest expense

 

105,206

 

 

100,956

 

 

101,608

 

 

114,763

 

 

Income before provision for income taxes

 

108,200

 

 

105,203

 

 

104,394

 

 

107,795

 

 

Provision for income taxes

 

36,300

 

 

34,093

 

 

33,837

 

 

39,712

 

 

Net income

 

 $

71,900

 

 

 $

71,110

 

 

 $

70,557

 

 

 $

68,083

 

 

Preferred stock dividends

 

1,715

 

 

1,714

 

 

1,714

 

 

1,714

 

 

Net income available to common stockholders

 

 $

70,185

 

 

 $

69,396

 

 

 $

68,843

 

 

 $

66,369

 

 

Basic earnings per share

 

 $

0.50

 

 

 $

0.49

 

 

 $

0.48

 

 

 $

0.46

 

 

Diluted earnings per share

 

 $

0.49

 

 

 $

0.48

 

 

 $

0.47

 

 

 $

0.45

 

 

 

NOTE 27 SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

On January 17, 2014, the Company announced it has completed the acquisition merger of MetroCorp. MetroCorp operates 18 branches under its two subsidiary banks, MetroBank and Metro United Bank. MetroBank operates 12 branches in Houston and Dallas, and Metro United Bank operates 6 branches in Los Angeles, San Francisco and San Diego. As of December 31, 2013, MetroCorp had total assets of $1.62 billion, total loans of $1.22 billion, total deposits of $1.34 billion and total equity of $179.2 million.

 

On January 22, 2014, the East West Board of Directors declared first quarter 2014 dividends on the Company’s common stock. The common stock dividend of $0.18 per share is payable on or about February 18, 2014 to shareholders of record on February 3, 2014. We have evaluated events and transactions occurring through the date of filing this report on Form 10-K. Such evaluation resulted in no adjustments to the accompanying financial statements.

 

139



Table of Contents

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

Dated: March 3, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

EAST WEST BANCORP INC.

(Registrant)

 

 

 

By

/s/ DOMINIC NG

 

 

 

Dominic Ng

 

 

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

/s/ DOMINIC NG

 

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

March 3, 2014

Dominic Ng

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ JULIA GOUW

 

President and Chief Operating Officer

March 3, 2014

Julia Gouw

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ RUDOLPH I. ESTRADA

 

Director

March 3, 2014

Rudolph I. Estrada

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ ANDREW S. KANE

 

Director

March 3, 2014

Andrew S. Kane

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ JOHN LEE

 

Vice-Chairman and Director

March 3, 2014

John Lee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ HERMAN Y. LI

 

Director

March 3, 2014

Herman Y. Li

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ JACK C. LIU

 

Director

March 3, 2014

Jack C. Liu

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ IRENE H. OH

 

Executive Vice President and

March 3, 2014

Irene H. Oh

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ KEITH W. RENKEN

 

Director

March 3, 2014

Keith W. Renken

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ PAUL H. IRVING

 

Director

March 3, 2014

Paul H. Irving

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ TAK-CHUEN CLARENCE KWAN

 

Director

March 3, 2014

Tak-Chuen Clarence Kwan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ IRIS CHAN

 

Director

March 3, 2014

Iris Chan

 

 

 

 

140



Table of Contents

 

Exhibit No.

 

Exhibit Description

 

3.1

Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant [Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on September 17, 1998 (File No. 333-63605).]

 

 

3.2

Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant [Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002 filed with the Commission on March 28, 2003.]

 

 

3.3

Amendment to the Certification of Incorporation of the Registrant [Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed with the Commission on April 15, 2005.]

 

 

3.4

Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant [Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Exhibit A of the Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed with the Commission on April 24, 2008.]

 

 

3.5

Bylaws of the Registrant [Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on September 17, 1998 (File No. 333-63605).]

 

 

3.7

Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant dated January 29, 2013 [Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Commission on January 29, 2013.]

 

 

3.8

Certificate of Designations of 8.00% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Convertible Preferred Stock, Series A, including Form of Series A Preferred Stock Certificate. [Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Commission on April 30, 2008.]

 

 

4.1

Specimen Common Stock Certificate of Registrant [Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on September 17, 1998 (File No. 333-63605).]

 

 

4.2

Form of Certificate of the Registrant’s 8.00% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Convertible Preferred Stock, Series A [Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Current report on Form 8-K, filed with the Commission on April 30, 2008.]

 

 

10.1

Form of Amendment to Employment Agreement- Mr. Ng+ [Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on April 10, 2012.]

 

 

10.2

Form of July 2011 Executive Compensation Agreement- Julia Gouw+ [Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on July 29, 2011.]

 

 

10.3

Form of Agreement Regarding Grants of Incentive Shares and Clawbacks - Mr. Ng+ [Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on April 10, 2012.]

 

 

10.3.1

Form of Agreement Regarding Grants of Incentive Shares and Clawbacks – Ms. Gouw+ [Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on April 10, 2012.]

 

 

10.3.2

Form of Agreement Regarding Grants of Incentive Shares and Clawbacks – Mr. Krause+ [Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on April 10, 2012.]

 

 

10.3.3

Form of Agreement Regarding Grants of Incentive Shares and Clawbacks – Ms. Oh+ [Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on April 10, 2012.]

 

 

10.3.4

Form of Agreement Regarding Grants of Incentive Shares and Clawbacks – Mr. Schuler+ [Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on April 10, 2012.]

 

 

10.5

Form of Amendment to Employment Agreement- Mr. Krause+ [Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on April 10, 2012.]

 

141



Table of Contents

 

10.6.1

East West Bancorp, Inc. 1998 Stock Incentive Plan and Forms of Agreements+ [Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on November 13, 1998 (File No. 333-63605).]

 

 

10.6.2

Amended East West Bancorp, Inc. 1998 Stock Incentive Plan+ [Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement – Exhibit A filed with the Commission on April 14, 2011.]

 

 

10.6.3

1998 NonQualified Stock Option Program for Employees and Independent Contractors+ [Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on March 9, 2005.]

 

 

10.6.4

Amended Performance-Based Bonus Plan+ [Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement – Exhibit A filed with the Commission on April 20, 2012.]

 

 

10.6.5

1999 Spirit of Ownership Restricted Stock Program+ [Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on March 9, 2005.]

 

 

10.6.6

2003 Directors’ Restricted Stock Program+ [Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on March 9, 2005.]

 

 

10.7

East West Bancorp, Inc. 1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan+ [Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on November 13, 1998 (File No. 333-63605).]

 

 

10.9.1

Form of Amendment to Employment Agreement- Mr. Schuler+ [Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on April 10, 2012.]

 

 

10.10

Amended Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans+ [Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005 filed with the Commission on March 11, 2005.]

 

 

10.12

Director Compensation%+

 

 

10.16

Purchase and Assumption Agreement – Whole Bank – All Deposits, among the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Receiver of United Commercial Bank, San Francisco, California, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and East West Bank, dated as of November 6, 2009 [Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Commission on November 12, 2009.]

 

 

10.17

Purchase and Assumption Agreement – Whole Bank – All Deposits, among the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Receiver of Washington First International Bank, Seattle, Washington, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and East West Bank, dated as of June 11, 2010 [Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K/A, filed with the Commission on August 27, 2010.]

 

 

12.1

Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges%

 

 

21.1

Subsidiaries of the Registrant%

 

 

23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm KPMG LLP%

 

 

31.1

Chief Executive Officer Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002%

 

 

31.2

Chief Financial Officer Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002%

 

 

32.1

Chief Executive Officer Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, As Adopted Pursuant To Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002%

 

 

32.2

Chief Financial Officer Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, As Adopted Pursuant To Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002%

 

 

99.1

Agreement and Plan of Merger by and between East West Bancorp, Inc. and MetroCorp Bancshares, Inc. dated September 18, 2013 [Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Commission on September 18, 2013.]

 

 

101.INS

XBRL Instance Document

 

142



Table of Contents

 

101.SCH

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema

 

 

101.CAL

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase

 

 

101.LAB

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase

 

 

101.PRE

XBRL Extension Presentation Linkbase

 

 

101.DEF

XBRL Extension Definition Linkbase

 


Forms 8-K, 10-Q and 10-K identified in the exhibit index have SEC file number 000-24939.

 

+                                         Denotes management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

 

%                                     A copy of this exhibit is being filed with this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

143